Quarterlytics / Real Estate / Real Estate - Services / MHP

MHP

mhpc · LSE Real Estate
Claim this profile
Ticker mhpc
Exchange LSE
Sector Real Estate
Industry Real Estate - Services
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · MHP
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS

A LEADING INTERNATIONAL
AGRO-INDUSTRIAL
COMPANY

CONTENTS

3

16

46

66

151

STRATEGIC
REPORT

3 Performance Highlights

4 Company Overview

7 Our Business Model

BUSINESS 
REVIEW

16 Key Performance
Indicators

19 Financial and Operational 
Review

10 Chairman’s Statement

25 Financial Policies

13 CEO’s Statement

27 Risk Management

39 Stakeholder Engagement

41 Corporate Responsibility

GOVERNANCE 

FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS

SHAREHOLDER 
INFORMATION

46 Corporate Governance 
Report

67 Statement of the Board of 
Directors

151 Financial Calendar

152 Glossary of Terms

53 Board of Directors

56 Audit Committee Report

60 Nominations and 
Remuneration Committee 
Report

62 Management Report

68 Independent Auditor’s
Report

77 Consolidated Financial 
Statements

82 Notes

3

STRATEGIC
REPORT

PERFORMANCE HIGHLIGHTS
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

GROWTH IN DYNAMIC MARKETS

US$ 
million

2,056 

Revenue  
(+32% y/y; 2018: 
US$ 1,552 million)

US$ 
million

1,186

Export revenue 
(+28% y/y; 2018: 
US$ 924 million)

of total revenue 

58%

Export 
revenue 
(2018: 60%)

US$ 
million

376

Adjusted EBITDA
(net of IFRS 16)
(-16% y/y; 2018: 
US$ 450 million)

US$ 

2.04

Earnings per 
share
(+74% y/y; 2018: 
US$ 1.17)

US$ 
million

350

10-year 
Eurobond 
issuance with 
a coupon of 
6.25%

US$ 
million

1,139

Net debt 
(net of IFRS 16)
(2018: US$ 1,131) 
with US$ 341 million 
in cash 

OPERATIONAL AND STRATEGIC HIGHLIGHTS

ACQUISITION OF
PERUTNINA PTUJ

a leading poultry producer and 
meat-processor based in the 
Balkans

FULL LAUNCH OF PHASE 2 OF 
THE VINNYTSIA COMPLEX

six rearing sites (brigades) and a 
slaughterhouse, commissioned and 
operating at full capacity

PHASE 1 OF #2 BIOGAS
COMPLEX

at the Vinnytsia complex 
launched with 12 MW capacity

STRATEGIC REPORTPerformance HighlightsAnnual Report 2019 4

COMPANY OVERVIEW

AN INTERNATIONAL COMPANY HEADQUARTERED IN UKRAINE, MHP IS A VERTICALLY-INTEGRATED, 
LEADING AGRO-INDUSTRIAL GROUP. IT IS THE LEADING DOMESTIC PRODUCER OF POULTRY PRODUCTS 
WITH THE HIGHEST MARKET SHARE AND STRONGEST DOMESTIC BRAND RECOGNITION1.  

SUSTAINABLE  GROWTH  DRIVEN 
INTERNATIONAL  AND  DOMESTIC STRATEGY
MHP  continues  to  deliver  upon  its  targeted  international 
growth  strategy  supported  by  a  strong  position  in  its  domestic 
markets.  

BY  DIVERSIFIED 

in  domestic  markets 

The  Company’s  strategy 
remains 
focussed on the shift towards higher value-added products such 
as  the  “ready-to-cook”  and  “ready-to-eat”  ranges;  and  on  the 
‘industrialisation’  of  its  clients,  with  the  Company  anticipating 
their  evolving  requirements  and  providing  solutions  to  meet 
them,  at  the  same  time  as  reducing  both  unit  cost  and  risk  for 
those clients. 

The  Company  continues  to  invest  in  Ukraine  and  during 
2019  it  launched  six  rearing  sites  and  an  additional  slaugh-
terhouse  line  as  part  of  Phase  2  of  the  Vinnytsia  poultry 
complex; Phase 2 (240,000-260,000 tonnes of poultry meat) is 
expected to be operating at 100% capacity by the end of 2023.  

implementation  of 

MHP  now  exports 
to  over  80  countries  and  export 
revenue constituted 58% of total revenue in 2019, driven by the 
continued 
the  Company’s  geographic 
diversification  strategy  as  well  as  product  mix  optimisation  - 
the  “right  product  to  the  right  market”  -  to  countries  within 
the  EU,  MENA,  CIS  and  Africa.  As  part  of  this  strategy,  and  in 
particlar 
in  relation  to  the  opening  of  prospective  new  
markets, the Company will continue to focus on more customised 
products. 

In  February  2019,  the  Company  completed  its  acquisition  of 
Perutnina  Ptuj  (“PP”)  in  Slovenia.  PP  is  an  international  food- 
processing company and the largest producer of poultry meat 
and poultry meat products in Southeast Europe. Its products are 
sold under two strong brand names, “PP” and “Poli”.

More  information  about  PP  can  be  found  on  pages  6  and  9. 
Its  results  are  reported  separately  in  the  European  Operating 
Segment (“EOS”). 

to  provide 

is  to  be  a  world-leading  protein  
The  Company’s  vision 
its 
is 
agri-business.  The  Company’s  mission 
customers  with  high-quality  and  safe  poultry  products,  anticip 
ating  and  meeting  their  evolving  priorities  and  requirements. 
Our  vertically-integrated  business  model, 
  experienced 
the 
management 
deployment  of  modern  innovative  technologies  are  combined 
to  underpin  and  drive  MHP’s  success.    The  Company  is  also 
one  of  the  largest  grain  producers  in  Ukraine  and  the  leading 
processed-meat producer in Ukraine2.

team,  diversified  growth  strategy  and 

1 InMind

2 SSSU

Сompany OverviewAnnual Report 2019 STRATEGIC REPORTMHP & PP 
 
5

MHP’S VERTICALLY-INTEGRATED BUSINESS MODEL MARKS IT OUT 
FROM ITS PEERS
MHP  owns  and  operates  modern  facilities  at  each  of  the  
key  stages  of  the  production  process:  grain  and  fodder  
production;  egg  incubation  and  grow-out;  processing;  sales, 
marketing  and  distribution.  This  vertically-integrated  model 
delivers a considerably lower cost-base1  versus industry peers, 
as  well  as  enhanced  quality  control  and  higher  biosecurity  of 
the  poultry  flock.  These  factors  are  critical  in  an  increasingly 
regulated industry and also for consumer choice and  confidence, 
both  of  which  are  imperative  to  modern-day  consumers. 
This  business  model  significantly  reduces  the  Company’s 
dependence on suppliers and farmers and also its exposure to 
raw material price volatility.

MHP’S FACILITIES ARE AMONGST THE MOST TECHNOLOGICALLY 
ADVANCED INTERNATIONALLY
MHP’s continued investment has enabled it to employ modern 
production  assets  and  the  Company  believes  that  its  chicken 
farms are amongst the most efficient in the world. This investment 
is  driven  by 
to  continuous 
the  Company’s  commitment 
improvement    in  operational  efficiency,  product  development 
and innovation through investment in research & development.

OUR BUSINESS SEGMENTS
The Company is organised into four business segments: Poultry 
& Related Operations; Grain Growing; Meat-Processing & Other 
Agricultural Operations; and the European Operating Segment. 
More information on the operational and financial results of each 
of the business segments can be found in the Operational and 
Financial Review section on pages 19 to 24.

POULTRY & RELATED OPERATIONS SEGMENT
(MHP, excluding Perutnina Ptuj (“EOS”))
MHP  is  the  leading  poultry  producer  in  Ukraine,  accounting 
for  approximately  30%2  of  chicken  meat  consumed  in  the 
country  in  2019.  MHP  supplies  chilled  and  frozen  chicken  and 
other  meat  products  to  a  number  of  nationwide  supermarket 
chains,  including  Fozzy,  ATB-Market,  Metro  Cash  &  Carry, 
ECO,  Novus  and  Auchan.  MHP’s  brand  names  in  Ukraine 
include  Nasha  Riaba  and  Ukrainian  Chicken;  export  brand 
names  include  Qualiko,  Ukrainian  Chicken,  Аssilah,  Sultanah, 
Al Hassanat and Bibilo. MHP also produces and sells vegetable 
oils  (sunflower  and  soybean  oils)  as  a  by-product  of  its  fodder 
production, mainly to international traders.

GRAIN GROWING SEGMENT
MHP  has  a  leading  grain  cultivation  business  growing  corn, 
sunflower  and  soybean  to  support  the  vertical  integration  of 
its  chicken  production.  The  Company  is  self-sufficient  in  corn 
with  any  excess  production  sold  for  export,  providing  one  of 
the Company’s sources of hard currency revenue. Increasingly, 
other grains such as wheat and rape are grown for sale to both 
domestic and international customers. 

In  2019,  MHP’s  landbank  constituted  approximately  380,000 
hectares,  one  of  the 
in  Ukraine.  
land  portfolios 
Crop yields are well above the Ukrainian average3. 

largest 

The  Company  aims  to  increase  the  segment’s  profitability 
through  sustainable  optimisation  of  the  landbank.  This  will  be 
achieved  via  innovation  and  technology  including  Artificial 
Intelligence (“AI”) and machine-learning algorithms for real-time 
analysis, forecasting and facilitation of decision making. 

2019 REVENUE BY BUSINESS SEGMENT

2019 REVENUE BY DESTINATION

2019 EXPORT REVENUE BY PRODUCT

13%
EOS

7%
Meat-processing & other 
Agricultural 
Operations

13%
Grain Growing

1 MHP

2 SSSU

3 According to Latifundist.com rating

42%
Domestic

3%
Meat-processing  and  
other agricultural 
products

21%
Grain

Poultry and Related
Operations

Export

26%
Vegetable oil and 
related products  

Chicken meat and 
related products

Сompany OverviewAnnual Report 2019 STRATEGIC REPORT58%50%67%6

MEAT-PROCESSING  &  OTHER  AGRICULTURAL  OPERATIONS 
SEGMENT
MHP’s  meat-processing  business  is  an  important  driver  of  the 
segment’s profitability as it produces value-added products for 
which customers are willing to pay a premium. 

Processing  includes  the  production  of  a  wide  variety  of  fresh 
meat  products,  prepared  food  and  ready-to-eat  food;  these 
include  sausages,  cooked  meats  and  convenience 
food 
products, predominantly from chicken meat. 

The  Company’s  convenience  food  and  processed  food  brand 
names  for  the  Ukrainian  market  include  Bashchinsky,  Lehko!, 
Sytni and Qualiko; MHP also exports some non-branded products. 
MHP  is  one  of  the  leaders  in  the  highly  fragmented  meat-
processing market in Ukraine, accounting for approximately  15% 
of all sausage and cooked meats produced in Ukraine in 20191.

quickly-prepared, warm and healthy meals) and Poli (sausages, 
cold meats, pâté and snacks) brands. Perutnina Ptuj is the first 
company  in  Slovenia  to  introduce  a  new  standard  aligned  to 
latest  research  into  the  well-being  of  animals.  This  standard 
exceeds EU legislative requirements. A large and growing part 
of  PP  production  is  governed  by  a  rigid  breading  standard  of 
Animal  Welfare  thus  allowing  to  sell  under  the  PP  NATUR 
Premium Brand.

Following  the  strategic  acquisition  of  PP,  MHP  has  diversified 
its  production  asset  portfolio  and  now  has  significant  assets 
in  both  Ukraine  and  the  Balkans;  this  diversification  is  part  of 
the  Company’s  strategy  to  best  position  itself  to  manage  any 
outbreaks of livestock diseases or geopolitical shocks. 

EUROPEAN OPERATING SEGMENT (Operations of Perutnina Ptuj)
The  European  Operating  Segment  comprises  100%  of 
Perutnina  Ptuj  (‘‘PP‘‘),  a  leading  poultry  and  processed  meat 
producer  in  the  Balkans  with  production  assets  in  Slovenia, 
Croatia, Serbia, Bosnia and Herzegovina2. 

PP  owns  distribution  companies  in  Austria,  North  Macedonia 
and Romania and supplies products to 15 European countries.   
Products are sold under the PP (meat, sausages and snacks for 

PP OWNS DISTRIBUTION COMPANIES 
IN AUSTRIA, NORTH MACEDONIA 
AND ROMANIA AND SUPPLIES 
PRODUCTS TO 15 EUROPEAN 
COUNTRIES.  PRODUCTS ARE SOLD 

UNDER THE PP AND POLI BRANDS.

PP operates a vertically-integrated business model with animal 
rearing  processes  following  the  strictest  European    Animal 
Welfare  standards,  which  guarantees  exports  at  premium 
prices to selected processors and markets of  Western Europe. 
Management  has  been  able  to  realise  operational  synergies 
based upon the similarity of the MHP and PP business models 
and  these,  combined  with  efficiency  improvements,  resulted  in 
above-forecast profitability at PP during the 10 months in 2019 
during which its results were consolidated.

INVESTMENT AND COOPERATION 
The  Company’s  medium-  to  long-term  strategy  is  to  be  an 
efficient  and  successful  player  in  the  consolidation  of  poultry 
assets and it continues to monitor potential M&A opportunities, 
both in poultry production and / or in meat-processing operations, 
internationally. 

In the near term, MHP will also continue to invest in international 
greenfield  projects.  In  February  2020  MHP  announced  that 
it  was  planning  a  project  in  Saudi  Arabia;  there  is  significant 
government  support  for  the  project  and  a  feasibility  study  is 
ongoing.  Investment  projects  in  several  Eastern  European 
countries  will  also  continue  and  there  are  plans  to  invest  in 
Serbia and Croatia.   

 1MHP 

2 SURS (Statistical Office of the Republic of Slovenia)

Сompany OverviewAnnual Report 2019 STRATEGIC REPORT7

Our Business Model

OUR BUSINESS MODEL

HOW WE GENERATE REVENUE

POULTRY & RELATED OPERATIONS 
SEGMENT

GRAIN GROWING
SEGMENT

MEAT-PROCESSING & OTHER 
AGRICULTURAL SEGMENT

EUROPEAN OPERATING 
SEGMENT

We produce and sell chicken meat 
(fresh and frozen); vegetable oils 
(sunflower and soybean); and mixed 
fodder

We grow crops for fodder production 
and for sale to third parties

We produce and sell sausages; 
processed and cooked meat; 
convenience foods; and produce from 
cattle and milk operations

We produce and sell chicken meat 
and processed poultry meat products

US$ 
1,368

million revenue

728,917

tonnes of poultry
produced

US$ 
268

million revenue

2,4

million tonnes of
crops produced

US$ 
149

million revenue

54,525

tonnes of meat
products produced

US$ 
271

million revenue

79,358

tonnes of poultry
produced

HOW WE CREATE VALUE

OUR ASSETS

SUSTAINED INVESTMENT IN CAPEX AND R&D
Sustained  CAPEX  and  R&D  programmes  have 
enabled  consistent  production  expansion, 
rigorous 
control,  developed  and 
maintained  product  quality,  and  ensured  high 
standards of product safety. 

cost 

INNOVATION
The Company  looks for dynamic and innovative 
ways  of  developing  our  production  and 
agricultural  processes  to  improve  efficiency, 
drive down costs and reduce our environmental 
impacts. 

OUR PEOPLE
We  have  a  highly  skilled  and  knowledgeable 
workforce,  an  experienced  management  team 
and we are committed to continuously investing 
in training and development. 

MODERN AND EFFICIENT PRODUCTION ASSETS
Our  investment  has  enabled  us  to  employ 
modern  production  assets.  The  Company 
believes that its chicken complexes are amongst 
the most efficient in the world.

MARKETPLACE
MHP  is  always  looking  to  expand  into  new 
markets  for  our  products  and  now  sells  its 
products to over 80 countries. 

LONG-TERM CASH AND REVENUE GENERATION
Our businesses have a consistent track record 
of  revenue  and  cash  generation  providing  a 
solid platform for value creation.

VERTICALLY-INTEGRATED STRUCTURE
Our  structure  differentiates  us  from  our  peers, 
and enables us to reduce our dependence on 
third-party  suppliers  and  our  exposure  to  raw 
material  price  volatility.  It  also  ensures  the 
maintenance  of  strict  biosecurity  and  quality 
standards throughout the production process.

STRONG BRANDS
Our  brands  have  a  high  degree  of  domestic 
recognition  with  a  reputation 
for  quality, 
enabling products to be sold at premium prices.

Annual Report 2019 STRATEGIC REPORT8

Annual Report 2019 
Our Business Model

OUR BUSINESS MODEL AT MHP 
UKRAINE

LAND

on long-term lease in Ukraine with 
a harvest of 2.4 million tonnes of 
grain per annum

380,000

hectares

17MW

project

RETAIL

DISTRIBUTION

9 distribution centres
in Ukraine

1,839

dedicated outlets

380

vehicles

SUNFLOWER AND 
SOYBEAN PROTEIN 
PRODUCTION

of cakes, oils and granulated 
husk provide a natural hedge

million

exports

US$303

FODDER 
PRODUCTION

3 production facilities

1.9 

million tonnes

BIOGAS

2+1 projects2. All the manure and 
husks generated from MHP’s 
operations are used to generate 
biogas

PRODUCTION OF 
MEAT-PROCESSING 
PRODUCTS

2 production facilities

54,525

tonnes1

POULTRY 
PRODUCTION

3 vertically-integrated 
poultry complexes, from 
hatching to rearing and 
processing

7.8

million heads 
per week

HATCHING EGGS

2 breeding farms with 
528 million hatching eggs 
produced in 2019

100%

in-house
production

1 Including 35,458 tonnes of  meat-processing products and 19,236 tonnes of convenience food 

2 Biogas complexes at Oril-Leader (5 MW) and at Vinnytsia (12 MW) are complete, an additional 12MW biogas complex is not yet constructed

STRATEGIC REPORT9

Our Business Model

OUR BUSINESS MODEL AT 
PERUTNINA PTUJ 

LAND

4,000 

hectares

FODDER 
PRODUCTION

3 production facilities

84% 

in-house 
production

PARENT STOCK/HATCHING 
EGGS PRODUCTION

3 locations (Serbia, Bosnia & 
Herzegovina, Slovenia)

92%

in-house 
production

BIOGAS
1 plant

1MW

RETAIL

DISTRIBUTION & 
LOGISTICS

MEAT-PROCESSING 
AND CONVENIENCE 
FOOD

5 production facilities

SLAUGHTERHOUSES

4 facilities

10%

of sales through 
own retail outlets

HATCHERIES

4 facilities

85% 

in-house 
production

POULTRY 
PRODUCTION

4 locations (Serbia, Bosnia 
& Herzegovina, , Slovenia, 
Croatia)

8% 

in-house 
production

Annual Report 2019 STRATEGIC REPORT10

“AGAINST  A  TURBULENT  AND  DYNAMIC  GLOBAL  BACKDROP, 
I  REMAIN  CONFIDENT  THAT  MHP,  WITH 
ITS  VERTICALLY-
INTEGRATED  BUSINESS  MODEL,  DIVERSIFIED  EXPORT  STRATEGY, 
STRONG  FINANCIAL  POSITION  AND  EXPERIENCED  MANAGEMENT 
TEAM,  IS  WELL-POSITIONED  TO  OVERCOME  THE  SHORT-TERM 
CHALLENGES AND TO CAPITALISE UPON OUR SIGNIFICANT LONG-
TERM OPPORTUNITIES. 

SUBSEQUENT 

THE  ACQUISITION  AND 
INTEGRATION  OF 
PERUTNINA PTUJ  IN FEBRUARY 2019 DIVERSIFIED THE COMPANY’S  
PRODUCTION  ASSETS,  DELIVERED  UPON  OUR  STRATEGY  OF 
INTERNATIONAL 
EXPANSION  AND  DIVERSIFICATION  AND 
DEMONSTRATED  MHP’S  ABILITY  TO  BE  AN  EFFICIENT  AND 
SUCCESSFUL  PLAYER  IN  THE  LONG-TERM  CONSOLIDATION  OF 
GLOBAL PROTEIN ASSETS.”

Dear Shareholder, 

During 2019, MHP continued to deliver upon its long-term growth 
strategy  in  both  export  and  domestic  markets.  Group  revenue 
growth of 32%  year-on-year was achieved against a backdrop 
of challenging global protein markets and trade flows and is a 
testament  to  our  business  model,  strategy  and  management 
team. 

(“COVID-19”)  Pandemic  and, 

Global  turbulence  and  uncertainty  driven  by  the  human 
Coronavirus 
lesser 
extent,  by  recent  avian  flu  outbreaks  in  Eastern  Europe  have 
increased as we have moved through the first quarter of 2020 
and that uncertainty is set to continue.  I will return to our 2020 
outlook in more detail later in the  Statement. 

to  a 

GROUP REVENUE 
GROWTH OF

YEAR-ON-YEAR WAS ACHIEVED IN  
CHALLENGING GLOBAL MARKETS

STRATEGIC REPORTAnnual Report 2019 Chairman’s StatementCHAIRMAN’SSTATEMENT32%11

2019 PERFORMANCE AND ACHIEVEMENTS
The  launch  of  further  sites  as  part  of  Phase  2  of  the 
Vinnytsia poultry complex contributed to an 18% year-on-year  
increase  in  Group  poultry  production  volumes.    In  addition, 
our  strategy  of  geographic  diversification  and  product 
mix optimisation led to an increase in volumes sold across a 
number of regions including MENA, the EU, Africa and Asia, at 
the same time as mitigating regional risks.

The  Company’s  acquisition 
in  February  2019  of 
Perutnina  Ptuj  (“PP”),  a  leading  poultry  and  processed-meat 
producer based in the Balkans, increased 2019 Group revenue 
by US$ 271 million  and delivered a higher-than-expected 16%  
adjusted EBITDA margin. This demonstrates the ability of our 
experienced management team to integrate new acquisitions 
and to deliver operational synergies. 

Group  adjusted  2019  EBITDA  (net  of  IFRS  16)  of  US$  376 
million  was  lower  than  expected  and  down  16%  (2018: 
US$  450  million), 
impacted  by  weaker  export  prices, 
(par-
especially  poultry  exports  to  the  EU  and  crops 
ticularly  corn);  a  ban  on  exports  to  KSA  in  Q4  2019; 
and  the  strengthening  of  the  Ukrainian  Hryvna 
(UAH). 
The  adjusted  EBITDA  margin  (net  of  IFRS  16)  decreased 
to 18% (2018: 29%).

Our financial position was strengthened during the year with 
the raising of US$ 350 million in a highly successful Eurobond 
issue  at  6.25%,  below  Ukrainian  sovereign  yields.  Proceeds 
from this new issue enabled full repayment of MHP’s short-term 
borrowings  extending  MHP’s  maturity  profile,  making  
virtually all of its debt long term and providing us with a robust 
balance sheet going forward.  

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The Company recognises the importance of strong corporate 
governance  in  line  with  international  best  practice  and  has 
continued  its  rigorous  approach  and  adherence  to  the  UK 

1    Revenue from PP is from 21 February 2019 when the acquisition was completed

Corporate Governance Code 2018 to the extent practicable. 
It  commissioned  a  third-party  gap  analysis  to  assist  in  the 
process  and  to  advise  on  the  implementation  of  corrective 
and / or evolutionary actions where necessary. As part of the 
continuing  development  plan  for  Board  members,  education 
programmes were completed by the NEDs as planned. 

BOARD DEVELOPMENTS
At  the  request  of  the  Board,  in  March  2019  I  agreed  to  
support the CEO with the conduct of certain specific strategic 
projects  and  certain  executive  management  functions  where 
my knowledge and expertise are particularly helpful and as a 
consequence I moved to an executive position within the Com-
pany. 

As  a  corollary  to  this,  another  independent  NED,  Mr  Philip  J 
Wilkinson  OBE,  was  appointed  in  March  2020.  Mr  Wilkinson 
has significant experience in international poultry markets. 

The  Company  complies  with  the  UK  Corporate  Governance 
Code to the extent  practical and in relation to this there were 
some  changes  to  Board  committees  following  my  move  to 
Executive Chairman. In March 2019, I stepped down from the  
Audit  Committee  (“AC”)  and  Mr  Wills  was  appointed  as 
a  member  of  the  AC.  In  April  2020,  I  stepped  down  as  
Chairman  of  the  Nominations  and  Remuneration  Committee 
(“NRC”) and an independent NED, Mr Wills, was appointed as 
Chairman of the NRC.

OUR PEOPLE
Following  our  acquisition  of  PP,  MHP  now  employs 
31,427  people  across  seven  countries.  I  am  proud  of  their 
enduring commitment, professionalism and dedication to our 
customers.  On  behalf  of  our  Board  I  offer  them  our  sincere 
thanks.  
The health and safety of our employees is paramount. MHP’s 
dedicated  and  experienced  HR  team  is  working  closely  with 

our  employees  and  their  representatives  to  ensure  that 
everyone  has 
the  necessary  support  and  assistance 
following the outbreak of the COVID-19 Pandemic. 

STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
Regular engagement, dialogue with and feedback from MHP’s 
material  internal  and  external  stakeholders  are  important 
elements  of  the  success  of  the  Group  and  is  the  core  of  our 
business model. 

Understanding  our  stakeholders’  views  informs  and  assists 
MHP’s  decision-making  processes  and  helps  drive  prog-
ress towards the achievement of MHP’s aims, objectives and 
strategy.  In  keeping  with  the  requirements  of  Section  172  (1) 
of  the  UK  Companies  Act  2006,  we  have  set  out  on  pages 
38 to 39 MHP’s key stakeholder groups, their material issues 
and  how  MHP  engages  with  them.  Each  stakeholder  group 
requires  a  tailored  engagement  approach  to  foster  effective 
communication and mutually beneficial relationships. 

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY
Responsible  business  is  a  critical  element  of  the  Company’s 
long-term  strategy.  The  Board  is  pleased  with  the  progress 
achieved  during  2019.  A  highlight  was  the  launch  of  the  first 
phase  of  MHP’s  second  biogas  plant.  This  project  is  being  
implemented 
in  two  phases  with  an  eventual  planned  
installed  energy  capacity  of  29  MW.  This  will  make  the 
facility the largest biogas complex in the world for processing 
organic waste from broiler chickens. 

I  am  excited  by  the  work  that  the  Company  is  under-
taking  in  a  number  of  key  research  and  development  
areas  including  food  quality  and  security,  animal  well-being 
and nutrition. I’m especially proud of our progress in the field of 
antibiotic-free  poultry  production. 
I’d  like  to  draw  your 
attention  to  the  CEO’s  Statement  in  which  Yuriy  Kosyuk  sets 
out in more detail our exciting advances in these fields. 

Annual Report 2019 Chairman’s StatementSTRATEGIC REPORTDIVIDEND
Although the Company has over US$ 300 million of free cash, 
and  we  feel  well-placed  to  weather  the  uncertainties  of  the 
months  ahead,  the  Board  felt  it  was  prudent  to  take  further 
actions to conserve cash.  As part of these actions, on 13 April 
2020,  it  agreed  that  the  dividend  should  be  reduced  from 
approximately  US$  80  million  (US$  0.7474  per  share)  in  2019 
to  approximately  US$  30  million  (US$  0.2803  per  share), 
to  be  paid  to  shareholders  by  the  end  of  April  2020.  The 
announcement will be published in due course.

OUTLOOK FOR 2020  
2020 is set to be challenging. At the time of writing, the world 
is  coping  with  the  COVID-19  Pandemic,  a  global  emergency 
and crisis. In addition, an outbreak of H5N1 avian influenza in 
Ukraine (the Vinnytsia region) was announced in Q1 2020 and 
caused a temporary cessation of exports from Ukraine to the EU 
(reopened at the beginning of March 2020), Saudi Arabia and 
other MENA markets (reopened in February and March 2020), 
and CIS countries (expected to reopen from May 2020).

Furthermore,  the  disruption  in  global  protein  flows  seen 
during  2019  is  ongoing.  African  Swine  Fever  is  still  active 
in  China  and  Southeast  Asia,  EU  poultry  over-production 
is  set  to  continue,  and  global  animal  and  feed  commodity 
protein flows are still in the process of rebalancing as a result of  
disease and global political events. 

These  combined  events  are  likely  to  have  a  significant 
effect  on  HORECA  demand  and  economic  activity  and 
will  impact  MHP’s  financial  results  in  2020.  Against  this 
to  expect  our  main  driv-
backdrop  we 
ers  of  growth 
in  poultry  production 
increases 
volumes  of  c25,000  tonnes  from  PP  and  c10,000  tonnes  
from  the  Vinnytsia  complex,  respectively,  combined  with  an 
increase  in  the  efficiency  of  our  grain  growing  operations 
driven by optimisation of production costs and land utilisation. 

continue 
to  be 

12

In  spite  of  these  short-term  challenges,  I  remain  confident 
that  MHP,  as  a  food  producer  and  distributor  with  a  highly 
experienced  Board  and  senior  management  team,  is  well- 
positioned. I should like to take a moment to set out the factors 
underpinning my confidence in the business: 

•   Strong  financial  position.  The  strengthening  of  our 
financial  position  in  September  2019  through  the  issue 
of  the  US$  350  million  Eurobond  has  provided  us  with  a 
robust  balance  sheet  with  no  requirements  to  refinance  
in the near term.

•   Vertical 

integration.  The  Company’s  business  model 
reduces  its  dependence  on  suppliers  and  exposure  to  raw 
material price volatility. It also provides higher biosecurity of 
the flock and quality control at the point of sale. 

•   Sales  to  over  80  countries.  Continued  execution  of  our 
diversified export strategy has led to MHP now exporting to 
over  80  countries  globally,  thus  de-risking  the  Company  in 
relation to geopolitical events as evidenced by our ability to 
mitigate the loss of volumes to Saudi Arabia in Q4 2019 by 
significantly increasing volumes to other markets.

CORONAVIRUS (COVID-19) PANDEMIC
At this stage it is difficult to estimate the duration and severity 
of the impact from the Pandemic. 

The  Company  has  put  in  place  a  wide  range  of  measures 
to  protect  and  support  our  employees.  It  has  a  strong 
balance  sheet  and  cash  position,  but  is  actively  pursuing 
additional opportunities to preserve cash and optimise its near 
term.  Overall,  MHP  is  well-placed  to  manage  its  way  through 
the  expected  virus-related  disruption  over  the  coming  months 
in 2020. 

is 

•   30%  domestic  market  share.  MHP 

in  Ukraine.  Domestic  demand 

leading 
poultry  producer 
for 
chicken  is  expected  to  remain  strong  and  to  have  further  
growth  potential  as  beef  and  pork  are  mostly  produced 
by  households  and  small 
far  more 
farms  and  are 
expensive to produce and purchase than chicken.

the 

Dr John Rich, Chairman 
13 April 2020

Annual Report 2019 Chairman’s StatementSTRATEGIC REPORT13

CEO’S
STATEMENT

“AT  THE  TIME  OF  WRITING,  WE  FIND  OURSELVES  IN  HIGHLY 
UNCERTAIN  TIMES  DUE  TO  THE  COVID-19  PANDEMIC.  I  WANT 
TO  REASSURE  OUR  PEOPLE  THAT  THEIR  HEALTH  AND  SAFETY 
IS  PARAMOUNT  AND  THAT  WE  WILL  CONTINUE  TO  PROVIDE 
NECESSARY SUPPORT AND ASSISTANCE.  

I  REMAIN  CONFIDENT  THAT  MHP  IS  UNIQUELY  POSITIONED 
AND  WILL  NOT  ONLY  ADAPT  TO  SUCCESSFULLY  MANAGE  THE 
SHORT-TERM  CHALLENGES,  BUT  WILL  EVOLVE  TO  OPTIMALLY 
POSITION  ITSELF  TO  CAPITALISE  ON  THE  MEDIUM  AND  LONG-
TERM OPPORTUNITIES IN OUR INDUSTRIES.
2019  WAS  A  CHALLENGING  YEAR  FOR  MHP,  BUT  IT  WAS 
ALSO  A  PIVOTAL  YEAR  IN  OUR  HISTORY.  WE  INTEGRATED 
PERUTNINA  PTUJ  (PP)  INTO  OUR  OPERATIONS  AND  PERHAPS 
MORE IMPORTANTLY WE INSTIGATED CHANGE WE ARE IN THE  
PROCESS OF TRANSFORMING THE  COMPANY’S BUSINESS MODEL 
SO  THAT  WE  AS  A  GROUP  ARE  MORE  EFFICIENT  AND  MORE 
CUSTOMER ORIENTED. THIS TRANSFORMATION WILL EMBRACE 
NEW TECHNOLOGY AND INNOVATION AND WILL RELY ON EACH 
AND EVERY ONE OF OUR TALENTED AND COMMITTED EMPLOYEES. 
I  AM  CONFIDENT  THAT  THEY  CAN  RISE  TO  THE  CHALLENGE 
AND DELIVER FOR OUR STAKEHOLDERS.”

TURBULENT AND DYNAMIC GLOBAL MARKETS IN 2019
In  2019,  global  markets  were  disrupted  following  on  from 
in  China  and 
the  events  of  2018.  African  Swine  Fever 
Southeast  Asia  caused  significant  imbalances  in  all  protein 
flows  but  had  more  impact  in  poultry  production  and  regional 
pricing.    The  changing  global  poultry  flows  caused  a  significant 
disparity  between  export  producers  in  terms  of  market  access; 
Saudi  Arabia,  MHP’s  key  market  in  the  Middle  East,  was  closed 
to  Ukrainian  exports  in  Q4  2019.  Poland  emerged  as  a  key 
producer  of  poultry 
in  2019  which  caused  over-production 
within the EU, resulting in historically low prices for poultry breast 
meat. 

PERFORMANCE HIGHLIGHTS
Group revenue in 2019 amounted to US$ 2,056 million (2018: US$ 
1,552 million), representing 32% growth year-on-year driven by an 
increase in the sale of poultry meat, vegetable oils and convenience 
food, as well as by the acquisition of Perutnina Ptuj (PP). Domestic 
revenues reflect growth of 39% whilst export growth was up 28%, 
driven by an increase in grains, vegetable oils and meat-process-
ing products. Export revenue represented 58% of Group revenue in 
2019 (2018: 60%). Adjusted EBITDA (net of IFRS 16) was US$ 376 
million  and  lower  than  expected  and  down  16%  (2018:  US$  450 
million)  resulting  in  an  adjusted  EBITDA  margin  (net  of  IFRS  16) 
of  18%  (2018:  29%).  The  lower  profitability  was  driven  by  lower 
commodity  prices  (both  for  crops  and  poultry)  and  the  effects  of 
adverse weather conditions, combined with the significant strength-
ening  of  the  Ukrainian  Hryvnia  (13%  in  Q4  2019  alone)  leading  to 
higher US dollar denominated production costs.

Annual Report 2019 STRATEGIC REPORTCEO’s Statement14

transform 

will  be  rolled-out  more  extensively  over  the  next  
several  years  and  will 
the  Company’s  
sales from a commodity  production base to a branded 
value-added    base  delivering  higher  margin  products.   
This  development  also  further  mitigates  risks  in  the 
movement  of  raw  products  for  export  when  disease  
outbreaks occur in Eastern Europe.

•  Export  volume  growth.  Export  revenue  grew  by 
28%  year-on-year  and  now  constitutes  58%  of  total 
revenue,  driven  by  the  continued  implementation 
of  the  Company’s  diversification  strategy  as  well  as 
product  mix  optimisation  -  the  “right  product  for 
the  right  market”  -  to  countries  within  the  EU,  MENA,  
CIS and Africa. 

BUSINESS REVIEW
Despite the challenges, MHP made significant progress towards 
a  number  of  strategic  goals  during  the  year  and  continued  to 
execute  upon  its  growth  strategy  in  both  export  and  domestic 
markets.

•     Integration of Perutnina Ptuj. I am delighted with the way in 
which  the  newly-acquired  Balkans  operations  have  been  so 
efficiently integrated into the Group and with the operational 
synergies  that  have  been  realised  to  date.  There  is  more  to 
achieve and there are also lessons to be learned from the PP 
operations that will be applied across the wider Group going 
forward. 

•   Transformation  from  a  raw  materials  company  into  a 
‘culinary’  company.  A  gradual  strategic  shift  towards  more 
customer-centric  products  is  underway.  The  most  important 
evolution in this tenet of our strategy during 2019 was the move 
towards  more  value-added  primary  and  further-processed 
products  for  the  Ukraine  domestic  market  and,  similarly, 
is 
export  markets.  This 
customer-led  and  involves  us  working  closely  with  our 
customers  as  partners  to  anticipate  their  evolving  needs,  

strategic  evolution,  which 

•  Mid-term  growth  opportunities.  In  February  2020  we  an-
nounced that MHP is planning a greenfield project in Saudi Ara-
bia; there is significant government support for the project and a 
feasibility study is ongoing.

2020 STRATEGIC PRIORITIES
MHP  has  responded  and  adapted  to  the  challenges  of  2019 
and  continues  to  take  positive  steps  to  further  enhance  and 
optimise its business model.

•   Business transformation. To increase MHP’s financial strength,  
we  have  tasked  a  newly-created  business  transformation  
group  with  ambitious  goals  to  improve  the  efficiency  of  all 
business  processes.  This  includes  transforming  customer  
service,    the  digitalisation  of  processes  and  the  creation  of 
a  new  franchising  business  model.  This  team  is  in  the  early 
stages of investigating potential new products and processes 
which, over time, will create thoughtful, balanced solutions for 
increased efficiency. 

•   Looking  after  our  people  as  MHP  transforms.  Our  peo-
ple  are  our  greatest  asset  and    MHP  will  ensure  that  they 
are  looked  after,  including  through  a  fair,  transparent  and 

merit-based 
they  are 
remuneration  system  whereby 
rewarded  for  their    contribution.  Andriy  Bulakh,  appointed 
Deputy CEO, People in January 2020, will oversee our work  
values  and 
corporate 
on  developing 
competency model;  increasing the efficiency and  productivity  
of  employees  and  organisations;  new  training  formats;  and  
switching to more flat, flexible and adaptive staff management 
models featuring increased engagement.

culture, 

the 

•   Perutnina  Ptuj.  Continued  investment  in  PP  remains  a 
priority 
in  order  to  capitalise  on  the  opportunities  for 
expansion  into  regional  and  Western  European  markets.  
We  will  focus  on  high-quality,  branded  ready-to-eat  and 
ready-to-cook products. I am confident that PP will continue to 
deliver and will be a leader in poultry production in Europe in 
the medium-term.

•   Investment 

in 

‘Commercial  Kitchens’.  A 

‘Commercial 
Kitchen’  concept  is  being  developed  and  is  planned  to  be 
implemented in Ukraine during 2020, whereby the Company 
will  directly  supply  end  customers  rather  than  HORECA 
processors. 

GROUP REVENUE IN 2019 
AMOUNTED TO US$ MILLION

Annual Report 2019 CEO’s StatementSTRATEGIC REPORT•   Production  volume  growth.  During 

its  annual  strategy 
meeting  in  May  2019,  the  Company  reiterated  its  previous 
production  target  of  850-880,000  tonnes  of  poultry  meat 
by  2024.  We  continue  to  expect  PP  and  the  expanded 
Vinnytsia complex to be our main drivers of production growth 
in 2020 towards this goal. 

•   Increasing  the  profitability  of  our  agricultural  oper-
ations.  Spring  crops  are  a  key  driver  of  the  Company’s 
results. The Grain Growing segment is therefore refocussing.  
It is increasing the number of hectares in which spring crops 
(corn, soy and sunflower) are sown and reducing the number of  
hectares 
(wheat,  barley  and 
rapeseed) are sown. This, combined with the optimisation of 
production costs and the use of technology including Artificial 
Intelligence, will increase the efficiency of the Grain Growing 
segment.  

in  which  winter  crops 

•   Export growth. We will continue to execute our geographical 
diversification  strategy  and  to  focus  upon  more  customised 
products  as  part  of  a  strategy  to  access  new  prospective 
markets.

•   Long-term goal to be an efficient and successful player in 
the  global  protein  industry  consolidation. We  continue  to 
monitor developments and potential M&A opportunities, both 
in  poultry  production  and  in  the  meat-processing  industry, 
internationally. 

long-term  goal  of  being  carbon  neutral 

•   To promote the sustainable development of the business. 
MHP  is  committed  to  reducing  greenhouse  gas  emissions 
with  a 
for 
every  kilogram  of  poultry  meat  produced.  The  Company’s 
largest  biogas  facility  is  in  production  with  one  more  unit  
(12  MW)    planned.  In  addition,  a  research    programme 
focussed  oncarbon 
carbon  
dioxide and other forms of carbon are stored in the soil for the 
long-term, is ongoing. 

sequestration,  whereby 

15

INNOVATION AND RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT 
 The  Company’s  Centre  of  Innovation  has  continued  its  active
 programme  in  2019,  both  in  Ukraine  and  in  the  Balkans.  Key
 advances  made  in  relation  to  the  production  of  poultry  meat
 included the following:

•   Antibiotic-free.  Significantly  more  production  (in  excess  of 
30% of total volumes) is now designated as “antibiotic-free” and 
the Company remains on target to produce in excess of 85% of 
poultry  meat  on  an  antibiotic-free  basis  by  2023.  In  early 
2020, an antibiotic-free line of poultry products was launched 
in  Ukraine  for  domestic  consumers  (see  also  case  study  on 
page  43).  An  important  planned  development  of  the  Nasha 
Riaba  brand  in  2020  underlines  MHP’s  industry-leading 
commitment to eliminate the use of antibiotics in the chicken  
meat  production  process.  Nasha  Riaba  product  labelling 
will  highlight  the  brand’s  long  term  commitment  to  the 
eradication  of  antibiotic  use;  this  step  will  further  reinforce  
MHP’s  commitment  to  improvinghuman  health  and  healthy 
eating. MHP plans to achieve this aim by setting step-by-step 
targets and rigorous and robust testing.

•   Health  and  nutrition.  A  two-year  MHP  research  programme 
has  enabled  the  Company  to  confirm  and  to  state  on  its
 products  that  its  poultry  products  have  lower  levels  of 
saturated fats and higher levels of polyunsaturated fats; this is 
a  significant  mitigation  factor 
in  human  coronary  artery 
disease and a key driver of sales growth for increasingly health 
conscious consumers. 

Yuriy Kosyuk, CEO and Founder of MHP 
13 April 2020

Annual Report 2019 CEO’s StatementSTRATEGIC REPORT16

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

WE MONITOR PROGRESS AGAINST THE DELIVERY OF OUR STRATEGIC GOALS USING
SEVERAL FINANCIAL KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS (“KPIs”).

Each KPI provides a way of measuring elements of our strategy. Our strategy focusses upon the medium to long term period and
therefore we consider how we have performed over a number of years, showing the KPIs for the last five years.

REVENUE, US$m

EXPORT REVENUE, US$m

ADJUSTED EBITDA (NET OF IFRS 16), US$m

2,056

1,552

1,288

1,062

1,135

2200

2000

1800

1600

1400

1200

1000

800

600

400

200

0

1,186

58%

924

60%

56%

635

57%

732

49%

524

1200

1000

800

600

400

200

0

100%

50%

0%

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

436

415

459

450

3761

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

US$m (LHS)

% of total revenue (RHS)

1  Adjusted EBITDA (after implementation of IFRS 16) comprised 

US$ 427 million

BUSINESSREVIEW BUSINESS REVIEWBusiness Review Annual Report 2019 17

Key  Performance Indicators

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

REVENUE, US$m

EXPORT REVENUE, US$m

How we calculate it

ADJUSTED EBITDA, US$m

As reported.

Revenue to destinations outside of country of production, received in 
hard currency.

Adjusted  EBITDA  is  defined  as  profit  before  tax,  net  finance  costs, 
depreciation  and  amortisation,  net  after-tax  exceptional  and 
non-recurring items, net foreign exchange loss, and net other expenses.

Why we measure it

To ensure we are successful in growing the business.

To ensure we are delivering on our strategy of international expansion 
in  turn  leading  to  additional  hard  currency  revenue.  Export  revenue 
provides MHP with a natural hedge against local currency volatility. 

To track the underlying performance of the business.

2019 Progress

Revenue was up 32% y/y driven by an increase in the sale of poultry 
meat, vegetable oils and convenience food, as well as by the  acquisition 
of Perutnina Ptuj.

Export  revenue  was  up  28%  y/y  driven  by  an  increase  in  exports  of 
grains, vegetable oils and meat-processing products.

Adjusted EBITDA (net of IFRS 16) was down by 16% y/y (adjusted  EBITDA 
after implementation of IFRS 16 was down by 5% y/y) mainly due to a 
decrease  in  prices  of  both  poultry  and  grains,  as  well  as  higher  US$ 
production costs due to the strengthening of the UAH. 

Execution of our diversified sales strategy – both for exports and 
domestic sales. 

    Export growth through sales diversification and market targeting.

Production efficiency and focus on consumer innovation.

KPI unchanged y/y.

Change to KPI

KPI unchanged y/y.

KPI unchanged y/y.

Link to strategy 

Annual Report 2019 BUSINESS REVIEW18

Key Performance Indicator by Segment

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS
BY SEGMENT

THE COMPANY IS UNDERPINNED BY ITS VERTICALLY-INTEGRATED 
BUSINESS MODEL, ITS EXPERIENCED MANAGEMENT TEAM AND 
ITS DIVERSIFICATION STRATEGY IN BOTH DOMESTIC AND 
INTERNATIONAL MARKETS.

POULTRY & RELATED OPERATIONS SEGMENT

GRAIN GROWING SEGMENT

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

729

1

618

573

566

520

0.66

0.66

0.50

0.53

0.5

0.64

0.41

0

423

2,351

416

2,654

2,408

1,999

267

276

1,892

167

3000

2500

2000

1500

1000

500

0

450

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

CONSOLIDATED 2019 GROUP
ADJUSTED EBITDA
MARGIN (NET OF IFRS 16)1

2015*

2016*

2017*

2018

2019

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Production of poultry, thousand tonnes (LHS)

EBITDA per kg, US$ (net of IAS 41) (RHS)

Production of grains, thousand tonnes (LHS)

EBITDA (net of IFRS 16) per ha,US$ (RHS)

1  Adjusted EBITDA margin (after implementation of 

IFRS 16) comprised 21%

Annual Report 2019 BUSINESS REVIEW18%19

Financial and Operational Review

FINANCIAL AND OPERATIONAL REVIEW 

the  Company  of  Perutnina  Ptuj, 

EVENTS DURING AND POST REPORTING PERIOD
Further  to  the  announcement  in  February  2019  of  the  
acquisition  by 
the 
largest  producer  of  poultry  meat  and  poultry  meat  products 
in  the  Balkans  region  of  Southeast  Europe,  MHP  completed 
the  acquisition  of  minority  shareholders  at  the  end  of 
September 2019 and is now the 100% owner of PP. 

that 

On  13  September  2019,  MHP  announced 
it  had  
completed  the  issue  of  a  US$  350  million  Eurobond  of 
6.25%  notes  due  19  September  2029  -  making  it  the 
longest-dated  Eurobond  issue  by  a  Ukrainian  corporate 
the  private 
with 
issue 
sector 
enabled 
liabilities 
full  repayment  of  MHP’s  short-term 
(US$  335  million  at  the  end  of  H1  2019),  extending  MHP’s 
maturity profile and making virtually all of its debt long term.

lowest  coupon  ever 
in  Ukraine.  Proceeds 

issued 
from 

this  new 

the 

in 

OPERATIONAL HIGHLIGHTS
In  2019,  MHP  continued  to  launch  additional  production 
sites  as  part  of  Phase  2  of  the  Vinnytsia  poultry  complex 
bringing  the  total  number  of  rearing  sites  to  six.  The  Com-
pany’s  other  poultry  production 
to 
operate at full capacity during the period.
•   Poultry  production  volumes 

the  European 
Operating  Segment)  reached  728,9171    tonnes,  up  18% 
year-on-year    (2018:  617,943    tonnes).  Poultry  production  
volumes 
the  European  Operating  Segment  
from 
amounted to 79,358 tonnes;

facilities  continued 

(excluding 

•   The  average  chicken  meat  price  decreased  by  
5%  year-on-year  to  UAH  38.06  per  kg  (2018:  UAH  39.86 
per kg) (excluding VAT). The average price of chicken meat  
produced by the European Operating Segment during 2019 
was EUR 2.64 per kg;
•   Chicken  meat  exports 

increased  by  25%  to  357,433 
tonnes 
(excluding  the  European  Operating  Segment’s 
13,881 tonnes), compared with 286,846 tonnes in 2018,  as 
a result of increased exports mainly to countries in the MENA  
region and the EU.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
•   Revenue  of  US$  2,056  million, 

year-on-year (2018: US$ 1,552 million);

increased  by  32%  

•   Export revenue of US$ 1,186 million, comprised 58% of total 

revenue (2018: US$ 924 million, 60% of total revenue);

•   Operating  profit  of  US$  216  million  was  down  31%  
year-on-year (2018: US$  312 million) and  operating margin 
declined to 11% (2018: 20%);

•   Adjusted  EBITDA  margin  (net  of  IFRS  16)  decreased  to  18%  
(2018: 29%); adjusted EBITDA (net of IFRS 16) decreased to 
US$ 376 million versus US$ 450 million in 2018; 

•   Net  profit  for  the  period  was  US$  215  million  (2018:  

US$ 128 million).

FINANCIAL OVERVIEW

in mln. US$, unless indicated 
otherwise

2019

 20182

% change

Revenue

2,056

1,552

32%

IAS 41 standard gains/(losses)

Gross profit

Gross profit margin

Operating profit

Operating profit margin

Adjusted EBITDA4

Adjusted EBITDA margin4

(40)

 398

19%

216

11%

427

21%

Adjusted EBITDA (net of IFRS 16) 376

32

422

27%

312

20%

450

29%

450

-225%

-6%

-8 pps3

-31%

-9 pps

-5%

-8 pps

-16%

Adjusted EBITDA margin 
(net of IFRS 16)

Net profit before foreign 
exchange differences

Net profit margin before foreign 
exhange gain/(loss)

Foreign exchange gain5

Net profit/(loss)

Net profit margin

18%

29%

-11 pps

30

1%

185

215

10% 

116

-74%

7%

-6 pps

12

128

8%

 n/a

68%

2 pps

1   Production  volume of chicken meat only without by-products

2    Information for the Q4 2019 and for the year ended 31 December 2019 is presented excluding results of  

discontinued operation, which is presented as a single amount as loss after tax from discontinued operations

3   pps – percentage points

4 After implementation of IFRS 16

5 Average official FX rate for 12 months: UAH/US$ 25.8373 in 2019 and UAH/US$ 27.2016 in 2018

Annual Report 2019 BUSINESS REVIEW20

Fnancial and Operational Review 

MAJOR PRODUCT TYPES IN 2019 AND 2018

US$ thousand

2019

2018

Chicken meat and related products

588,903

471,177   

Vegetable oil and related products

302,600

274,313

Grain

Other agricultural products

251,836

42,362

156,511

21,703

1,185,701

923,704

Currency risk
During  the  year  ended  31  December  2019,  the  Ukrainian 
Hryvnia  appreciated  against  the  EUR  and  the  US$  by  20.03% 
and 16.90% respectively (2018: appreciated against the EUR by 
5.62% and 1.37% against the US$). As a result, during the year 
ended  31  December  2019,  the  Group  recognised  a  net  foreign  
exchange  gain  of  US$  185,291 
foreign  
exchange  gain  of  US$  11,638  thousand)  in  the  consolidated 
statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

thousand 

(2018: 

Currency risk is mitigated by the generation of foreign currency 
revenue from the sale of products including sunflower oil, grain 
and  chicken  meat.  This  is  sufficient  for  servicing  the  Group’s 
foreign  currency  denominated  liabilities.  Sales  for  the  years 
ended 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2018 are shown in 
the table to the right.

The  functional  currency  for  the  Ukrainian  companies  of  the 
Group is the UAH. However, for the convenience of stakeholders, 
MHP presents its financial statements in US dollars (US$) using 
quarterly average and historical exchange rates.

RELEVANT EXCHANGE RATES

Currency

UAH/US$

UAH/EUR

Closing rate as at  
31 December 2019

Average  
for 2019

Closing rate as at 
31 December 2018

Average  
for 2018

23.6862

26.4220

25.8373

28.9406

27.6883

31.7141

27.2016

32.1341

Annual Report 2019 BUSINESS REVIEW21

Segment Performance

SEGMENT PERFORMANCE

POULTRY  &  RELATED  OPERATIONS 
KEY OPERATIONAL DATA

SEGMENT  –  

2019

 2018

% change

Poultry

Sales volume, third party, 
tonnes

-Sales in Ukraine, third parties, 
tonnes

669,964

593,527

13%

312,531

306,680

2%

-Export sales volume, third party, 
tonnes

357,433

286,846

25%

Average price per 1 kg net of 
VAT, UAH

Average price per 1 kg net of 
VAT, USD

Price per 1 kg net of VAT, UAH 
(Ukraine)

Price per 1 kg net of VAT, USD 
(export)

Sunflower oil

38.06

39.86

-5%

1.47

1.47

37.49

36.62

0%

2%

1.49

1.59

-6%

of  chicken  meat  sold  across  MENA,  the  EU,  Africa  and  Asia. 
Alongside  this  strong  international  growth,  domestic  sales 
in  Ukraine  increased  by  2%  year-on-year  to  312,531  tonnes 
(2018: 306,680 tonnes).

During  2019,  the  aggregate  average  chicken  meat  price  was 
UAH 38.06, 5% lower than 2018 mainly due to the substantial 
drops in poultry prices in EU countries as well as the revalua-
tion of the UAH.

Vegetable oil (sunflower and soybean)
During 2019, MHP’s sales of sunflower oil increased by 22% y/y 
to  384,150  tonnes.  Sales  of  soybean  oil  increased  by  3%  y/y 
during 2019 to 51,771 tonnes.

POULTRY  &  RELATED  OPERATIONS 
FINANCIAL RESULTS AND TRENDS

SEGMENT  –  

in mln. US$, unless indicated 
otherwise

2019

 2018

% 
change

Revenue

1,368

1,241 

10%

segment 

During  2019, 
increased  by 
10% 
in  sales  volume  of  
y/y  driven  mostly  by  an 
chicken  meat  and  vegetable  oil,  but  partly  offset  by  the 
decreased prices of chicken meat.

revenue 
increase 

IAS  41  standard  gains/(losses)  reflect  the  net  change  in  fair  
value  of  biological  assets  and  agricultural  produce.  IAS  41 
standard gain during 2019 amounted to US$ 9 million, mainly 
as  a  result  of  an  increase  of  poultry  meat  stocks,  but  partly 
offset by the decrease in prices. 

Segment  gross  profit 
for  2019  decreased  by  9%  
y/y  driven  by  lower  prices  of  chicken  meat  and  higher 
US$ production costs due to the strengthening of the UAH as 
well as the higher cost of mixed fodder protein components and 
payroll costs. 

During  2019,  adjusted  EBITDA  decreased  by  10%,  in  line  with 
the decrease in gross profit.

Sales volume, third party tonnes

384,150  315,079 

22%

Poultry and other

1,073

973

Soybean oil

Sales volume, third party tonnes

 51,771  

 50,044  

3%

Vegetable oil

 295

 268

IAS 41 standard gains/(losses)

 9

(1)

 Chicken meat
The  aggregate  volume  of  chicken  meat  sold  to  third  parties 
increased  by  13%  during  2019  mainly  as  a  result  of  the 
increased  production  of  heavier  chicken  and  a  decreased 
share of thinning as well as the launch of new rearing sites as 
part of Phase 2 of the Vinnytsia poultry complex. 

MHP continued to follow its strategy of both geographic diver-
sification  and  product  mix  optimisation,  building  up  volumes 

Gross profit

Gross margin

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA margin

Adjusted EBITDA per 1 kg 
(net of IAS 41)

1   pps – percentage points

10%

10%

n/m

-9%

 273

301

20%

24%

-4 pps1

281

21%

311

-10%

25%

-4 pps

0.41

0.53

-23%

Annual Report 2019 BUSINESS REVIEW 
22

Segment Performance

GRAIN GROWING SEGMENT – KEY OPERATIONAL DATA
In  2019  MHP  harvested  around  360,000  hectares  of  land  in 
Ukraine  and  gathered  around  2,4  million  tonnes  of  crops, 
9%  lower  y/y  mainly  due  to  MHP’s  historically  record  high 
harvest  of  corn 
in  2018.  MHP  average  yields  are 
significantly  higher  than  Ukraine’s  average  for  almost  all 
crops due to operational efficiency and the employment of best 
technology.  

GRAIN  GROWING  SEGMENT  –  FINANCIAL  RESULTS  AND 
TRENDS
Segment  revenue  for  2019  amounted  to  US$  268  million, 
up  48%  year-on-year  (2018:  US$  181  million).  The  increase 
was  mainly  attributable  to  the  higher  level  of  crops  in  stock  
designated for sale as of 31 December 2018, in turn due to the 
record yields in 2018.

IAS 41 standard losses for 2019 amounted to US$ 50 million. The 
loss was primarily driven by a substantial decrease in the prices 
of crops (especially corn).

The 2019 adjusted EBITDA of the segment decreased by 28%, 
y/y  mainly  due  to  the  decrease  in  prices  as  well  as  higher 
US$  production  costs  from  the  strengthening  of  the  UAH  and  
accentuated  by  the  seasonality  of  operations  with  major 
expenses incurred in H1 2019.

HARVEST CAMPAIGN RESULTS

20191

20181

Production volume
(in tonnes)

Cropped land 
(in hectares)

Production volume
(in tonnes)

Cropped land 
(in hectares)

Corn

Wheat

Sunflower

Rapeseed

Soya

Other2

Total

1,312,416

300,396

237,755

122,597

102,418

332,007

2,407,589

MHP HARVEST YIELDS

140,221

46,797

65,447

41,233

38,197

 27,581   

359,476  

1,344,547

295,640

235,245

125,346

114,322

539,322

2,654,422

123,398

48,379

72,981

38,541

37,558

41,963

362,820

2019 

2018

MHP’s average3 

Ukraine’s average3 

MHP’s average3

Ukraine’s average3

(tonnes per hectare)

(tonnes per hectare)

Corn

Wheat

Sunflower

Rapeseed

Soya

9.4

6.4

3.6

3.0

2.7

7.1

4.3

2.6

2.6

2.3

 10.9  

 6.1

 3.2  

 3.3  

 3.0  

GRAIN GROWING SEGMENT – FINANCIAL RESULTS AND TRENDS

 7.8  

 3.7  

 2.3  

 2.7  

 2.6  

1   Only land of Grain Growing segment

2    Including barley, rye, sugar beet, sorghum and other and excluding land left fallow as 

part of crop rotation

in mln. US$, unless indicated otherwise

Revenue

IAS 41 standard gains/(losses)

Gross profit

Adjusted EBITDA4

3    MHP yields are net weight, Ukraine yields  are bunker weight

Adjusted EBITDA (net of IFRS 16)

4 After implementation of IFRS 16

5 in US$

Adjusted EBITDA per 1 hectar (net of IFRS 16)5

2019

268

(50)

29

109

60

 167

 2018

% change

181

33

108

151

 151

 416

48%

-252%

-73%

-28%

-60%

 -60%

Annual Report 2019 BUSINESS REVIEW23

MEAT-PROCESSING  &  OTHER  AGRICULTURAL  OPERATIONS 
SEGMENT – KEY OPERATIONAL DATA

Meat-processing products

2019

 2018

Sales volume, third party tonnes

35,458

33,975

Price per 1 kg net of VAT, UAH

67.34

62.22

% 
change

4%

8%

During  2019  sales  of  processed-meat  products  increased  by 
4%  y/y  and  reached  35,458  tonnes.  The  average  processed 
meat  price  increased  by  8%  y/y  to  UAH  67.34  per  kg  in  2019, 
mostly driven by the implementation of the improved sales and 
marketing strategy. 

Convenience food

2019

 2018

Sales volume, third pary tonnes

19,236

17,997

Price per 1 kg net of VAT, UAH

40.97

42.53

% 
change

7%

-4%

Sales  volumes  of  convenience  food    increased  by  7%  y/y  in 
2019  to  19,236  tonnes,  driven  mainly  by  a  high  base  effect, 
whereby  salted  fillet  (a  semi-final  product)  was  included 
previously. The average price in 2019 decreased by 4% y/y to 
UAH 40.97 per kg (excluding VAT).

MEAT-PROCESSING  &  OTHER  AGRICULTURAL  OPERATIONS 
SEGMENT – FINANCIAL RESULTS AND TRENDS
Segment  revenue  for  2019  increased  by  15%  y/y,  in  line  with 
an  increase  in  price  and  volume  for  meat  processing,  and 
amounted to US$ 149 million. 

The segment’s adjusted EBITDA increased to US$ 20 million in 
2019 compared to US$ 16 million in 2018, an increase of 25% y/y 
driven  mostly  by  higher  returns  earned  from  meat-processing 
products.

in mln. US$, unless 
indicated otherwise

2019

 2018

% 
change

Revenue

Meat processing

Other1

IAS 41 standard gains

Gross profit

Gross margin

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA margin

149

118

31

2

19

13%

20

13%

130

103

27

-

12

9%

16

12%

15%

15%

15%

100%

58%

4 pps

25%

1 pps

PERUTNINA PTUJ’S ADJUSTED EBITDA 
MARGIN IN 2019

1      Includes convenience food products, milk, cattle, goose meat, foie gras and feed grains

2      Results of PP from 21 February 2019 when the acquisition was completed

3   Includes sausages and convenience foods

4 After implementation of IFRS 16

Segment Performance

EUROPEAN OPERATING SEGMENT (PP) – KEY  OPERATIONAL 
DATA

Poultry

Sales volume, third party tonnes

Price per 1 kg net of VAT, EUR

Meat-processing products3

Sales volume, third party tonnes

Price per 1 kg net of VAT, EUR

2019
(10 months)2

51,101

 2.64

2019
(10 months)

 30,282

2.71

EUROPEAN OPERATING SEGMENT (PP) – FINANCIAL  
RESULTS AND TRENDS

in mln. US$, unless indicated 
otherwise

2019
(10 months)2

Revenue

IAS 41 standard gains

Gross profit

Gross margin

Adjusted EBITDA4

Adjusted EBITDA margin4

Adjusted EBITDA (net of IFRS 16)

Adjusted EBITDA margin 
(net of IFRS 16)

271 

-

 77

28%

44

16%

42

15%

The  European  Operating  Segment’s  revenue  amounted  to 
US$ 271 million for the 10 months in 2019. Adjusted EBITDA4 was 
US$ 44 million and the adjusted EBITDA margin4 was 16%.

Annual Report 2019 BUSINESS REVIEW16%24

CURRENT GROUP FINANCIAL POSITION AND CASH FLOW

DEBT STRUCTURE AND LIQUIDITY

(in mln. US$)

Cash from operations

Change in working capital

Net cash from operating activities

2019

310

192

502

 2018

 306

(45)

 261

Cash used in investing activities

(333)

(224)

Including:

Net cash outflow on acquisition of 
subsidiaries

Net cash inflow from disposal of 
subsidiaries

CAPEX1

Cash used in financing activities

Dividends

Total financial activities

Total change in cash2

(206)

-

(113)

37

(85)

(48)

121

-

7

(252)

137

(89)

48

85

in mln. US$

Total Debt3

Long-term Debt3

Short-term Debt3

Cash and cash equivalents

Net Debt3

LTM adjusted EBITDA3;4

Net Debt / LTM adjusted EBITDA3;4

31 
December 
2019

31 
December 
2018

1,480

 1,343 

1,448

32

(341)

1,139

379

3.01

1,206

137

(212)

 1,131

450

2.51

As  of  31  December  2019,  long-term  debt  represented  98%  of 
total outstanding debt. The weighted average interest rate was 
around 7%.

As  of  31  December  2019,  MHP’s  cash  and  cash  equivalents 
amounted to US$ 341 million. 

Cash flow from operations before changes in working capital for 
2019 amounted to US $310 million (2018: US$ 306 million). 

Positive cash flow effects from changes in working capital during 
12M 2019 mostly reflect reduction in inventory as unusually high 
stocks  of  sunflower  and  soya  crops  as  of  31  December  2018  
(following record high yields in 2018) were utilized or sold during 
the period. Additional effect arises due to increase in amounts 
payable  for  seeds  and  plant  protection  products  to  be  paid  in 
2020, as well as reimbursement of VAT receivable for previous 
periods.

Net  debt 
US$ 1,131 million as of 31 December 2018. 

increased 

to  US$  1,139  million,  compared 

to 

The Net Debt3 / LTM adjusted EBITDA (net of IFRS 16) ratio was  
3.01 as of 31 December 2019, which is higher than the limit of 3.0 
imposed  by  the  Eurobond  agreement.  Although  exceeding  the 
ratio  of  3.0  does  not  constitute  the  breach  of  any  covenant  
under  the  loan  agreement,  it  does  lead  to  the  introduction  of 
additional  control  measures  by  MHP.  In  particular,  MHP  has  to 
supervise  and  assess  any 
issuance  of  additional  debt, 
restricted  payments  (e.g.  dividend  distribution,  investment  in 
third  parties),  mergers  with  third  parties  outside  of  the  Group 
and  the  granting  of    financing  of  any  kind  to  third  parties. 

During  2019,  total  CAPEX  amounted  to  US$  113  million 
mainly  related  to  the  launch  of  production  sites  of  Phase 
2 of the Vinnytsia poultry complex.
1 Calculated as cash used for Purchases of property, plant and equipment plus cash used for purchases of other non-current assets

Segment Performance

Such restrictions become effective on the date of publication of 
the  audited  financial  statements  as  of  and  for  the  year  ended 
31 December 2019. 

As a hedge for currency risks, revenue from the export of grain, 
sunflower  and  soybean  oil,  sunflower  husks,  and  chicken 
meat are denominated in foreign currency, covering debt service 
expenses in full. 

Export revenue for 2019 amounted to US$ 1,186 million or 58% of 
total revenue (2018: US$ 924 million or 60% of total sales).

OUTLOOK FOR 2020
A  number  of  challenges  have  combined  to  create  an  unusual 
degree of uncertainty in early 2020.  In particular, the combina-
tion of the COVID-19 Pandemic and an outbreak of H5N1 avian 
influenza  in  the  Vinnytsia  region  of  Ukraine  in  Q1  2020,  which 
caused  a  temporary  cessation  of  exports  from  Ukraine  to  the 
EU, Saudi Arabia and other MENA markets and CIS countries, is 
expected to adversely affect MHP’s financial results for the year. 

Against  this  backdrop,  the  Company’s  main  drivers  of  growth 
are  expected  to  be  increases  in  poultry  production  volumes 
of  c25,000  tonnes  from  Perutnina  and  c10,000  tonnes  from 
Vinnytsia  respectively,  combined  with  an  increase  in  the 
efficiency of grain growing operations driven by optimisation of 
production costs and land utilisation. 

With  its  vertically-integrated  business  model  and  efficient  cost 
base, the Board believes that MHP is well-placed to manage its 
way through the expected disruption over the next few months 
and  remains  confident  that  the  Group  will  deliver  a  strong 
financial result in 2020.

2    Calculated as Net cash from operating activities plus Cash used in investing activities plus Total financial activities

3  Net of IFRS 16 adjustments: as if any lease that would have been treated as an operating lease under IAS 17 as was in effect before the 1 January 2019, is treated as an operating lease for purposes of this calculation. In accordance with covenants in MHP’s bond and loan 

agreements, these data exclude the effects of IFRS 16 on accounting for operating leases.

4 Calculated as if acquisitions of subsidiaries had occurred on the first day of the year. LTM adjusted EBITDA of Perutnina Ptuj d.d amounted to US$ 45 million

Annual Report 2019 BUSINESS REVIEW25

Financial Policies

FINANCIAL POLICIES

MHP HAS INCLUDED CERTAIN MEASURES IN THIS REPORT THAT ARE NOT MEASURES OF PERFORMANCE UNDER IFRS, 
INCLUDING EARNINGS BEFORE INTEREST, TAXATION, DEPRECIATION AND AMORTISATION (“EBITDA”) AND LAST TWELVE 
MONTHS’ EBITDA (“LTM EBITDA”) BOTH AT A CONSOLIDATED AND AT A SEGMENT LEVEL.

Adjusted  EBITDA,  LTM  Adjusted  EBITDA  and  Segment 
Adjusted  EBITDA  are  presented 
this  Report  because 
the  Directors  consider  them  to  be  important  supplemental 
measures of the Group’s financial performance. 

in 

the  Directors  believe 

these  measures  are 
Additionally, 
investors,  analysts  and  stakeholders 
frequently  used  by 
to  evaluate  the  efficiency  of  the  Group’s  operations  and 
its  ability  to  employ  its  earnings  for  the  repayment  of  debt, 
capital expenditure and working capital requirements. 

MHP  defines  Adjusted  EBITDA  as  profit  for  the  year  before  
income 
income, 
tax  expense,  finance  costs,  finance 
depreciation  and  amortisation  expense,  impairment  of  prop-
erty,  plant  and  equipment,  net  foreign  exchange  gain/loss, 
and  net  other  expenses.  Depreciation  and  amortisation 
expenses  are  components  of  both  cost  of  sales  and 
selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses 
the 
consolidated financial statements. 

in 

The  introduction  of  IFRS  16  on  Leases  from  January  2019  has 
caused  adjustments  to  the  financial  statements  and  as  a 
result,  the  comparability  of  results  between  2018  and  2019  is 
impacted  by  these  adjustments.  To  ensure  comparability  of 
Adjusted  EBITDA  year  to  year,  MHP  has  chosen  to  present  
Adjusted EBITDA for 2019 both before and after adjustment for 
IFRS 16.

LTM  Adjusted  EBIDTA 
is  defined  as  
Adjusted  EBITDA  (net  of  IFRS  16)  for  the  prior  12  consecutive 

(net  of 

IFRS 

16) 

if 

as 

EBITDA 

сalculated 

acquisitions 

months  ending  on  such  date  of  measurement;  LTM 
Adjusted 
of 
subsidiaries  had  occurred  on  the  first  day  of  the  prior  12 
consecutive  months  ending  on  such  date  of  measurement. 
LTM  Adjusted  EBITDA  excludes  the  effects  of  IFRS  16  on 
accounting  for  operating  leases.  Adjusted  EBITDA  is  derived 
by  adjusting  EBITDA  (as  defined  above)  for  losses/gains  on 
impairment/ reversal of impairment of property, plant and equip-
ment, net losses on disposals of subsidiaries, other expenses, net 
and  foreign  exchange  (loss)/gain.  The  Group  believes  that  this 
measure is more useful in evaluating the financial performance of 
the Company and its  subsidiaries than traditional EBITDA due to  
the  exclusion    of    items  that  management  considers  not  to  be 
representative of the underlying operations of the Group. 

The  Group’s  Segment  measure  in  the  consolidated  finan-
cial  statements  is  defined  as  “Segment  result”  and  represents 
operating  profit  by  Segment  before  unallocated  corpo-
rate  expense,  being  the  Segment  measure  reported  to  the 
chief  operating  decision  maker  for  the  purposes  of  resource 
allocation and assessment of Segment performance. 

the 

the  Management  Report, 

reported  Segment 
Within 
result  is  adjusted  for  the  amount  of  depreciation  and  amor-
tisation  per  Segment  in  order  to  present  “Segment  Adjusted 
EBITDA”  to  external  users,  which  MHP  feels 
is  a  more 
commonly-used  external  metric  familiar  to  investors.  Net  debt 
is defined as bank borrowings, bonds issued and lease obliga-
tions less cash and cash equivalents. Net debt ( net of IFRS 16) is 

defined  as  Net  debt  less  the  effects  of  lease  liabilities 
recognised under IFRS 16.

The Group believes that net debt is commonly used by securities  
analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation 
of a company’s leverage. 

loan  agreement  covenants 

the 
In  MHP’s  bond  and 
definitions  Adjusted  EBITDA,  LTM  Adjusted  EBITDA  and  
Net  debt  exclude  the  effects  of  IFRS  16  on  accounting  for 
operating leases.  They are calculated as if any lease that would 
have been treated as an operating lease under IAS 17 (as was in 
effect before 1 January 2019), is treated as an operating lease.

is 

a  measure 
of  MHP’s 
Adjusted 
not 
EBITDA 
IFRS  and  should  not  be 
operating  performance  under 
considered  as  an  alternative 
the  year, 
for 
operating  profit,  Segment  result  or  any  other  performance 
measures derived in accordance with IFRS or as an alternative 
to cash flow from operating activities or as a measure of MHP’s 
liquidity. 

to  profit 

to  similarly 

Such  measures  presented  in  this  Annual  Report  may  not  be 
comparable 
titled  measures  of  performance 
presented  by  other  companies,  and  should  not  be  considered 
as substitutes for the information contained in the consolidated 
financial statements.

Annual Report 2019 BUSINESS REVIEWRECONCILIATION OF ADJUSTED EBITDA

RECONCILIATION OF NET DEBT 

26

Financial Policies

Сalculation  of  net  debt  was  aligned  with  definitions  used  for  the  purpose  of  assessment  of  compliance  with  debt  covenants  provided  in 
the  respective  loan  agreements.  Thus,  the  accrued  interest  which  has  been  included  previously  as  part  of  the  carrying  amount  of  bank 
borrowings, bonds issued and finance lease obligations has been excluded from the amount of total debt.  As of 31 December 2019 and 2018 
the leverage ratio was as follows:

US$ thousand

Profit for the year 
from continuing 
operations

Income taxes

Finance costs

Finance income

Depreciation 
and amortisation 
expense

Adjustments: 

Loss on 
impairment/
reversal of 
impairment of 
property, plant 
and equipment, 
net

Other expenses, 
net

Foreign 
exchange 
loss/(gain), 
net

Adjusted 
EBITDA

Effect of IFRS 
16

Adjusted 
EBITDA (net of 
IFRS 16)

Year ended 
31 December 
2019

Year 
ended 31 
December 
2018

221,105

129,378

32,107

147,552

(8,034)

50,527

138,019

(4,457)

205,691

134,066

Cash and cash equivalents

EBITDA 

598,421

447,553

US$ thousand

Bank borrowings

Bonds issued

Finance lease obligations

Total debt

Net debt

Effect of IFRS 16

Net debt (net of IFRS 16)

6,244

3,803

SEGMENT PERFORMANCE

8,064

10,561

(185,291)

(11,638)

US$ million

External sales

427,4381

450,259

Sales between business segments

(50,975)

-

376,463

450,259

Total revenue

Segment results

Depreciation and amortisation

Segment Adjusted EBITDA before 
unallocated expenses

Unallocated expenses

Unallocated depreciation and
amortisation

Adjusted EBITDA1

1    Adjusted EBITDA (net of IFRS 16) amounted to US$ 376 million

Year ended  
31 December 2019

Year ended  
31 December 2018

100,825

1,365,669

215,863

1,682,357

(340,735)

1,341,622

(202,802)

1,138,820

238,498

1,090,935

13,442

1,342,875

(211,768)

1,131,107

-

1,131,107

Grain 
Growing 
Segment

Meat-Processing & 
Other Agricultural 
Operations Segment

European 
Operating 
Segment

Eliminations Consolidated

Year ended 31 December 2019

Poultry & 
Related 
Operations  
Segment

1,367,554

49,633

1,417,187

182,778

98,526

268,419

246,477

514,896

28,972

80,115

148,673

949

149,622

12,820

7,544

281,304

109,087

20,364

271,297

-

2,055,943

-

(297,059)

-

271,297

(297,059)

2,055,943

-

25,196

18,523

43,719

249,766

204,708

454,474

(28,019)

983

427,438

Segment  results  represent  operating  profit,  as  adjusted  for  unallocated  corporate  expenses,  which  is  reconciled  to  Segment  Adjusted 
EBITDA before unallocated expenses by adding back Segment depreciation as illustrated in the following tables:

Annual Report 2019 BUSINESS REVIEW27

RISK
MANAGEMENT

The  environment  and  markets  in  which  we  operate  are  dynamic  and  subject  to  constant  change.  We  must  be  able  to  respond  to  these  changes,  taking  appropriate  levels  of  risk  to  
protect  our  market    position  and  to  capitalise  onopportunities.  A  failure  to  manage  these  changes  and  risks  could  have  an  adverse  impact  on  our  business  and  on  the  achievement  of  our  
strategic goals and financial performance. We have integrated our risk management processes into our strategy and embedded them throughout the Company, thereby aligning risk management, 
strategy and performance across all entities, departments and functions. This enables us to make better business decisions.

RISK MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK
To understand our risk profile and align it with our objectives and decision-making processes, we operate a global risk framework based upon the recommendations in the COSO (the Committee of  
Sponsoring  Organisations  of  the  Treadway  Commission)  Enterprise  Risk  Management  Framework.  The  COSO  Framework  defines  how  to  identify,  classify,  assess  and  manage  the  risks  that  
MHP  faces  in  order    to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  achievement  of  the  Company`s  strategy  and  objectives.  The  implementation  and  functioning  of  our  Risk  Management  Policy  
is supported by Management team and employee training programmes.

STEP

Identify Risk

•   Our  Management  team  identifies 
the 
the  Group's 

risks 
achievement  of 
strategy and business objectives. 

that  may 

affect 

STEP

Measure Potential
Impact

•   Identified risks are assessed and risk 

tolerance is set.

in  order  of 
impact  on 

•   Risks  are  prioritised 
severity  of  potential 
strategy and business objectives.
•   A risk scoring system is used to help 
quantify  both  the  probability  and 
potential  impact  of  each  major  risk 
after the effect of mitigating actions, 
to  assess  residual  risks  against 
the  Company's  risk  appetite  and 
prioritise  further  risk  management 
actions.    

•   A  portfolio  view  of  risk  appetite  is 

assumed. 

STEP

Manage Risk

STEP

Monitor

STEP

Report

•     Responses 

are 
to 
implemented  in  the  context  of  the 
Group's risk appetite. 

risks 

•    New 

risks  and 

in 
existing  risks  are  monitored  on  a 
continuous basis. 

changes 

•   Key  risks  are  discussed  regularly 
by  the  Management  team  and 
reported  at  least  annually  to  the 
Board through the Audit Committee. 
•   Risk  management  information  is 
used to make informed decisions.

CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT AND IMPROVEMENT OF RISK MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK

BUSINESS REVIEWRisk ManagementAnnual Report 2019 1»2»3»4»528

the  effectiveness  of 

RISK OVERSIGHT 
The  Audit  Committee  monitors 
the 
Company’s  risk  management  and  control  systems  through 
regular updates from Management, reviews of the key findings 
of  the  external  and  internal  auditors,  and  an  annual  review 
of  the  risk  management  process  and  risk  matrix.    Results  are 
reported regularly to the Board, which has overall responsibility 
for risk management.

The  Internal  Audit  function  provides  objective  assurance  to 
the  Management  team  and  to  the  Audit  Committee  on  the 
effectiveness  of  risk  management  and  helps  Management 
to  continuously  improve  its  risk  management  framework  and 
processes.

The Company’s approach to the identification and assessment 
of  risks,  and  the  response  to  risks,  is  based  on  best  business 
practices and international COSO Enterprise Risk Management 
standards.

ENHANCEMENTS TO RISK MANAGEMENT OVER THE PAST
12 MONTHS
risk  management                                         
We  constantly  strive 
processes. 
to  enhance  our  risk  
management    culture  throughout  the  Group,  including  within 
the newly-acquired PP:  

to 
In  2019,  we  continued 

improve  our 

I. 

Encouraging the identification of risks:  
Managers encourage open communication and promote 
and support disclosure and risk management discussions.

II.  Embedding risk management within every 

role and function:  
Every employee shares the responsibility for 
managing risk.

Risk Management

III.  Continuous 

identification  and  assessment  of  risks: 
Process  owners  regularly  look  for  new  operational  risks,  
reassess  the  status  of  known  risks,  and  re-evaluate  or  
update plans to prevent or respond to problems associated 
with these risks.

COSOOUR  RISK  FRAMEWORK 

IS  BASED 
UPON  THE  RECOMMENDATIONS  IN  THE 
COSO  ENTERPRISE  RISK  MANAGEMENT 
FRAMEWORK

BUSINESS REVIEWAnnual Report 2019 29

Risk Management

THE PRINCIPAL RISKS FACING THE GROUP ARE SET OUT IN THE TABLE BELOW 

Principal risk

BUSINESS RISKS 

Year-on-year 
change in risk 
level

Impact

How we manage the risk 

Fluctuations  in  prices  for  grains 
and  related  products  required  for 
production input  

Fluctuations in prices of grains and related products in Ukraine and 
globally  may  affect  the  cost  of  chicken  production  and  therefore 
the  profitability  of  MHP’s  grain  growing  operations,  which  could 
materially affect MHP’s operating results.

Fluctuations  in  demand  for  and 
market  prices  of  chicken  meat  and 
crops

MHP’s business and financial results are dependent upon prices for 
chicken products and crops, both in Ukraine and worldwide.

to 

Failure 
implement  growth 
strategy  and  expansion  into  export 
markets

MHP may be unsuccessful in its attempt to increase market share in 
export markets for its chicken meat and may be impacted by import 
restrictions imposed on agricultural commodities by other countries.

1   Company’s estimate

MHP  drives  cost  efficiency  across  all  its  businesses,  supported  by  its  vertically-
integrated  business  model.  MHP  minimises  the  impact  of  fluctuations  in  world  grain 
prices  by  growing  internally  100%  of  the  corn  required  for  poultry  feed  production. 
The  Company  has  also  adopted  an  innovative  approach  by  replacing  a  significant 
proportion of expensive imported soybean protein with protein from sunflower seeds 
grown by MHP.

Demand for chicken in Ukraine is expected to remain strong and to have further growth 
potential as beef and pork are mostly produced by households and small farms and 
are  far  more  expensive  to  produce  and  purchase  than  chicken.  Chicken  meat  is  the 
most  affordable  kind  of  meat  from  both  a  price  and  diet  perspective.  MHP  products 
are  available  for  purchase  through  different  sales  channels  at  all  times  and  the 
Company  offers  competitive  trade  terms  to  its  customers.  MHP’s  domestic  strategy 
and in particular its focus on higher value-add products are drivers for increasing the 
Company’s profitability from chicken meat sales in Ukraine. 

In  international  markets,  MHP  continues  to  execute  upon  its  strategy  of  geographic 
diversification  of  exports  combined  with  product  mix  optimisation  and  a  focus  on 
customised products for new potential markets. 

The  risk  level  increased  year-on-year  due  to  weak  export  prices  as  market  prices  of 
crops (especially corn) and chicken exports (mainly to the EU) decreased substantially. 

MHP has in place a long-term strategy for the Group’s expansion into diversified export 
markets. MHP sees more uncertainty in the Middle East and Africa compared with the 
EU. However, MHP’s market share of key poultry markets remains relatively low (less 
than  10%)  allowing  MHP  to  redistribute  volumes  between  markets  without  disruption 
and to grow its presence gradually; this will be partly through growth in population and 
consumption  per  capita  and  partly  through  offering  better  service  and  quality  to  our 
customers. 

The  risk  level  increased  year-on-year  due  to  restrictions  in  place  on  sales  to  the 
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (“KSA”) - one of the Company's largest and most profitable 
export  markets.  From  September  2019  to  February  2020,  MHP  was  prohibited  from 
exporting poultry to KSA. To mitigate the revenue impact, MHP significantly increased 
its  share  of  whole  frozen  chicken  and  fillet  sales  to  other  countries  during  Q4  2019, 
partially compensating for the loss in volumes to the KSA market. To reduce the impact 
of any disruptions to trade flows in future, MHP will continue to execute its strategy of 
geographic diversification.

BUSINESS REVIEWAnnual Report 2019 30

Risk Management

Principal risk

Year-on-year 
change in risk 
level

Impact

How we manage the risk 

Avian flu and other diseases may result in:  

•   Geographic separation of poultry-rearing facilities with a significant distance between 

To ensure the well-being of livestock at MHP’s facilities, the Company has implemented 
high biosecurity standards and systems supplemented by a set of preventive veterinary-
sanitary and hygiene measures, including: 

•   Ongoing monitoring of avian flu cases worldwide followed by rigorous assessment of 
MHP’s existing biosecurity systems based on identifuing the reasons causing those 
cases;

Outbreaks of avian flu and other 
livestock diseases

•  loss of livestock; 
•  loss of customers; 
•  export restrictions; 
•  distribution of disease; and
•  significant financial losses.

Moratorium on the sale of 
agricultural land in Ukraine

Ukraine’s  Verkhovna  Rada  voted  on  30  March  2020  to  abolish 
a  moratorium  on  the  sale  of  agricultural  land.  The  moratorium 
preventing  either  individuals  or  legal  entities  from  selling  or 
otherwise disposing of agricultural land, except through inheritance, 
exchanges or government appropriation, was first imposed in 2001. 
It was supposed to remain in force only until the beginning of 2005, 
however, it has been extended every year since then.

The  law  will  enter  into  force  from  July  2021,  with  only  individuals 
able  to  buy  agricultural  land  for  the  first  two  years  after  this,  and 
no  more  than  100  hectares  to  one  buyer.    This  will  increase  to  10 
thousand hectares per buyer from 2023, with companies and other 
legal entities then being allowed to buy agricultural land, although 
only if they are owned by Ukrainian citizens.  It is still a question of 
whether foreigners will be allowed to buy land. These changes might 
influence existing relationships with landlords for MHP.

each facility; 

•   Where  any  infected  areas  are  identified,  immediate  actions  are  taken  to  limit  the 

access of all visitors to MHP facilities; 

•   Constant  monitoring  of  poultry  conditions,  including  analysis  of  indicators  of  their 
well-being and health and investigation of the quality of raw materials (litter, food, 
water) and products (poultry carcasses); and

•  Monitoring compliance with biosafety rules.

The risk level remains high and increased year-on-year due to an outbreak of avian flu 
at a third party’s facilities in the Vinnytsia region in January 2020. 

MHP is also assisting all other poultry producers (mainly egg layers) in the Vinnytsia 
region to strengthen their own biosecurity.

MHP  supports  the  opening  of  the  land  market  and  free  competition  in  this  area.  We 
believe, that in most cases, owners of the land will not work on it, due to absence of 
required  technology  and  labour,  thus,  we  will  continue  to  rent  land  from  owners.  We 
have long-term land lease agreements, and what can change for MHP is that hundreds 
of individual agreements with physical persons might convert to consolidated contracts 
with new bigger land owners.  MHP does not see the economic feasibility of buying land 
and will therefore continue renting it.

BUSINESS REVIEWAnnual Report 2019  
31

Risk Management

Principal risk

Year-on-year 
change in risk 
level

Impact

How we manage the risk 

Occurrence of a material 
environmental or health and safety 
incident

The  occurrence  of  a  material  environmental  or  health  and  safety 
incident  could  impact  day-to-day  operations,  leading  to  financial 
penalties and reputational harm.

MHP  maintains  robust  environmental  and  health  and  safety  policies,  management 
systems and procedures in line with best practice and legal requirements. These are 
regularly  reviewed  and  updated,  and  employees  participate  in  frequent  training  and 
development activities.

Occurrence of a material product 
quality or product safety incident

The  occurrence  of  a  material  product  quality  or  product  safety 
incident  could  impact  day-to-day  operations,  leading  to  financial 
penalties and a reduction in brand value.

MHP prioritises product safety and quality in line with international best practice and 
applicable regulations. It maintains robust quality and safety management systems and 
has an excellent track record in this area.

Fluctuations in commodity prices 
such as gas, fuel and energy

Changes 
in  commodity  prices  affect  MHP’s  production  and 
distribution costs and in turn impact operating results and cash flows.

MHP  tightly  monitors  and  controls  its  gas,  fuel  and  energy  costs.  Energy  price  risks 
are  mitigated  by  a  priority  focus  on  developing  renewable  sources  of  energy  and  a 
continued increase in the use of co-generation and alternative energy technology. The 
processing of sunflowers results in the production of large volumes of husks that are 
burned to generate steam heat for fodder complexes.

Unfavourable weather conditions

Extreme changes in temperature or rainfall including weather change 
in  summer  and  winter  could  influence  agricultural  productivity  as 
a  whole  and  crop  yield,  harvesting  and  transportation  costs  in 
particular.

Ukraine’s  weather  is  generally  temperate,  with  plenty  of  sunshine  in  summer  and 
adequate rainfall. This combines with extremely fertile soil to create excellent growing 
conditions. MHP’s management team supports the use of modern technology to achieve 
a yield which is significantly higher than the average for Ukraine1.

The  integration  of  newly-acquired  businesses  in  Europe  might  be 
subject to a number of challenges and uncertainties, including: the 
diversion  of  Management’s  attention  from  other  business  issues 
and  potential  disruption  to  MHP’s  ongoing  business;  the  potential 
necessity  of  coordinating  geographically-separated 
facilities; 
incurring  unanticipated  expenses;  the  consolidation  of  functional 
areas  where  appropriate;  adapting  MHP’s  business  model  and 
practices to different jurisdictions; adapting any acquired companies’ 
practices and policies to those of MHP; and possible inconsistencies 
in  standards,  controls,  procedures  and  policies,  operating  systems 
and business culture.

MHP has prepared a succession and development plan for the Company’s managers 
which  allows  them  to  participate  intensively  in  the  management  of  new  businesses. 
MHP has also developed a plan of key controls and safeguards to be put in place. MHP 
has experience of managing businesses located outside its main countries of operation 
and such practices can be extended to cover newly-acquired businesses.  During the 
due diligence process on potential target acquisitions, MHP pays specific attention to 
the production and safety standards of those potential acquisitions and develops plans 
to  align  such  standards  with  those  of  MHP.  This  is  also  factored  into  the  Company’s 
financial resource allocation.

Since taking control in February 2019, MHP has started integrating PP into the Group 
and  implementation  of  business  processes  at  PP  to  MHP  standards.  This  has  led  to 
significant improvements in production efficiencies and improved financial performance 
of PP during 2019. Many of the business functions were successfully centralised with 
additional plans for 2020. Though full integration will continue over the next 2-3 years, 
initial results show that risks are low that this integration of PP will not be completed 
successfully. 

Failure to successfully integrate 
newly-acquired businesses 

1   Company’s estimate

Annual Report 2019 BUSINESS REVIEW32

Risk Management

Principal risk

Year-on-year 
change in risk 
level

Impact

How we manage the risk 

Lack  of  highly-qualified  staff  at 
level  and  production 
strategic 
enterprises

The agriculture industry is facing a number of personnel challenges 
including: the migration of skilled workers to neighbouring countries; 
move of labor force from villages to urban environment; the ageing of 
the current workforce; and changes in the required skills base. A lack 
of  qualified  science,  engineering,  technical  and  other  employees 
could increase risks to the long-term future of the business.

Outdated equipment and 
technology

Changes in technology and global digital transformation may render 
the current technologies and IT systems obsolete or require MHP to 
make substantial capital investments.

Manufacturing  processes  in  the  agricultural  industry  are  prone 
to  technological  and  process  changes  which  may  render  MHP’s 
current processes obsolete. Moreover, IT systems of the Group and 
the  processes  within  such  systems  might  require  transformation  to 
meet  the  challenges  of  the  digital  era.  MHP  might  face  a  lack  of 
in-house  expertise  and/or  resistance  of  process  owners  whilst  it  is 
accomplishing  its  transformation  strategy.  In  order  to  orchestrate 
this  transformation  successfully,  MHP  may  be  required  to  invest 
substantial  sums  of  money  to  adopt  newer  technologies  and 
processes.  The  level  of  investment  required  could  have  a  material 
adverse  effect  on  MHP’s  business,  results  of  operations,  financial 
position and prospects.

MHP works to maintain positive relationships with employees and strives to build upon 
its reputation as a high-quality, responsible employer of choice. As part of this, MHP 
provides a number of programmes designed to enrich its employees and the broader 
community including:

•  Education and professional programmes for the younger generation; 

•   “Personnel  Reserve”  and  “New  Horizon”  training  programmes  for  prospective  and 

high-performing employees respectively;

•   A  strategic  action  plan  to  build  and  support  schools  in  regions  where  its  facilities 

operate; and 

•   Development of a digitalisation strategy that is in the process of implementation and 
focusses on automating business processes and decision making (including artificial 
intelligence).

The  risk  level  increased  year-on-year  with  the  acquisition  of  Perutnina  Ptuj  at  which 
outdated  equipment  and  technology  limit  production  capacity  and  require  gradual 
replacement. MHP has developed and implemented an investment plan that addresses 
this requirement. 

A  digital  transformation  strategy  is  in  place  across  all  entities  within  the  MHP  Group 
focussing  on  the  upgrades,  optimisation  and  automation  of  key  business  processes.   
Experienced and competent internal project managers and subcontractors are in place 
to direct the successful implementation of the digitalisation strategy.

MHP  has  consistently  invested  in  technology  for  the  automation  of  the  business 
processes and improvement in productivity. 

BUSINESS REVIEWAnnual Report 2019 33

Risk Management

Principal risk

Year-on-year 
change in risk 
level

Impact

How we manage the risk 

Inefficient procurement and an 
increase in production costs

An increase in MHP’s production costs could materially and adversely 
affect its profitability.

MHP  strives  to  continually  improve  its  procurement  procedures  and  production 
processes.  The  procurement  of  strategic  items  is  centralised  with  a  high  level  of 
regulation and control. KPIs are set and are closely monitored with a view to decreasing 
the costs of production.

FINANCE RISKS

Fluctuations in foreign exchange 
rates

MHP  operates  globally  and  has  operations  and  transactions  in 
different currencies. Fluctuations in the value of the Ukrainian Hryvna 
versus  the  US$  and  other  currencies  give  rise  to  transaction  and 
translation exposure.

Fluctuations in interest rates

Changes in interest rates affect the cost of borrowings, the value of 
our financial instruments, profit and loss and shareholders’ equity.

The  majority  of  MHP’s  borrowings  are  denominated  in  US$.  The  resulting  exposure 
is  hedged  by  the  generation  in  2019  of  58%  of  total  revenue  in  US$  from  the  export 
of  sunflower  and  soybean  oils,  chicken  meat  and  grain.  The  amount  of  export  sales 
will  continue  to  increase  with  the  further  expansion  of  the  Vinnytsia  poultry  complex 
and  the  strengthening  of  the  Group’s  positions  in  export  markets.  The  hard  currency 
revenue generated will be more than sufficient for MHP to continue to service all dollar-
denominated loans and payments.   

The  risk  increased  year-on-year  due  to  the  adverse  impact  of  US$  transaction 
exposure. The decline in Group profitability in Q4 2019 was partially driven by the 13% 
strengthening of the UAH, as while 58% of the Group’s revenue is denominated in US$, 
most  costs  are  incurred  in  UAH.  Profits  were  primarily  impacted  in  the  grain  growing 
operations and the impact was accentuated by the seasonality of operations with major 
expenses incurred in H1 2019. At the same time the Group has US$ 185 million foreign 
exchange gain in P&L, which is balancing the negative operational effect.

MHP monitors its interest rate exposure and analyses the potential impact of interest 
rate movements on its net interest expenses. 

MHP’s debt portfolio is well-balanced as of 2019 year end with an 98% / 2% share of 
fixed / floating interest rates. The majority of MHP’s borrowings are from foreign banks 
at rates lower than those available in Ukraine; a significant part of the Company’s debt 
is also in the form of Eurobonds issued at fixed interest rates.

The proportion of fixed interest rate debt increased year-on-year, decreasing the risk of 
an adverse impact from interest rate fluctuations.

BUSINESS REVIEWAnnual Report 2019 34

Risk Management

Principal risk

Year-on-year 
change in risk 
level

Impact

How we manage the risk 

Credit risk

Counterparties involved in transactions with MHP may fail to make 
scheduled payments, resulting in financial losses to MHP.

MHP  has  a  diversified  pool  of  customers.  The  amount  of  credit  allowed  to  any  one 
customer  or  group  of  customers  is  strictly  controlled.  Credit  offered  to  major  groups 
of customers, including supermarkets and franchisees is, on average, between 5 and 
21  days.  To  hedge  this  risk,  MHP  procedures  require  verification  of  counterparties’ 
solvency prior to the signing of an agreement with contractors. Policies and operating 
guidelines include limits in respect of counterparties to ensure that there is no significant 
concentration of credit risk. 

Credit  risks  are  managed  by  security  paragraphs,  which  are  included  in  agreements 
with  customers.  At  foreign  subsidiaries  of  MHP,  an  insurance  company  is  involved  to 
approve the credit limit and to insure against risk of non-payment.

MHP  maintains  efficient  budgeting  and  cash  management  processes  to  ensure  that 
adequate funds are available to meet its business requirements. MHP adopts a flexible 
CAPEX  programme  enabling  capital  projects  to  be  deferred  if  necessary.  MHP  has 
an  irreducible  balance  in  hard  currency  on  correspondent  accounts  and  maintains  a 
certain level of undrawn credit lines.

In 2019, MHP refinanced the notes due in April 2020 (“2020 Notes”) through the issue 
of a US$ 350 million Eurobond for an additional 10 years. As a result long-term debt 
comprised more than 95% of MHP’s total debt portfolio (97% as of 2019 year end). 

We assess that risk slightly increased according to potential influence of COVID-19.

If, in the long term, MHP is unable to generate and maintain positive 
operating cash flows and operating income, it may need additional 
funding.  MHP’s  inability  to  raise  capital  on  favourable  terms  could 
lead  to  a  default  on  its  payment  obligations  and  could  have  a 
material  adverse  effect  on  MHP’s  business,  results  of  operations, 
financial condition and prospects.

Liquidity risk

Inefficient investments

Inefficient  regulation  of  the  Company’s  investment  appraisal  and 
realisation procedures or a lack of evaluation or proper  authorisation  
of  investment  projects  could  result  in  the  implementation  of 
unauthorised and unprofitable investment decisions and subsequent 
poor use of capital.

MHP  has  developed  and  implemented  procedures  to  ensure  due  process  in  this 
area.  The  Evaluation  of  Investment  Projects  procedure  requires  that  the  Investment 
Committee  approves  investment  projects.  All  of  the  Company’s  investment  projects 
are documented with a formal investment appraisal report and financial model which 
are jointly approved by the Investment Committee. All major investment decisions are 
approved by the Board.

BUSINESS REVIEWAnnual Report 2019 35

Risk Management

Principal risk

Year-on-year 
change in risk 
level

STAKEHOLDER RELATIONS RISKS

Impact

How we manage the risk 

Local communities

A  deterioration  in  local  community  relationships  may  lead  to 
disruption  in  day-to-day  business  activities,  adverse  perceptions 
about  MHP’s  approach  to  human  rights,  the  environment  and 
negative reputational effects.

Investor and other stakeholder 
relations

Inaccurate  or  out-of-date  information  about  MHP  and  its  activities 
leads to negative impacts on the Company’s reputation and adverse 
impacts  on  its  relations  with  material  stakeholders  including  its 
shareholders.

MHP  is  in  regular  dialogue  with  its  local  communities  and  other  stakeholders  in 
the  regions  in  which  it  operates.  The  Company  aims  to  conduct  these  relationships 
sensitively  and  with  mutual  respect.    It  also  prioritises  the  human  rights  of  its  local 
communities. MHP has designed and implemented stakeholder relations programmes 
in line with good international practice. This activity includes regular meetings with local 
community representatives, roadshows to enable local people to meet the Company 
and the design and maintenance of a variety of communication channels.  MHP also 
supports, designs and conducts a number of projects in conjunction with local authorities 
and local communities that aim to improve local standards of living and infrastructure. 

 MHP further developed its local stakeholder relations in 2019 following the successful 
implementation of a range of Corporate Responsibility projects including:

•   The  roll-out  of  educational  programmes  at  all  levels,  from  kindergarten  to  adult-

learning;

•   The  development  and  encouragement  of  local  entrepreneurship  through  new 
projects  and  programmes.  Entrepreneurship  is  important  for  the  development  of 
regions  and  local  communities;  it  creates  new  jobs,  develops  infrastructure,  and 
encourages innovation and the rational use of resources. MHP works in partnership 
with entrepreneurs to develop and improve local communities; and

•   The development of infrastructure and safety, which includes environmental safety, 
healthcare,  product  quality  and  safety,  safety  of  buildings,  structures  and  other 
infrastructure.

MHP  maintains  an  experienced  and  well-resourced  communications  and  investor 
relations  team  that  is  supported  by  a  national  and  international  network  of 
professional advisors.  The team is tasked with ensuring that MHP’s investor and wider 
communications activities are conducted in line with international good practice. The 
team also ensures that information about the Company is distributed in a timely manner, 
is accurate and up-to-date. MHP also monitors external commentary about its activities 
to ensure that any inaccuracies are addressed promptly.  A qualitative measurement 
of the Company’s image is performed on a regular basis and monitored by its senior 
management team and the Board.

BUSINESS REVIEWAnnual Report 2019 36

Risk Management

Year-on-year 
change in risk 
level

Impact

How we manage the risk 

The Group’s businesses may be affected by regulatory developments 
in  any  of  the  countries  in  which  MHP  operates,  including  changes 
in  fiscal,  tax  or  other  regulatory  regimes.  Potential  impacts  include 
higher costs to meet new environmental requirements; the possible 
expropriation  of  assets;  other  taxes;  or  new  requirements  for  local 
ownership.

MHP’s management team actively monitors regulatory developments in the countries 
in which the Group operates. MHP’s financial control framework has adopted tax and 
treasury approaches fully in compliance with relevant local laws in the jurisdictions in 
which the business is registered. MHP pays its taxes in full in all jurisdictions in which 
it operates. Moreover, MHP is consistently developing and integrating into its business 
practices standards such as the Market Abuse Regulation and sustainability reporting.

Principal risk

COMPLIANCE RISKS

Legal and regulatory risk

Bribery and corruption

A  material  bribery  or  corruption  incident  could  lead  to  significant 
reputational harm, adverse stakeholder relations, financial penalties 
and could threaten MHP’s licence to operate.

Failure to comply with the 
covenants under loan agreements

A  failure  by  MHP  to  comply  with  restrictive  covenants  under  the 
terms of its indebtedness could put MHP into default.

MHP  maintains  robust  anti-bribery  and  corruption  policies  and  procedures  which  are 
regularly  reviewed  and  monitored  by  the  Audit  Committee.  These  include  a  Code  of 
Ethical  Conduct  and  investigation  procedures  which  all  employees  are  required  to 
adhere to, and address matters such as bribery, gifts, supplier and customer relations, 
conflicts  of  interest  and  other  areas  of  potentially  corrupt  activity.  MHP  operates  a 
whistle blower hotline for the reporting of suspected bribery and corruption

MHP  has  developed  and  follows  control  procedures  to  monitor  compliance  with  the 
covenants. In 2019, implemented a “Procedure for “consolidated leverage ratio more 
than 3.0x“, which contains a roles and responsibility matrix, communication rules and a 
modelling tool, which is used before approval  and actioning of transactions which have 
limitations according to the covenant.

BUSINESS CONTINUITY RISK

Failure of IT systems could 
materially affect MHP’s business

MHP  is  becoming  more  dependent  on  IT  systems  and  considers 
these  critical  to  successful  business  operations.  MHP  relies  on 
its  IT  systems  in  many  areas  of  its  business,  including  aspects  of 
accounting  records,  business  monitoring,  execution,  production 
of  orders,  invoicing,  payment  monitoring  and  health  and  safety. 
Although MHP backs up its IT systems and has a disaster recovery 
plan, the failure of IT systems could have a material adverse effect 
on  MHP’s  business,  results  of  operations,  financial  condition  and 
prospects.

A number of measures have been implemented across the Company to reduce the risk 
of IT system failure. These include: the implementation of additional business continuity 
measures; the organisation of reserved data channels; moving services to the Cloud; 
and the establishment of an incident management process providing continuous support 
for the business. In addition, the Information Security (“IS”) team performs regular audits 
of critical IT services in order to determine any IS weakness and to perform penetration  
testing  of  Company  vulnerabilities.  It  also  increases  employee  awareness  of  IS  risks 
and focusses on developing proper behaviours.

BUSINESS REVIEWAnnual Report 2019 37

Risk Management

Principal risk

Year-on-year 
change in risk 
level

Impact

How we manage the risk 

COVID-2019

The  global  pandemic  of  Coronavirus  (COVID-2019)  might  have 
negative effects on MHP’s business: 

1.   If employees of MHP become infected, this may lead to temporary 
disability  or  death  of  key  personnel  or  temporary  disability  of  a 
critical number of personnel. As a result, this will lead to interruption 
of the critical functions and business processes of the Company.  
2.  Global pandemic, quarantine and trade restrictions might result in 

decrease of sales, loss of customers and revenue. 

3. Potentially, there might be interruptions in supply and production. 
4.  Economic crisis, caused by the pandemic, COVID-19 have negative 
effect  on  the  banking  system  and  counterparties  of  MHP  that 
potentially might also influence liquidity position of MHP.

1.   As of April 2020, the level of absenteeism at MHP Group’s enterprises is at the same 
level as in the previous years (3-5%). Company management implemented a range 
of measures for preventing sickness and the spread of infection within the company 
(remote working, additional medical screenings, corporate transfers and protective 
masks  etc.).  In  particular,  at  production  facilities  the  work  is  organised  in  shifts  of 
small  numbers  of  people  that  allows  limiting  contact  and  minimising  the  potential 
for  spread  of  infection.  In  addition  to  this,  wait  list  of  potential  workers  have  been 
developed, for the case if replacement of infected persons and of those who will be 
on quarantine will be required. In addition to the prevention measures already taken, 
the Company has updated contingency plans for all enterprises and offices which 
provide  management  and  employees  with  strict  instructions  on  how  they  should 
behave in the case of: employees were in contact with an infected person, employees 
infected at office/production facility, death of employees due to coronavirus. These 
rules of behaviour have been drawn up with a view to minimising the consequences 
of and spread of the virus.

2.  The  main  changes  for  sales  in  Ukraine  occurred  within  the  fresh  chicken  segment 
where  we  observed  temporary  increases  of  sales  due  to  changes  in  customers’ 
behaviour  -  increased  demand  when  people  were  stocking  up  for  the  quarantine 
period.  Sales  in  the  HoReCa  channel  have  almost  ceased.  We  also  expect  that 
part of our franchising network will be closed due to quarantine restrictions. These 
changes are not expected to have a significant impact on our total sales or revenues; 
the  volume  will  be  redistributed  to  other  channels  (large  chains,  supermarkets). 
In export markets we face restrictions on movements between EU countries, a number 
of countries have suspended the operation of services and ports as a result of the 
quarantine.  We  have  maximised  stock  levels  for  EU  sales  and  we  have  changed 
our  logistics  routes  by  switching  to  sea  transportation  to  Rotterdam.  A  number  of 
countries have imposed restrictions on  movements of population, on the operation 
of  markets  and  wholesale  bases.  In  some  countries  the  work  of  licensing  services 
and the banking system has been partially suspended. Overall, we face a decrease 
of  sales  in  the  food  service  sector  and  HoReCa.  However,  consumption  in  other 
channels  is  increasing.  Due  to  the  current  situation,  orders  are  being  redistributed 
to new customers and partially increased to existing customers via current channels. 
The volume reorientation process is very dynamic.

BUSINESS REVIEWAnnual Report 2019 38

Risk Management

Principal risk

Year-on-year 
change in risk 
level

Impact

How we manage the risk 

COVID-2019

3.  We have enough raw materials in stock to continue normal operations (grain growing 
business,  poultry  production  etc.)  Although  the  company  has  high  dependency  on 
imports, we have effectively managed our supply and have enough stock to ensure 
continuity of our production and operations for Q2 2020 and are increasing stocks 
for the next 2-3 months.

4.  We  are  able  to  finance  our  needs  by  cash  from  operations,  but  in  case  additional 
liquidity is required we will be able to finance it by short-term loans. Having good 
long-term  relationships  with  banks,  we  have  preconfirmed  limits  for  financing  with 
10 banks. In addition to this, we have started cooperation with several new financial 
institutions for additional standby loans.

BUSINESS REVIEWAnnual Report 2019 39

S172 & Stakeholder Engagement

S172 STATEMENT & STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT

SECTION 172(1) COMPANIES ACT 2006 STATEMENT
Recorded  in  the  table  below  are  MHP’s  key  stakeholder 
groups, their material issues and how MHP engages with them. 
Each  stakeholder  group  requires  a  tailored  engagement 
foster  effective  and  mutually  beneficial 
to 
approach 
relationships. 

By  understanding  these  stakeholders,  MHP  can  factor  into 
Boardroom discussions the potential impact of its decisions on 
each stakeholder group and consider their needs and concerns.

This  in  turn  ensures  that  MHP  continues  to  provide  the 
products 
require,  works  effectively 
with  the  workforce,  makes  a  positive  contribution  to  local 
communities  and  achieves  long-term  sustainable  returns  for 

its  customers 

that 

its  investors.  Acting  in  a  fair  and  responsible  manner  is  a  core 
element of MHP’s business practice.  

More  information  appears  in  the  Corporate  Responsibility 
section on pages  41 to 45 and within the Non-Financial Report 
which will be published in June 2020.

STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
Regular  engagement,  dialogue  and  feedback  with  MHP’s 
material  internal  and  external  stakeholders  is  an  important 
element  of  the  success  of  the  business  and  the  operation  of 
its  business  model.  Understanding  their  views  informs  and  
assists MHP’s decision-making process and helps drive progress 
towards the achievement of MHP’s aims, objectives and strategy. 

The  following  table  summarises  MHP’s  key  stakeholders,  their 
areas of interest and how the organisation engages with each 
stakeholder group. 

MHP  regularly  reviews 
holder  group, 
interest  and 
their  areas  of 
communications, reporting and dialogue activities. 

its  understanding  of  each  stake-
its  ongoing  

MHP  employs  experienced  and  qualified  employee  teams 
to  conduct  these  activities.  They  include  members  of  the 
Board,  senior  management,  investor  relations  staff,  human 
resources personnel and local stakeholder representatives. 
These  are  supported  when  required  by  external  advisors  and 
services.

Stakeholder

Key stakeholder issues

How we engage

WORKFORCE
MHP has a dedicated and experienced workforce that is committed 
to and is a key element in achieving MHP’s aims and objectives

•  A shared vision for MHP’s long-term success;

•  Learning and development opportunities;

•  Employee health and well-being;

•   A conducive workplace featuring diversity, inclusion, flexibility, 

responsible business practice and clear communication;

•   Fair and transparent employment terms and conditions.

COMMUNITIES
MHP’s reputation and business continuity are supported by its aim 
to be a proactive and supportive member of its local communities 
and a good neighbour

•   Transparency, clear communication and opportunities to engage;

•  Development and support of local infrastructure and services;

•  MHP’s approach to environmental, health and safety issues;

•  Local employment opportunities.

•  Regular two-way communication;

•  Clear communication of Company and management goals;

•  Training, education and mentoring;

•   Programmes for the development of innovative thinking (Bank of ideas, 

MHP accelerator);

•  Corporate volunteering;

•  Grievance mechanism;

•  Regular surveys;

•  Workplace wellness programme.

•  Stakeholder Engagement Plan;

•  Grievance mechanism;

•  Regional recruiting programme;

•  Medical assistance in the village programme; 

•  Regular public hearings;

•   Regular investment in public infrastructure in partnership with local 

stakeholders.

BUSINESS REVIEWAnnual Report 2019 40

S172 & Stakeholder Engagement

Stakeholder

Key stakeholder issues

How we engage

CUSTOMERS, BUSINESS PARTNERS AND SUPPLIERS
MHP’s  ongoing  and  uninterrupted  business  continuity  relies  on 
the strength of its relationships with its customers, suppliers and 
business advisors

•   MHP’s approach and performance relating to biosecurity, product 

quality, environmental, health and safety matters;

•   Dedicated staff teams to interact with customers, suppliers and 

business advisors;

•   Transparency, clear communication channels and opportunities to 

•  Provision of questionnaire facilities;

•  Fair business conduct, terms and conditions;

•  Interaction via tender platform;

SHAREHOLDERS, FINANCIERS AND THE INVESTMENT 
COMMUNITY
MHP’s  ongoing  access  to  capital  and  liquidity  depends  on 
maintaining  strong  and  lasting  relationships  with  investors,  debt 
providers, financiers and financial analysts

engage.

•  Financial and share price performance;

•  Credit rating;

•  Strategy;

•  Risk management;

•   Environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) approach and 

performance;

•  Transparency, regular and proactive communication and reporting.

•  Participation in regular customer due diligence processes.

•  Regular provision of conference calls for the investment community;

•  Investor Day in September 2019;

•  Quarterly results announcements;

•  One-to-one meetings with investors and financiers;

•  Annual general meeting;

•  Dedicated IR section on the Company’s website;

•  Annual financial and non-financial reports;

•  Site visits.

GOVERNMENTS AND REGULATORS
MHP’s  licence  to  operate  is  dependent  on  its  relations  with 
government  and  regulators  and  operating  within  the  applicable 
laws and regulations

MEDIA
An important element of all of MHP’s key stakeholder relations is 
that the media reports timely and accurate information about its 
activities

•  Adherence to applicable laws and regulations;

•   Support and cooperation with local economic development 

•  Regular meetings with local government;

agencies;

•   Investment into infrastructure, education and medical 

developments;

•   Transparency, clear communication channels and opportunities to 

engage.

•   Receipt of timely, complete and up-to-date news and information 

about MHP’s activities

•  Contact information for the media

•   Transparency, clear communication channels and opportunities to 

engage

•  Participation in local infrastructure, health and education projects;

•   Close cooperation with local regulators over matters such as 

maintenance of strict bio-security, health and safety and environmental 
matters.

•  Company website

•  Regular distribution of Company news and information

•  Availability of senior management for media interviews and briefings

•  Site-visits for the media

BUSINESS REVIEWAnnual Report 2019 41

Corporate Responsibility

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

THIS  SECTION  OF  THE  ANNUAL  REPORT  IS  PROVIDED  TO  GIVE  READERS  AN  OUTLINE  UNDERSTANDING  OF  THE 
COMPANY’S  APPROACH  TO  CORPORATE  RESPONSIBILITY  MATTERS  AND  HOW  THIS  ASPECT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  IS 
INTEGRATED INTO ITS OVERALL STRATEGY.  DETAILED INFORMATION WILL BE PROVIDED IN THE FORTHCOMING 
NON-FINANCIAL REPORT WHICH WILL BE PUBLISHED IN JUNE 2020. THE NON-FINANCIAL REPORT WILL APPLY THE 
LATEST APPLICABLE GLOBAL REPORTING INITIATIVE (“GRI”) FRAMEWORK.

STRIVING TO ACHIEVE THE BEST INTERNATIONAL 
STANDARDS
MHP strives to achieve best practice corporate responsibility 
in  line  with  international  standards.  Corporate  responsibility 
forms an integral part of the Company’s long-term corporate 
vision.  The  Board  views  this  aspect  of  MHP’s  activities  as  
important  to  the  achievement  of  its  ambition  of  becoming 
a  leader  in  sustainable  development,  managing  environ-
mental  matters  responsibly  and  proactively    addressing 
climate change. MHP also aims to create a healthy, safe and 
conducive  workplace,  maintain 
the  highest  standards 
of      product  quality  and  safety,  conduct  its  reporting  and 
communications  transparently,  be  a  responsible  member  of 
its local communities and create a leadership platform for its 
employees. 

KEY FOCUS AREAS

MHP’s  approach 
this 
seven  key  areas,  which  are 
highlighting MHP’s corporate responsibility framework. 

to  responsible  business 

illustrated 

focusses  on 
table, 

in 

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY FRAMEWORK
The table below illustrates the areas addressed in the Company’s policy framework and management systems.

Environment 
& climate 
change

Occupational 
health & safety

Product 
quality 
& safety

Greenhouse gas 
and atmospheric 
emissions

Occupational 
health

Biodiversity 
management

Accident 
prevention

Maintenance of 
biological safety 
standards

Product hygiene

Animal welfare

Business 
conduct

People

Local 
communities

Antibiotic-free 
programme

Anti-bribery and 
corruption

Workplace 
diversity

Local stakeholder 
engagement

Maintenance of 
appropriate living 
conditions

Regulatory and 
legal compliance

Equal 
opportunities

Effects of 
business activity

Water use

Provision 
of healthy 
workplaces

Product quality

Constant access 
to balanced food 
and fresh water

Supplier and 
customer 
relationships

Training and 
development

Reuse, recycling 
and waste 
management

Employee health 
and well-being 

Scientific analysis

Veterinary 
supervision

Product labelling 
and pricing

Fair working 
conditions

Energy use

Quality of raw 
materials

High-quality 
bedding 
materials

Data protection 
and information 
security

Approach to 
organised labour

Local 
infrastructure 
investment

Contribution to 
local economic 
development

Minimise 
impact on local 
communities

BUSINESS REVIEWAnnual Report 2019 42

POLICY HIGHLIGHTS
Highlights of MHP’s policy framework, for each key focus area, 
are recorded below.

PEOPLE
•   Commitment to value each employee and promote equality of 

opportunity;

ENVIRONMENT AND CLIMATE CHANGE COMMITMENTS
gas 
•   Reduce 

intensity  with 
a  long-term  aim  of  making  the  Company’s  activities  carbon 
neutral;

greenhouse 

emissions 

•   Minimise  the  effects  of  the  Company’s  activities  on  the 

•  Prohibition of discrimination, forced and child labour;
•   Commitment 
bargaining.

freedom  of  association  and  collective 

to 

LOCAL COMMUNITIES
•   Commitment to build trusting and mutually beneficial   partner-

local environment;

ships;

•  Minimise water use and discharges to water;
•  Preserve local biodiversity; 
•   Minimise use of energy and use of renewable sources where 

•  Promotion of local living standard improvements;
•   Commitment to respect human rights and the interests of local 

stakeholders.

practicable.

OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY
•  A healthy and safe working environment; 
•   Commitment  to  incident  prevention  in  line  with  industry  best 

practice.

PRODUCT QUALITY AND SAFETY
•   Maintenance  of  the  highest  quality  and  safety  standards 
in  line  with  industry  best  practice  and  applicable  laws  and 
regulations;

•  Constant monitoring of biological safety.

ANIMAL WELFARE
•   Humane treatment of animals in line with industry best prac-

tice at all times;

•  Antibiotic-free programme.

BUSINESS CONDUCT
•  Zero tolerance approach to bribery and corruption;
•   Commitment  that  all  employees  will  adhere  to  responsible 

standards of business behaviour.

MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
is  supported  by  comprehensive 
framework 
MHP’s  policy 
corporate  responsibility  management  systems  which  have 
industry  best  practice  and 
been  developed 
locations  employ 
international 
environmental specialists and people responsible for the main-
tenance  of  environmental  standards  and  compliance  with 
relevant laws and regulations.

in  line  with 

  All  MHP 

standards. 

the 
Occupational  health  and  safety  are  governed  by 
Company’s  Labour  Protection  Service.  As  well  as  compli-
ance  and  accident  prevention,  the  department  is  tasked  with 
raising  and  maintaining  employee  awareness  of  health 
and  safety  through  a  variety  of  training,  dialogue  and 
communications mechanisms. 

is  of  paramount 

Product  safety  and  quality 
importance 
to  MHP  and  it  is  proud  of  its  record  in  this  area.  A  key 
aspect  of  its  management  systems  is  its  use  of  internal  and 
external  laboratories  to  ensure  this  record  is  maintained.  
All are certified for compliance with ISO/IEC 17025.

Corporate Responsibility

Animal welfare is a natural priority and the Company’s systems 
ensure  comfortable  living  conditions  and  high  standards  of 
biological safety.  

Antibiotic  use  is  prohibited  at  rearing  sites  and  the  Company 
does  not  use  hormones  or  growth  stimulants.  Antibiotics  are 
used selectively based on a diagnosis which indicates that their 
use is desirable and only with permissions from State and local 
entity Chief Veterinary Officers. MHP has a programme in place to 
reduce antibiotic use over time.

MHP’s  anti-corruption  and  bribery  procedures  include  regular 
reviews  of  the  Company’s  risk  management  systems  by  the 
security department and regular employee training. 

emphasis  on 
include 

MHP  places 
significant 
training  and 
the  New  Horizons 
development.  Procedures 
employee  development  programme  that  enables  high-per-
forming employees to choose areas of the business in which to 
further  their  careers  and  develop  their  knowledge  base  and 
skills. 

The  Company  continues  to  develop  its  stakeholder  engage-
ment  activities  and  relationships  with  its  local  communities.  
This  includes  the  rollout  of  the  Stakeholder  Engagement  Plan 
(details  may  be  found  on  the  Company  website  at  www.mhp.
com.ua) and a programme of investment in local infrastructure 
and facilities.

information  about  MHP’s  stakeholder  engagement 

More 
activities can be found on pages 38 to 39 of this Report.

BUSINESS REVIEWAnnual Report 2019 43

1. CASE STUDY – SECOND BIOGAS PLANT 
MHP  ADDRESSES  CLIMATE  CHANGE  WITH  THE  LAUNCH 
OF  THE  FIRST  PHASE  OF  THE  WORLD'S  LARGEST  POULTRY 
INDUSTRY BIOGAS COMPLEX

The  plant  is  a  high-tech  facility  where  organic  waste  from 
poultry  farming  and  agriculture  is  converted  into  clean,  green 
energy  and  organic 
international 
environmental standards are applied.

fertilisers.  The  highest 

industry 

to  be  a 

transformational 

MHP  aims 
in 
applying  environmentally-friendly  production,  green  energy 
generation  and  innovative  technologies  to  address  climate  
change.  An  important  element  of  this  approach  is  MHP’s  aim 
to produce its own green energy and organic fertiliser from its 
production facility waste.

leader 

In  December  2019,  MHP  launched  the  first  phase  of  the 
Ladyzhyn  biogas  plant  as  part  of  its  innovative  environ-
mental  protection  and  climate  change  strategy.  The  first 
phase  has  an  installed  energy  capacity  of  12  MW  and  is 
based  in  the  village  of  Vasyliivka,  near  Ladyzhyn  in  the 
Tulchinskyi  district  of  the  Vinnytsia  region.  The  project  is 
being  implemented  in  two  phases  with  an  eventual  planned 
installed  energy  capacity  of  24  MW.  This  will  make  the 
facility  the  largest  biogas  complex  in  the  world  for  processing 
organic waste from broiler chickens.

“THE GOAL OF MHP IS TO PROVIDE 
OUR PRODUCTION FACILITIES WITH 
THEIR OWN GREEN ENERGY AND 
MAKE OUR PRODUCTION AS  
ENVIRONMENTALLY FRIENDLY AS 
POSSIBLE. WE ARE DETERMINED 
TO BE INDUSTRY LEADERS IN 
ADDRESSING THE CHALLENGES 
PRESENTED BY CLIMATE CHANGE“

Yuriy Kosyuk, CEO

Case Study – Second Biogas Plantplant

The operation of the first phase of the Ladyzhyn biogas complex 
will reduce MHP’s greenhouse gas emissions by approximately 
100,000  tonnes  of  CO2e  (carbon  dioxide  equivalent)  annually. 
The  second  phase  will  increase  this  annual  saving  to  around 
200,000 tonnes of CO2e.

The 
the 
first  phase  will  provide  around  40%  of 
electricity  requirements  of  the  MHP  agro-industrial  cluster.  
This includes the Vinnytsia poultry complex, which is the largest 
in  Europe. This comprises a processing complex, rearing sites, 
feed  mill,  oil  press  plant,  incubator  station  and  a  water  filter 
station. 

to  provide  other 
The  project  has  also  been  designed 
important  environmental  advances. 
it  will 
provide  a  green  solution  to  restoring  soil  fertility  in  Ukraine 
through  soil  deoxidisation  and  the  restoration  of  humus. 
It  will  achieve  this  through  the  production  of  organic  bio- 
fertilisers  with  a  high  content  of  nutrients  to  support  the 
development of organic farming and the growth of crops. 

In  particular, 

THE  OPERATION  OF  THE  FIRST  PHASE  OF  THE  BIOGAS  LADYZHYN 
COMPLEX  WILL  REDUCE  MHP’S  GREENHOUSE  GAS  EMISSIONS  BY 

APPROXIMATELY100,000TONNES CO2E ANNUALLY

BUSINESS REVIEWAnnual Report 2019 44

2. CASE STUDY - ANTIBIOTIC REDUCTION
MHP’S  DOMESTIC  NASHA  RIABA  BRAND  PREPARES  TO  
EXTEND  ITS  REPUTATION  FOR  ANIMAL  WELFARE,  HIGH 
QUALITY, HYGIENE AND CONSUMER SAFETY

Nasha  Riaba  is  the  leading  Ukranian  chilled  chicken  brand 
which  has,  since  its  launch  in  2001,  attained  the  biggest  
domestic market share1. 

A  key  driver  in  the  growth  and  development  of  the  brand 
has  been  its  reputation  for  animal  welfare,  quality,  stringent 
hygiene standards and consumer safety. 

highlight 
the 
Nasha  Riaba  product 
the  eradication  of 
brand’s 
antibiotic  use; 
reinforce  MHP’s 
commitment  to  improving  human  health  and  healthy  eating 
targets and rigorous and robust testing. 

labelling  will 
to 
further 

long-term  commitment 
this  step  will 

The  latter  consists  of  the  conduct  of  over  6,000  different 
analysis  methods  which  examine  feed,  raw  materials,  the 
achievement  of  micro-biology  and  chemical  parameters 
and  the  maintenance  of  strict  veterinary,  biosecurity  and 
hygiene standards at all of MHP’s locations. 

the 

initiative  of 

in  2019,  an 
Following 
important  planned  development  of 
in  2020 
underlines  MHP’s  industry-leading  commitment  to  eliminate 
the  use  of  antibiotics  in  the  chicken  meat  production  process.  

the  programme 

the  brand 

the 

illustrates  past,  current  and 
The  chart  on 
expected  future  progress  in  the  elimination  of  antibiotics  in 
MHP’s chicken meat production.

right 

Case Study - Antibiotic Reduction

MHP FLOCKS PARTICIPATION IN THE         

ANTIBIOTIC FREE PROGRAMME

80%

65%

50%

30%

15%

% of MHP’s flock on an antibiotic-free basis

2019e

2020e

2021e

2022e

2023e

90%

60%

30%

0

1  State Statistics Service of Ukraine

6,000DIFFERENT ANALYSIS METHODS 

BUSINESS REVIEWAnnual Report 2019  
45

BUSINESS REVIEW

Case Stady - COVID-19

3.  CASE  STADY  -  MHP  SUPPORTS  THE  UKRAINIAN  
REGIONS OF VINNYTSIA AND CHERKASY IN ADDRESSING 
THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC
MHP’S  CEO  YURIY  KOSYUK  WAS  ONE  OF  SEVERAL 
LEADING  UKRAINIAN  BUSINESS  LEADERS  WHO  MET 
THE  COUNTRY’S  PRESIDENT,  VLADIMIR  ZELENSKY,  ON 
16  MARCH  2020  TO  DISCUSS  HOW  THE  COUNTRY’S 
LEADING  BUSINESSES  COULD  SUPPORT  THE  GOVERNMENT 
IN ADDRESSING THE COVID-19  CRISIS.  

Everyone  within  MHP’s  management  team  and  workforce 
views  this  activity  as  an  essential  part  of  our  role  within 
the  Company’s  local  communities  and  we  are  proud  to  be 
able  to  support  the  local  population  in  this  way  during  this 
difficult time for everyone.

Since  March  2020  to  date,  MHP  has  provided  UAH  84  million 
to  support  the  government’s  efforts  and  activities  and  those 
of  local  stakeholders  in  the  Vinnytsia  and  Cherkasy  regions.  
MHP’s  subsequent  activities 
regions,  which  
are  ongoing  at    the  date  of  this  report’s  publication,  hav 
included:
•   Working with local authorities, the Red Cross and other NGOs 
to  ensure  that  important  medical  and  personal  protective 
equipment requirements are fully financed;

two 

the 

in 

•   Playing  a  leading  role  in  coordinating  efforts  to  address  the 
crisis  through  the  delivery  of  MHP’s  knowledge,  skills  and 
human resources; and

•   Facilitating  and  supporting  local  communication  efforts  to 
ensure  that  the  local  population  is  kept  fully  up-to-date  with 
important news and information about the crisis.

84UAH, MILLION

HAS PROVIDED ITS SUPPORT TO GOVERNMENT 
EFFORTS  AND  ACTIVITIES  AND  THOSE  OF 
LOCAL STAKEHOLDERS IN THE VINNYTSIA AND 
CHERKASY REGIONS.

Annual Report 2019 46

GOVERNANCE

Annual Report 2019 
Corporate Governance Report

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
REPORT

MHP IS CONSTITUTED AS A EUROPEAN COMPANY (“SOCIETAS EUROPAEA”)

MHP    was  established  on  30  May  2006.  According  to 
the  extract  issued  by  the  Luxembourg  Trade  and  Companies 
Register on 8 August 2017, the Company converted from a public 
into  a 
limited 
the 
European  company 
previous day.

("Societas  Europaea")  effective 

("société  anonyme") 

liability  company 

the  Company’s  registered 
Effective  27  December  2017, 
to 
office  and  central  administration  was 
Cyprus and the Company is currently registered in the Cyprus 
for  SE  Companies,  under  number  SE  27.  
Registry 

transferred 

The  Company’s  registered  office  is  situated  at  16-18  Zinas 
Kanther  Street,  Agia  Triada,  3035  Limassol,  Cyprus. 
In  December  2017,  the  Company  also  adopted  a  new 
Memorandum  and  Articles  of  Association  to  comply  with 
the  provisions  of  Cyprus  Companies  Law,  Cap.  113,  Council 
Directive  2001/86/EC  of  8  October  2001  supplementing 
the  Statute  for  a  European  company  with  regard  to  the 
involvement  of  employees, 
the 
European  Public  Limited  –  Liability  Company  Regulations  
2006,  as  applicable  in  Cyprus.  This    new    Memorandum  and 

the  SE  Regulation  and 

Articles  of  Association  can  be  found  on  the  Group  website 
(www.mhp.com.cy).  The  Company’s  corporate  governance 
structures, processes and procedures are outlined in its Code  
of  Corporate  Governance  which  can  also  be  viewed  at  the 
corporate website. 

The  Company  upholds  and  practises  the  highest  standards 
of  corporate  governance  with  its  shareholders,  the  Board 
of  Directors,  personnel,  business  community  and  other 
stakeholders 
regulatory 
agencies.

government 

including 

and 

Dr John Rich
Executive Chairman

N

NAI

John Grant
Senior Independent 
Director

Roberto Banfi
Non-Executive Director

GOVERNANCE STRUCTURE

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Yuriy Kosyuk
Chief Executive Officer

Roger Wills  
Non-Executive Director (since 2019)

NAI

Viktoria Kapelyushnaya
Chief Financial Officer

Christakis Taoushanis  
Non-Executive Director

AI

Yuriy Melnyk
Chief Operating Officer

Philip J Wilkinson OBE 
Non-Executive Director (from March 2020)

I

AUDIT COMMITTEE 

NOMINATIONS AND REMUNERATION COMMITTEE 

SENIOR MANAGEMENT

Chief Executive Officer

Independent Director

I
Member of the Audit Commitee A
N
Member of the Nominations  
and Remuneration Committee

GOVERNANCECorporate Governance ReportAnnual Report 2019 47

GOVERNANCE

Annual Report 2019 
Corporate Governance Report

STATEMENT  OF  COMPLIANCE  WITH  THE  UK  CORPORATE 
GOVERNANCE CODE 2018
The  Company  has  been  steadily  developing  its  corporate  
the 
and 
governance 
processes 
the  achievement  of 
few  years  and  aspires 
last 
standards.  
line  with 
in 
best  practice 

procedures 
to 
international 

over 

it  undertook 

important  steps 

far  as  practicable  with 

to 
During  2019, 
the  UK  Corporate 
comply  as 
Governance  Code  2018 
the  Financial 
from 
Reporting  Council  at  www.frc.org.uk).  MHP  also  complies  with 
the requirements of Cypriot law and regards the UK Corporate 
international  best 
Governance  Code  as  the  appropriate 

(available 

in  order 

practice  benchmark  for  its  approach.  It  is  the  opinion  of  the 
Board that during 2019 the Company complied with the princi-
ples and requirements of the UK Corporate Governance Code 
except in relation to the matters noted below. 

Provision 
number

Provision requirement

Explanation

9

10

11

17

19

24

The Chair should be independent on appointment under the 
criteria outlined in Provision 10.

The  Board  should  identify  in  the  annual  report  each 
Non-Executive  Director  it  considers  to  be  independent. 
Circumstances  which  are  likely  to  impair,  or  could  appear 
to impair, a Non-Executive Director’s independence include 
whether a Director has served on the Board for more than 
nine years from the date of their first appointment. A clear 
explanation  should  be  provided  if  the  Board  nonetheless 
considers the Non-Executive Director to be independent.

On his appointment in 2017, the Chairman had served on the Board as a Non-Executive Director since 2006. At the time of his appointment he was also employed by the 
International Finance Corporation as a Senior Regional Consulting Agribusiness Industry Specialist. This role has subsequently ended. After considering the Chairman’s 
credentials, experience, expertise and independence of thought, it was the Board’s view that the Chairman was independent at the time of his appointment.

In 2018, at the request of the Board, the Chairman agreed to support the Chief Executive Officer with the conduct of certain specific strategic projects where his extensive 
knowledge  and  expertise  are  particularly  helpful.  Subsequently,  in  March  2019,  his  role  was  designated  as  Executive  Chairman.  Consequently,  he  can  no  longer  be 
regarded as independent. The Board is satisfied that, in view of his credentials, experience, expertise and independence of thought,  these arrangements are in the best 
interests of the Company, its shareholders and other stakeholders. 

John Grant has served as a Non-Executive Director of the Company since 2006 and is the Senior Independent Director. The Board values his business perspective in 
view of his extensive experience as a Director of a wide range of major public companies in a variety of business sectors and is satisfied that he possesses the necessary 
independence of thought to be regarded as independent.

At  least  half  the  Board,  excluding  the  Chair,  should  be 
Non-Executive  Directors  whom  the  Board  considers  to  be 
independent.

The Board continues to work towards raising the number of independent Non-Executive Directors to meet this criterion in full. A further Non-Executive Director, Philip J 
Wilkinson OBE, was appointed in March 2020. The Board is satisfied that the current Board contains sufficient credentials, experience, expertise and independence of 
thought and that the current arrangements are in the best interests of the Company, its shareholders and other stakeholders. 

A  majority  of  the  members  of  the  Nomination  Committee 
should be independent.

Until  March  2019  membership  of  the  Nominations  and  Remuneration  Committee  consisted  of  one  independent  and  one  non-independent  Board  member. 
This was addressed by the appointment of a further independent Board member in March 2019.

The Chair should not remain in post beyond nine years from 
the date of their first appointment to the Board. To facilitate 
effective  succession  planning  and  the  development  of  a 
diverse board, this period can be extended for a limited time, 
particularly in those cases where the Chair was an existing 
Non-Executive Director on appointment. 

The  Board  should  establish  an  Audit  Committee  of 
independent  Non-Executive  Directors.  The  Chair  of  the 
Board should not be a member.

32 to 41

Remuneration

The Chairman became a Non-Executive Director in 2006 and became Chairman in 2017 when the Board was satisfied of his independence of thought and viewed the 
appointment as in the best interests of the Company, its shareholders and other stakeholders. His subsequent adoption of executive responsibilities was also viewed as 
being in the best interests of these parties. 

The Chairman was a member of the Audit Committee at the start of the year but stepped down in March 2019, upon taking up the Executive Chairman role. All members 
of the Audit Committee are now independent.

In common with many listed companies based in Ukraine, the Company does not disclose detailed information about director remuneration and related processes and 
is  not  legally  required  to  do  so.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  Nominations  and  Remuneration  Committee  to  ensure  that  the  Executive  Management  are  compensated 
sufficiently in order to retain and attract high calibre talent and ensure that they are motivated to perform in the best interests of shareholders and other stakeholders. To 
date, the Company has compensated the Executive Directors mainly in the form of competitive salaries, supplemented by performance related bonuses. As the Company 
develops,  consideration  will  be  given  to  adopting  other  forms  of  incentive  when  the  Board  believes  that  this  approach  will  be  in  the  best  interests  of  the  Company, 
shareholders and other stakeholders.

48

GOVERNANCE

Annual Report 2019 
Corporate Governance Report

Changes  to  the  Board  of  Directors  and  the  Committees 
during 2019 and the beginning of 2020
There were several changes to the Board  and the Committees, 
namely:
•   March  2019  -  Dr  John  Rich  stepped  down  from  the  Audit  
Committee  and  his  role  was  designated  as  Executive 
Chairman; 

•   March  2019  -  Roger  Wills  joined  the  Nominations  and 
Remuneration  and  Audit  Committees  as  a  member.  Mr 
Wills  was  appointed  Chairman  of  the  Nominations  and 
Remuneration Committee on 13 April 2020; 

•   March  2020  -  Philip  J  Wilkinson  OBE  was  appointed  to 
the  Board.  Please  see  his  biography  on  page  55.  He  is  an  
Independent  Non-Executive  Director  and  brings  the  number 
of independent directors up to four.

Board meetings
The  Board  conducted  five  meetings  during  2019  with  a 
100%  attendance 
in 
person  and  occasionally  via  conference  call.  The  Board  of  
Directors  also  approved  certain  decisions  through  15  circular  
resolutions. 

rate.  Directors  attended  meetings 

At the end of each year, MHP’s Non-Executive  Directors meet 
to  discuss  and  evaluate  the    performance  of  the  executive 
Directors and the Chairman. The results of the evaluation are 
usually communicated to executive  Directors at the first Board 
meeting of the following year.

Directors and officers litigation statement
No  member  of  the  Board  of  Directors  or  of  MHP’s  senior  
Management has, for at least five years:
•   Convictions relating to fraudulent offences;
•   Been  a  senior  manager  or  a  member  of  the  administrative 
or  supervisory  bodies  of  any  company  at  the  time  of,  or  
preceding, any bankruptcy, receivership or liquidation; or

•   Been  subject  to  any  official  public  incrimination  and/or  
sanction  by  any  statutory  or 
regulatory  authority 
(including any designated professional body) nor ever been  
disqualified  by  a  court  from  acting  as  a  member  of  the  
administrative,  management  or  supervisory  bodies  of  a 
company, or from acting in the management or conduct of the 
affairs of a company. 

Directors’ interests
The interests of Directors in MHP’s GDRs are shown in the table 
below

Dr John Rich

John Grant

Roberto Banfi

25,000

17,000

15,000

ABOUT THE BOARD
Biographies of the current Directors are set out on pages 53 to 
55. 

The Directors who served during the year were: 
•  Mr Roberto Banfi; 
•  Mr John Grant; 
•  Ms Viktoria Kapelyushnaya; 
•  Mr Yuriy Kosyuk; 
•  Mr Yuriy Melnyk; 
•  Dr John Rich; 
•  Mr Christakis Taoushanis;
•  Mr Roger Wills. 

More information on Board developments and changes during 
the year can be found in the Chairman’s Statement on pages 
10 to 12.

At  31  December  2019,  the  Board  had  eight  directors,  three 
of  whom  are  regarded  by  the  Board  as 
independent. 
Mr  Banfi  is  not  regarded  as  independent  because  of  his 
provision  of  other  paid  services  to  the  Company.  Dr  Rich 
was  viewed  by  the  Board  as 
independent  on  appoint-
ment  as  Chair  in  2017  but  is  now  viewed  as  not  independent 
to  Executive 
because  of  his  change 
Chairman.  Accordingly,  at 
the  Board  meeting  held  on  
19  March  2019,  he  resigned  from  the  Audit  Committee  and  
his  role  was  designated  as  Executive  Chairman.  The  Board  
considers  Mr  Grant  to  be  independent  not  withstanding  his 
period of service since 2006.

in  2019 

in  role 

49

GOVERNANCE

Annual Report 2019 
Corporate Governance Report

a part-time advisory basis, in part to enhance his knowledge of 
the business.  The NRC and Board are satisfied that this in no 
way impaired his independence as a director. 

independent  due 

is  not  regarded  as 

to  his 
Mr  Banfi 
provision  of  other  paid  services  to  the  Company.  Dr  Rich 
was  viewed  by  the  Board  as  independent  on  appointment 
as  Chairman  in  2017  but  is  now  not  viewed  as  independent  
subsequent  performance  of  certain 
because  of  his 
executive  management 
in  March 
2019,  he  resigned  from  the  Audit  Committee  and  his  role  
was designated as Executive Chairman. 

functions.  Accordingly, 

Board effectiveness
The  Board  is  responsible  for  regular  assessment  of  its  
In  2019,  the  Board  conducted  an  annual  
effectiveness. 
effectiveness  review  in  order  to  evaluate  its  performance 
as  well  as  that  of  its  Committees  and  individual  Directors.  
The  evaluation  process  was  initiated  by  a  questionnaire.  The 
conclusions  were  analysed  by  the  Board  on  13  April  2020  to 
further strengthen its composition and performance.

the 

(and 

relating 

facts  and 

independence 

circumstances 
throughout 

Non-Executive Director independence
The  independence  of  each  of  the  Non-Executive  Directors  is 
considered on appointment. Each year, the NRC and the Board  
to 
consider 
Director 
the  year,  as 
includes  an  assessment  of 
appropriate).  This  process 
whether  each  Non-Executive  Director 
independent  of 
Management  and  any  business  or  other  relationships  that 
could  materially  interfere  with  his  exercise  of  objective,  unfet-
tered  and  independent  judgement  or  his  ability  to  act  in  the 
best  interests  of  the  shareholders.  In  making  its  decision, 
the  Board  considers  relationships  with  Management,  major 
shareholders,  associated  companies  and  other  parties  with 
whom the Company conducts business. 

is 

Independent  Director,  and  has 

At  31  December  2019,  the  Board  had  eight  directors,  three 
of  whom  are  independent.  John  Grant  has  served  as  a  Non- 
Executive  Director  of  the  Company  since  2006  and  has 
been  Senior 
Independent  Director  since  2014.  He  has 
therefore  served  on  the  Board  for  more  than  nine  years  from 
the date of his first appointment.  Mr Grant has had extensive 
experience  over  many  years  as  an 
independent  non- 
executive  director  of  a  wide  range  of  public  and  private 
companies covering a variety of business sectors.  He has been 
Senior 
the 
Audit  and/or  Remuneration  Committees,  of  several  major 
public 
broad 
The  Board 
business  perspective  and  experience  and  continues  to  be 
satisfied  that  he  possesses  the  necessary  independence  of 
character  and  judgement  to  be  regarded  as  independent. 
Christakis  Taoushanis  and  Roger  Wills,  are  also  viewed  as 
Independent Non-Executive Directors. 
Phil  J  Wilkinson  OBE,  who  has  extensive  high-level 
experience 
industry,  was  
elected  an  Independ  ent    Non-Executive  Director  of  MHP 
in  March  2020.  Prior  to  becoming  available  to  join  the  MHP 
Board, he was retained by the Company for several months on 

companies. 

chaired 

poultry 

values 

global 

the 

his 

in 

is 

for 

PRINCIPAL RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE BOARD
The  Board 
the  overall  conduct  of  
responsible 
the  Company’s  business  and  has  the  powers,  authorities  and 
duties vested in it by and pursuant to the relevant Cyprus laws 
and regulations and the Articles of Association of the Company.  
MHP's  Articles  of  Association  can  be  viewed  at  the  corporate 
website (www.mhp.com.cy).

The  Company  has  a  unitary  governance  structure  and  the 
Board  is  the  ultimate  decision-making  body,  except  for  the 
powers  reserved  for  the  Shareholders’  Meeting  by  law  or 
as  specified  in  the  Articles  of  Association  (see  also  Board  
Composition on pages 53 to 55). 

The Board has a schedule of matters that are assigned to it for 
discussion, debate and approval in line with the requirements of 
the UK Corporate Governance Code. 

These include:
•   MHP’s  strategy,  aims  and  objectives  and 

review  of 

performance against those goals;

•   MHP’s mergers and acquisitions strategy;
•  MHP’s budgets, financial and operational targets;
•  MHP’s annual, half yearly and quarterly financial results;
•  MHP’s annual report and accounts;
•  MHP’s dividend policy;
•   Appointments  to  MHP’s  Board,  removal  of  Board  members 

and Board remuneration arrangements;

•   MHP  senior  management  appointments,  removals  and  

remuneration arrangements;

•  Membership and Chairman roles of MHP’s Board committees;
•  Board and senior management succession planning;
•   Approval  of  major  capital  expenditure  projects,  acquisitions 

and divestments;

•   Significant  variations  in  MHP’s  borrowings  or  borrowing  

facilities;

•  Financial and risk management policies and procedures; and
•  Appointment and removal of the Company Secretary.

50

GOVERNANCE

Annual Report 2019 
Corporate Governance Report

in 

place 

formal 

procedures 

Conflicts of interest
The  Board 
to 
has 
manage  conflict  of  interest  matters.  Each  Director  is  required 
to  inform  the  Board  of  any  other  directorship,  office  or 
responsibility, 
that  are 
taken  up  outside  the  Company  during  the  term  of  office.  
If,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Board,  a  conflict  of  interest  exists,  the 
relevant  Director  does  not  participate  in  discussions  and  will 
abstain from a Board vote on the affected matter.

including  executive  positions 

The  Company’s  Conflict  of 
transactions 
actual or potential) of: 
•   MHP’s  Management  team  members,  including  Directors  of 

Interest  Policy  covers  any 
(whether 
interest 

conflicts  of 

involving 

subsidiaries and branches (“key management”);

•   MHP’s  line  managers  who  have  authority  to  authorise 

transactions on behalf of MHP (“line managers”); 

•   other  MHP  employees  who  are  authorised  to  internally  
approve  any  decisions  as 
transactions 
based  on  internal  policies  and  instructions  (“responsible 
employees”) or who have power to  influence such decisions.

to  significant 

Other Professional Commitments
Every  Director  is  required  to  allocate  the  time  and  attention 
required 
fulfillment  of  his  duties.  This 
commitment includes limiting the number of other professional 
commitments to the extent required.

the  proper 

for 

Confidential information
All  Board  Directors  are  required  to  keep  information  received 
in their capacity as Directors confidential and may not use it for 
any other purpose than for fulfilling their remit.

Information and professional development
The  Board  ensures  that  Directors,  especially  Non-Executive 
Directors,  have  access  to  independent  professional  advice 
at  the  Company’s  expense  where  they  judge  it  necessary  to                 
discharge their responsibilities as Directors. Board Committees 

are  also  provided  with  sufficient  resources  to  undertake  their 
duties. 

is 

to 

responsible 

All  Directors  have  access  to  the  advice  and  services  of  
the 
the  Company  Secretary,  who 
Board  for  ensuring  that  Board  procedures  are  complied 
with.  The  Chairman  is  responsible  for  ensuring  that  the 
information. 
Directors  receive  accurate,  timely  and  clear 
The  Company’s  Executive  Management  team  is  obliged  to 
provide  such  information  and  Directors  to  seek  clarification 
or  amplification  where  necessary.  The  Chairman  ensures  that 
Directors continually update their skills, knowledge and famil-
iarity with the Company in order to fulfil their role both on the 
Board  and  on  Board  Committees.  The  Company  provides  the 
necessary  means  for  developing  and  updating  its  Directors’ 
knowledge and capabilities. 

responsible 

is  ultimately 

risk  management, 

Internal control and risk management
for  
The  Board  of  Directors 
internal 
the  Company’s  governance, 
control  environment  and  processes  and 
their 
effectiveness  at  least  annually.  Once  identified,  risks  are 
evaluated  to  establish  financial  or  non-financial  impact  and 
the  likelihood  of  their  occurrence.  For  risks  assessed  as 
significant, a mitigation action-plan is determined by  the opera-
tional  business management team. 

reviews 

The  summary  of  key  risks  is  regularly  discussed  with  MHP’s 
Management team and reported at least annually to the Board 
of Directors through the Audit Committee. The Company has an 
independent risk and process management department whose 
activities  are  overseen  by  the  CFO  and  reported  to  the  Audit 
Committee. The Board of Directors, Management and employ-
ees follow principles of ethical business that are in line with the               
Company’s approved Conflict of Interest Policy.
A  summary  of  the  Company’s  framework  for  managing  risks, 
and the Company’s key business risks together with the actions 
taken to mitigate them can be found on pages 27 to 38 of this 
Report.

and 

recognises 

constructive 

importance  of 

Engagement with shareholders
regular, 
The  Board 
the 
effective 
its 
shareholders  and  maintains  a  dedicated  investor  relations 
department  to  facilitate  this.  The  principal  opportunity  for 
shareholders to engage with the Board is at the Annual General 
Meeting. 

communications  with 

results  announcement 

MHP  announces  its  financial  results  on  a  quarterly  basis. 
This  information  is  released  to  shareholders  through  the 
appropriate  regulatory  news  services  and  recorded  on  the 
is 
Company’s  website.  Each 
accompanied  by  a  conference  call  with  MHP’s  finance  and 
investor relations team during which investors and analysts have 
the opportunity to discuss and ask questions about MHP’s perfor-
mance.  During the year the Board and investors relations team   
regularly  engaged  with  shareholders  and  financial  analysts 
to  discuss  matters  relating  to  MHP’s  strategy  and  financial 
performance.  Additionally,  MHP  held  a  Capital  Markets  Day 
in  London    in  September  2019.  At  this  event  MHP’s  senior 
management  team  updated  investors  and  analysts  on  the 
Company’s  strategy,  goals  and  recent  acquisition  of  PP,  and 
answered questions during a designated session.

Workforce engagement
MHP  works  closely  with  its  workforce  who  play  an  active 
role  in  the  management  of  the  business  through  day-to-day 
dialogue and engagement with the senior management team. 
One  key  element  of  this  process  is  the  Company's  new  HR 
Cornerstone  Digital  management  system.  This  includes  the 
provision  of  a 
feedback  mechanism  allowing 
employees  to  participate  in  the  running  of  the  business 
 and how it is managed. 

two-way 

information  about  MHP’s  approach 

More 
to  workforce 
engagement  is  included  within  the  People  section  of  the 
Non-Financial Report.

51

GOVERNANCE

Annual Report 2019 
Corporate Governance Report

Diversity and inclusion
MHP values its distinctive culture and, in particular, its proactive 
approach  to  creating  senior  management  and  development  
opportunities  for  women.  MHP  believes  that  diversity  and  in-
clusion  supports  innovation  and  continuous  improvement  and 
increases efficiency.
The  Board  and  the  NRC  considered  diversity  and  inclusion 
  regular  assessment  of  Board 
matters  as  part  of  the 
effectiveness  and  the  appointments  process.  The  Board  has 
determined  that  it  will  not  set  specific  targets  with  respect  to 
Board diversity but recognises the benefits that this brings to its 
effectiveness. It is committed to promoting diversity throughout 
the business. 

will  also  make  sure  that  there  is  sufficient  time  for  making 
decisions. 
The  Chairman  is  also  responsible  for  ensuring  that  new 
Directors  receive  a  complete  and  tailored  induction  to  the 
Company prior to joining the Board and that existing Directors 
continually  update  their  skills  and  the  knowledge  and 
familiarity with the Company required to fulfil their role both on 
the Board and on Board Committees.

The  Chairman  of  the  Board  represents  the  Board  to  share-
holders  and  the  public  and  chairs  Shareholders’  Meetings. 
The Chairman serves as the interface between the Board and 
major  shareholders  of  the  Company  on  matters  of  corporate  
governance.

BOARD COMPOSITION AND ROLES
At 31 December 2019 the Board comprised the Chairman,  Chief 
Executive  Officer,  Chief  Operational  Officer,  Chief  Financial 
Officer  and  four  Non-Executive  Directors  (three  of  whom  were 
considered by the Board to be independent throughout 2019). 
Details of the board’s composition are set out on pages 53 to 55 
which contain biographical details of the Directors.

Role of the Chairman
The  Board  elects  the  Chairman  from  amongst  members  that 
meet  the  Board’s  criteria  following  the  preparation  of  a  job 
specification  by  the  NRC.  The  Company’s  Corporate  Gover-
nance Charter excludes the CEO from becoming Chairman. 

is 

of 

responsible 

the  Board 

functioning  of 
the  calendar  of 

for 
The  Chairman 
the  Board.  
the  proper  and  efficient 
The  Chairman  determines 
the  Board 
and  Committee  meetings  and  the  agenda  of  the  Board’s 
meetings  after  consultation  with  the  CEO.  Prior  to  each 
receive 
meeting, 
the  extent  
complete  and  accurate 
appropriate,  a  copy  of  any  Management  presentation  to 
be  made  at  the  Board  meeting.  The  Chairman  of  the  Board 

the  Chairman  ensures 

information  and, 

that  Directors 

to 

Relationship between the Chairman and the CEO
A  clear  division  of  responsibilities  is  maintained  between 
the  Chairman  and  the  CEO.  The  CEO  may  not  carry  out 
the  duties  of  the  Chairman  of  the  Board  and  vice  versa.  
relations 
The  Chairman 
with  the  CEO  by  giving  him  support  and  advice  while 
respecting 
the  CEO.
The  CEO  provides  the  Chairman  of  the  Board  with  all  the 
information he requires to carry out his role. 

to  maintain  close 

responsibilities  of 

the  executive 

required 

is 

Role of the CEO
The  CEO  reports  directly  to  the  Board  of  Directors.  The  CEO 
is  entrusted  by  the  Board  with  the  day-to-day  management 
of  the  Company  within  the  strategic  parameters  established 
by the Board. He oversees the organisation and efficient day- 
to-day  management 
and 
joint  ventures.  The  CEO  is  responsible  for  the  execution  and 
management of the outcome of all Board decisions. The CEO 
is  delegated  powers  that  are  not  exclusively  reserved  to  the 
Board or to the Shareholders’ Meetings.
The  CEO  can  delegate  authority  for  daily  management  to 
subordinate  executives  but  will  retain  ultimate  accountability 

subsidiaries, 

affiliates 

of 

to the Board of Directors for the actions which are conducted 
during the performance of the role and the actions of delegates.

Role of the Senior Independent Director
John  Grant  has  been  designated  as  the  Board’s  Senior 
Independent Director since 2011. 

The  Senior  Independent  Director  acts  as  an  advisor  to  the 
Chairman, is responsible for the evaluation of the Chairman and 
acts as an intermediary for the other Directors and shareholders 
when required. 

He  provides  an  alternative  point  of  contact  for  shareholders 
on  matters  where  the  usual  channels  of  communication  are 
deemed inappropriate. In 2019, the Senior Independent Director  
didn't receive any requests from shareholders/stakeholders. 

Role of the Non-Executive Directors
The  Non-Executive  Directors  bring  an  external  perspective  in 
Board  discussions.  They  offer  specialist  advice,  constructive 
challenge and strategic guidance to the Executive Directors as 
well as holding them to account. 

MHP benefits from the broad range of skills and experience that 
the  Non-Executive  Directors  provide  from  different  businesses 
and fields. 

52

GOVERNANCE

Annual Report 2019 
Corporate Governance Report

Role of the Company Secretary
The  Company  Secretary  ensures  that  the  Board  receives 
appropriate  and  timely  information  and  provides  advice  and 
support  to  the  Chairman,  the  Board,  Board  Committees  and 
senior management on regulatory and governance matters. 

All  Directors  have  direct  access  to  the  advice  and  services  of 
the Company Secretary. Directors may also obtain independent 
advice as required at the Company’s expense.

Appointment and re-appointment of Directors
There is a formal and rigorous procedure for the appointment of 
new Directors. The Board may appoint an individual as a Director 
to either fill a vacancy or as an additional member of the Board. 

The  process  for  new  appointments  is  led  by  the  Nominations 
and Remuneration Committee which makes a recommendation 
to the Board.

The Board may appoint any Director to hold any employment or 
executive office and may revoke or terminate such appointment. 
In line with the UK Corporate Governance Code, going forward, 
all  members  of  the  Board  are  subject  to  annual  re-election 
by  a  majority  of  shareholders  at  the  Annual  General  Meeting. 
Directors  may  be  re-elected    an  unlimited  number  of  times. 
Shareholders may, by ordinary resolution, also appoint a person 
as  a  Director  or  remove  any  Director  before  the  expiration  of 
their period in office.

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
The  next  Annual  General  Meeting  will  take  place  on  18  June 
2020  at  noon  at  16-18  Zinas  Kanther  Street,  Agia  Triada,  3035 
Limassol, Cyprus. 

The  2020  AGM  notice  can  be  found  within  the  investor 
relations section at the Company’s website https://mhp.com.ua/
en/investor-relations/calendar.

NOMINATIONS AND REMUNERATION COMMITTEE 

AUDIT COMMITTEE

BOARD COMMITTEES

Meetings attended                                               

Dr John C Rich, Chairman up to April 2020

John Grant

Roger Wills, Chairman from April 2020

3/3

3/3

3/3

Meetings attended                                               

John Grant, Chairman

John Rich (resigned March 2019)

Christakis Taoushanis 

Roger Wills (from March 2019)

6/6

2/2

5/6

4/4

The Committee’s main tasks are disclosed in the updated 2018 Corporate
Governance Charter (Annex E):
https://www.mhp.com.ua/library/file/corporate-governance.pdf

The  Committee’s  main  tasks  are  disclosed 
Governance Charter (Annex C): 
https://www.mhp.com.ua/library/file/corporate-governance.pdf

in  the  updated  2018  Corporate  

During 2019, the Committee held three meetings with attendance as shown above.  
The  Nominations  and  Remuneration  Committee  Report  is  provided  in  a  separate 
section of the Annual Report on page 60.

During 2019, the Committee held six meetings with attendance as shown above.
The Audit Committee Report is provided in a separate section of the Annual Report on 
page 56.

53

GOVERNANCE

Annual Report 2019 
Board of Directors

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

DR JOHN C RICH
Executive Chairman
Dr  Rich  is  a  highly  experienced  senior  business  executive  with  
a strong background in food science.

YURIY KOSYUK 
Chief Executive Officer
Mr Kosyuk has been Chief Executive Officer of MHP since he founded 
the Company in 1998. 

VIKTORIA KAPELYUSHNAYA
Chief Financial Officer1

Ms Kapelyushnaya has considerable senior financial and business 

management experience and has been with MHP since 1998.

Nationality
Australian

Joined the Board
2006

Nationality              
Ukrainian

Joined the Board
1998

Nationality
Ukrainian

Joined the Board
2006 (joined MHP in 1998)

Position   
Member of the Nominations and Remuneration Committee (Chair-
man until April 2020)

Career and prior experience highlights                
•   Member  of  the  Australian  College  of  Veterinary  Sciences  and  
a  registered  financial  member  of  the  Australian  College  of  
Veterinary Surgeons;

•   1990-2003:  Executive  Director,  Austasia  Pty  Ltd  (agri-business  

conglomerate); 

•   1995-2002: Director AN-OSI Pty Ltd (supply chain management for 

feedlot beef, poultry and dairy operations); 

•   Agri-business consultant to IFC and IFC-invested clients until 2018.

Current roles
•   Managing  Director  of  Australian  Agricultural  Nutrition  and 

Consulting Pty Ltd (AANC); 

•   Financial  Board  Advisor  to  ADM  Capital  and  Independent  
Non-Executive Director at three other poultry-related companies.

Career and prior experience highlights
•   1992:  graduated  as  a  process  engineer  in  meat  and  milk 

production from the Kiev Institute of the Food Industry;

•  1995: founded the Business Centre for the Food Industry in Kiev.

Career and prior experience highlights                
•   Diplomas in Processing Engineering (1992) and Financial Audit-

ing (1998) from the Kiev Institute of the Food Industry;

•   Deputy and Chief Accountant at the Ukraine Business Centre for 

the Food Industry (BCFI).

1  Ms Kapelyushnaya is also the Finance Director at PJSC MHP.

54

GOVERNANCE

Annual Report 2019 
Board of Directors

JOHN GRANT
Senior Independent Director
Mr Grant has considerable senior business management, finance,
strategy and operational experience.

ROGER WILLS
Non-Executive Director

Mr  Wills  is  an  experienced  business  executive  and  investment 

banker with a focus on Eastern Europe and emerging markets.

CHRISTAKIS TAOUSHANIS
Non-Executive Director
Mr  Taoushanis  is  a  highly  experienced  international  financier  and 
senior manager.

Nationality
British

Joined the Board
2006

Position   
Chairman of the Audit Committee and member of the Nominations 
and Remuneration Committee.

Career and prior experience highlights                
•   Chairman, Gas Turbine Efficiency plc, Hasgo Group Limited, Motor 

Sports Association Limited and Torotrak plc;

•   Senior  Independent  Director,  Melrose  plc,  Pace  plc  and  Wolfson 

Microelectronics plc; 

•   Non-Executive Director, National Grid plc, Corac Group plc and the 

Royal Automobile Club Limited; 

•  1992-1996: Finance Director, Lucas Industries plc, LucasVarity plc; 
•  1990-1992: Executive Deputy Chairman, Jaguar Cars; 
•  1989: Director of Corporate Strategy, Ford Motor Company.

Current roles
•   Non-Executive Director of Augean plc and Chairman of the British 

Racing Drivers’ Club Limited.

Nationality
New Zealander

Joined the Board
2019

Position   

Member of the Audit Committee and Chairman of the Nominations 

and Remuneration Committee (from April 2020).

Career and prior experience highlights                
•  Management consultant, Coopers & Lybrand Russia; 
•   Investment  banking  at  Brunswick,  including  CEO  at  Brunswick 

Capital; 

•  2017-2018: Non-Executive Director, Cherkizovo Group.

Current roles
•   Managing own family office since 2007 focussing on investment 
opportunities  in  private  equity,  venture  capital  and  public  mar-
kets with a focus on Eastern Europe and emerging markets;

•  2015-current: Non-Executive Director, T-Plus Group;
•  2019-current:  Non-Executive  Director,  Royal  Automobile  Club 
Motor Sports Association Limited (Motorsport UK).

Nationality
Cypriot

Joined the Board
2018

Position   
Member of the Audit Committee.

Career and prior experience highlights                
•   30  years  of  banking  experience  including  4  years  at  Continental 
Illinois  Bank  of  Chicago,  18  years  at  HSBC  Group  in  Hong  Kong 
and  Cyprus,  and  8  years  as  Chief  Executive  Officer  at  Cyprus  
Development Bank.

Current roles
•   Non-Executive Director of various regulated and listed companies;
•   Advisor to a number of companies through the private firm, TTEG 

& Associates.

55

GOVERNANCE

Annual Report 2019 
Board of Directors

ROBERTO BANFI
Non-Executive Director

YURIY MELNYK
Chief Operating Officer

Mr Banfi is an experienced senior business manager with considerable 

Mr  Melnyk  is  an  experienced  executive  manager  and  technical  

brand management and operational experience working for companies 

agricultural expert. 

PHILIP J WILKINSON OBE 
Non-Executive Director
Mr Wilkinson has considerable experience in international poultry 
industries.

based all over the world.

Nationality

Italian

Joined the Board
2018

Position   
Non-Executive Director (previously an advisor to MHP)

Career and prior experience highlights                
•   2014-2016:  General  Manager  for  Europe  and  Eurasia  for  BRF  S.A. 

and also a Specialised Corporate Consultant to the company;

•   1998-2009:  various  executive  positions  at  Sadia  S.A.  including  Di-
rector of Sales and Marketing for Brazil and Director of Global Sales 
and General Manager for Russia, Middle East and Africa;

•   Director  of  National  Sales,  Brazil,  for  Best  Foods  (now  part  of 
Unilever) after previous brand management experience (Knorr, Hell-
mann’s Mazola and Ades);
•  Director, Swift Armor Brazil.

Other current roles
•   Independent  Consultant  in  the  Food  sector  covering  several 

geographic regions and specialising in animal proteins.

Nationality
Ukrainian

Joined the Board

2010 (when appointed Deputy CEO)

Nationality
British

Joined the Board
2020

Career and prior experience highlights                
•   1985:  graduated  from  Ukraine  Academy  of  Agriculture  and  is  

Position   
Non-Executive Director

a Doctor of Agriculture; 

•   A correspondent member of the National Academy of Sciences of 

Ukraine since 2002; 

•   2004: awarded the State Prize of Ukraine in science and technol-

ogy; 

•   Previously  Agriculture  Minister  and  Deputy  Prime  Minister  of 
Ukraine  and  also  served  as  an  advisor  to  the  Prime  Minister  of 
Ukraine.

Career and prior experience highlights             
•  Commercial Director of Arla Foods;
•   Poultry industry: engaged in the launch of perceived higher-wel-
fare  slower-growing  broiler  birds  pioneered  in  conjunction  with
 supermarket Marks and Spencer (Oakham brand); 

•   Dairy industry: awarded an OBE in 2003 for Services to the Dairy 
Industry;  Chairman  of  the  National  Dairy  Council;  and  the  UK
 representative to the European Dairy Association in Brussels. 

Current roles
•   Vice  President  of  AVEC,  the  European  Poultry  Association 

representing the interests of the broiler industry in Europe;

•   Advisor  to  private  equity  firm  TPG  Capital  and  responsible  for 

assessing potential new opportunities.

56

GOVERNANCE

Annual Report 2019 
Audit Committee Report

AUDIT COMMITTEE
REPORT

I AM PLEASED TO PRESENT THE 2019 REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE WHICH DESCRIBES HOW 
THE COMMITTEE CARRIED OUT ITS RESPONSIBILITIES DURING THE YEAR

THE  AUDIT  COMMITTEE  (THE  “COMMITTEE”) 
IS  RESPONSIBLE  FOR  THE  INTEGRITY  OF  THE 
GROUP’S  FINANCIAL  REPORTING  AND  ITS 
INTERNAL CONTROL AND RISK MANAGEMENT   
PROCESSES. 
  COMMITTEE  ALSO  MAKES  RECOM-
THE 
MENDATIONS  TO  THE  BOARD  ON  THE 
APPOINTMENT  OF  EXTERNAL  AND  INTERNAL 
AUDITORS AND OVERSEES THEIR  ACTIVITIES.

Member

John Grant (Chairman)

John Rich (resigned March 2019)

Christakis Taoushanis 

Roger Wills (appointed March 2019)                             

No of meetings

6/6

2/2

5/6

4/4

in 

the  Company’s  website 

ROLE AND RESPONSIBILITIES
The  Committee’s  role  and  responsibilities  are  set 
out  in  its  terms  of  reference,  which  can  be  viewed 
on 
the  Corporate 
Governance  Charter  (Annex  C)  at  https://mhp.com.
cy/wp-content/uploads/2017/08/Corporate-Govern-
ance-Charter-MHP-SE.pdf.  The  Committee  accepts  its 
interests  of 
responsibility 
integrity  of 
shareholders  with 
the  Company  
financial 
and the effectiveness of the audit.  

information  published  by 

for  protecting 

respect 

the 

the 

to 

The Committee is specifically responsible for:
•   reviewing and monitoring the integrity of the financial 
statements, including the Annual Report and Interim 
Report,  and  any  formal  announcements  relating  to 
financial performance;

•   reviewing  and  reporting  to  the  Board  on  significant 
reporting issues and the judgements they contain;

•   ensuring  compliance  with 

legal  and  regulatory 

requirements; 

•   keeping  under  review  the  effectiveness  of  the 
Company’s  financial  reporting,  risk  management 
and internal control systems;

•   reviewing  and  assessing  annually  the  independ-
ence,  objectivity  and  effectiveness  of  the  external 
auditors and making recommendations to the Board 
regarding  the  appointment,  re-appointment  and 
replacement  of  external  auditors  and  the  terms  of 
their engagement;

•   reviewing policy and practice regarding the provision 

of non-audit services by the external auditor;

•   considering  the  requirement  for,  and  monitoring  the 

effectiveness of, internal audit;

•   ensuring compliance with accounting standards and 

consistency of accounting policies;

•   reviewing, challenging and reporting to the Board on 
the  going  concern  assumption  and  the  basis  of  the 
longer-term viability assessment; 

•   reviewing 

the  Annual  Report  and  financial 
statements  to  ensure  they  are  fair,  balanced  and 
understandable; and

•   reviewing  and  overseeing 

the  arrangements 
for employees to raise concerns in accordance with 
the Company’s whistle-blowing policy.

57

GOVERNANCE

Annual Report 2019 
Audit Committee Report

COMPOSITION
As  from  March  2019,  the  Committee  comprises  a  minimum  of 
three non-executive directors, each of whom is deemed by the 
Board  to  be  independent  (previously  two  were  independent).  
The Chairman of the Committee is John Grant, who has recent 
and  relevant  financial  experience  in  a  wide  range  of  senior 
non-executive  roles  (see  biography  on  page  54).    Following 
the expansion of Dr Rich’s role on his appointment as Executive 
Chairman, he resigned from the Committee in March 2019 and 
was replaced by Roger Wills (see biography on page 54).

invites 

the  Chief  Financial 
The  Committee  Chairman 
Officer,  the  Head  of  Internal  Audit  and  senior  representatives 
of  the  external  auditor  to  attend  meetings  as  appropriate.  
The  Committee  has  the  right  to  invite  any  other  director  or 
employee to attend meetings as it considers appropriate.

The Committee meets with the external auditors at least once a 
year in the absence of Management.

least 

MEETINGS IN THE YEAR
The  Committee  meets  at 
times  a  year.   
The  scheduling  of  meetings  is  intended  to  align  with  the 
financial  reporting    timetable,  enabling  the  Committee  to 
review the annual and quarterly financial statements, to agree 
the audit  plan in advance of the full year audit, and to maintain 
oversight of the Group’s internal controls and processes.  

four 

In  2019,  the  Committee  met  six  times;  in  addition  to  the  four 
scheduled  meetings,  exceptional  meetings  were  held  to  
consider  financial  due  diligence  findings  prior  to  completion 
of the acquisition of Perutnina Ptuj and to select new external 
auditors  to  replace  Deloitte  Cyprus  with  effect  from  the  2020 
financial year. The attendance of members at these meetings is 
shown in the table on page 56.

ISSUES  RELATING  TO  THE  FINANCIAL 

SIGNIFICANT 
STATEMENTS
The  Committee  undertook  the  following  recurring  activities  in 
relation to the financial statements:
•   reviewed  and  agreed  the  scope  of  the  audit  work  to  be  

undertaken by the external auditor;

•   considered the external auditor’s report on their audit of the 
full year results and their review of the interim financial report;
•   reviewed  the  Annual  Report  and  annual  and  quarterly  
financial statements to ensure they were fair, balanced and 
understandable  and  provided  the  information  necessary 
for  shareholders  to  assess  the  Company’s  position  and 
performance, business model and strategy, and advised the 
Board accordingly; 

•   considered  the  processes  in  place  for  the  valuation  of           
assets,  including  the  reasonableness  and  consistency  of 
assumptions; and

•   reviewed 

the  effectiveness  of 
management and internal controls.

the  Company’s 

risk 

In addition, the Committee considered the following significant issues in relation to the financial statements.

Significant issue considered

How the issue was addressed by the Committee

VALUATION OF PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Except for land and other fixed assets that are carried at historical cost less accumulated depreciation, all other groups of 
property, plant and equipment are carried at revalued amounts, being their fair value at the date of the revaluation less any 
subsequent depreciation and impairment losses.

The  Committee  reviewed  Management’s  approach  to  the  biennial  revaluation  of  property,  plant  and  equipment,  including 
the use of an independent external valuation expert and applying relevant market indices and other factors. The Committee 
confirmed with Management the competence and independence of the valuer and verified that the methods and assumptions 
used were appropriate and consistent with accounting standards and previous practice.

VALUATION OF LEASES
Adoption of the IFRS 16 standard caused significant timing difficulties as more than 200,000 land leases had to be re-assessed 
in accordance with IFRS 16 right-of-use requirements.  At the time of the interim results, Deloitte had not been able to complete 
their review of the underlying data due to identified issues which were still under evaluation by Management. They had also 
been unable to complete their review of restatement adjustments in respect of land lease commitments under IAS 17 as at 31 
December 2018 and 2017 for the same reasons.  This resulted in Deloitte issuing a qualified opinion on their interim review.

The Committee recognised the issues underlying Deloitte’s qualified review opinion and agreed with Management the actions 
necessary to ensure the data base would be fit for purpose before year-end. The Committee subsequently monitored progress 
to  ensure  full  and  satisfactory  compliance  with  IFRS  16  requirements  as  of  year-end  and  that  the  roll-back  to  the  opening 
position for the year had been performed on a consistent basis. In reviewing the outcome, the Committee was satisfied that the 
methodologies used, and the resulting valuations, were appropriate. 

58

GOVERNANCE

Annual Report 2019 
Audit Committee Report

VALUATION OF BIOLOGICAL ASSETS
Valuation of biological assets requires the use of complex models to arrive at fair values.

The Committee reviewed the assumptions and judgements applied by Management and verified the reasonableness of input 
data and the accuracy of calculations.

REVENUE RECOGNITION
There is а presumed risk of misstatement on revenue recognition due to fraud.

The Committee confirmed that appropriate controls and procedures had been undertaken to address the risk.

PERUTNINA PTUJ ACQUISITION ACCOUNTING
The acquisition of Perutnina Ptuj involved complexities in post-acquisition accounting, particularly in relation to identifying 
cash-generating  units,  estimating  the  fair  value  of  assets  and  liabilities,  allocating  goodwill  and  calculation  of  potential 
impairments.

The Committee recognised that there was limited experience within the Company to successfully manage these complexities 
and  accepted  Management’s  proposal  to  contract  PwC  to  provide  specialist  resource  and  expertise  to  help  advise  on  this 
project.  

In  reviewing  the  results,  the  Committee  considered  the  assumptions  and  judgements  incorporated  in  the  opening  balance 
sheet,  focussing  in  particular  on  valuations  of  property,  plant  and  equipment,  biological  assets,  intangible  assets  and  the 
adequacy of provisions and liabilities.

The Committee concluded that the assumptions used were reasonable and that the fair values of assets and liabilities were 
appropriate and that no impairments were required.

COMPLIANCE WITH BOND AND BANK COVENANTS
Continued compliance with covenants included in bond and bank debt agreements is a prime focus for the Committee.

The Committee verified that appropriate stress tests, taking account of potential changes in the value of the Ukrainian currency 
and other macro-economic conditions, had been performed and satisfied.

TAX RISKS
In view of the ambiguity of tax legislation, certain transactions may be challenged by relevant governmental authorities.

The Committee confirmed that tax and legal experts had been engaged to evaluate the Company’s tax position and that they 
had reviewed the adequacy and accuracy of tax contingency disclosures in the financial statements.

GOING CONCERN AND VIABILITY
Assessment of the going concern assumptions and the basis of the viability statement.

The  Committee  reviewed  the  assumptions  underlying  the  assessment  of  the  Company’s  ability  to  continue  as  a  going 
concern.  Stress  tests  had  been  undertaken  by  Management  to  assess  the  potential  impact  of  risks  including  extended 
closure of certain export markets, lower prices for chicken and grain and the effect of the Coronavirus on both supply and 
demand.    As  the  Company  enters  a  period  of  uncertainty  with  its  debt  secured  and  a  strong  cash  position,  the  Committee 
agreed with management’s conclusion that the Company is well-positioned to absorb these risks and accepted management’s 
recommendation that the financial statements be prepared on a going concern basis.

EXTERNAL AUDIT
Auditor rotation
In  accordance  with  European  regulatory  requirements  and  the 
guidance  provided  by  the  Competition  and  Markets  Authority 
regarding  the  statutory  audit  of  public-interest  entities,  the 
Company  conducted  a  tender  process  in  2016  to  select  the 
provider of the statutory audit with effect from the 2017 financial 
year. 

As  reported  previously,  at  the  conclusion  of  a  comprehensive 
its 
selection  process, 
assessment of which of the four candidate firms had the strongest  
capabilities,  that  Deloitte  Audit  S.a.r.l.  should  be  re-appointed 

the  Committee  decided,  based  on 

as statutory auditor. In October 2017, due to the migration of the  
corporate  office  from  Luxembourg  to  Cyprus,  the  Company’s 
shareholders resolved to terminate the mandate of Deloitte S.a.r.l.  
and  to  appoint  Deloitte  Cyprus  (“Deloitte”)  as  the  auditor  of  the 
Company.    It  was  noted  that  there  had  been  no  conflict  with 
Deloitte S.a.r.l’s audit report.

fourth  quarter  of  2019, 

In  the 
following  the  decision  to 
appoint a Deloitte partner to a senior executive position in MHP, 
the  Committee  decided  that,  to  avoid  any  compromise  to  the 
independence of the auditor, Deloitte should be replaced as the 
provider  of  the  statutory  audit  with  effect  from  the  2020 
financial  year.    The  ex-Deloitte  partner  concerned  had  no 

involvement  in  the  audit  of  MHP’s  2019  results.    As  in  2016,  
the  Company  conducted  a  tender  process,  led  by  the  Audit 
Committee,  between  three  candidate  audit  firms  (other  than 
Deloitte) considered to have the capability to audit MHP.  

At  the  conclusion  of  a  comprehensive  selection  process,  the 
Committee  agreed  that  Ernst  &  Young  was  best  equipped  to 
handle the responsibility and, following completion of the audit of 
the 2019 accounts by Deloitte, should be appointed as the auditor 
of the Company with effect from the 2020 financial year, subject 
to MHP's shareholders' confirmation of the decision at  the AGM 
in June 2020.

59

GOVERNANCE

Annual Report 2019 
Audit Committee Report

Assessment of external auditor effectiveness
The  Committee  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  the  auditor               
following  completion  of  the  audit  of  the  2018  accounts.  The 
Committee  remained  satisfied  with  the  quality,  integrity  and 
effectiveness of the work undertaken by Deloitte.

Non-audit services
A  policy  is  in  place  covering  engagement  of  the  external 
auditor  for  the  supply  of  non-audit  services  to  ensure  that  its                            
independence and objectivity are not impaired.  This requires 
the  Audit  Committee  Chairman  to  approve  all  material  non- 
audit  services  in  advance  of  the  service  being  provided.   
Cumulative  non-audit  fees  are  reviewed  at  scheduled  Com-
mittee  meetings.    An  analysis  of  fees  earned  by  the  external  
auditor for audit and non-audit services can be found in Note 8 
to the financial statements.

EU and Competition Commission rules that became effective in 
2016 specify that the cost of non-audit services provided by the 
external auditor will be limited to 70% of the average audit fee 
for the previous three years.  As no cap applies during the first 
three years, the first year for which the cap applies will be 2020.   
The  cap  is  not  expected  to  have  a  material  impact  on  the  
Company.    It  is  the  Committee’s  intention  to  ensure  future  
non-audit services are provided by a number of different firms 
to  ensure  both  independence  of  the  external  audit  and  best 
quality and best value provision of non-audit services.  

and objectivity have been maintained. Based on these require-
ments  and  procedures,  the  Committee  remains  confident  that 
auditor    independence  and  objectivity  have  been  and  will  be 
maintained. 

is 

to  provide 

independent  assurance 

INTERNAL AUDIT
The  Company  has  an  Internal  Audit  function  whose  primary  
to 
purpose 
Management  and  the  Committee,  and  hence  the  Board, 
on the Company’s risk management and control environment.  
Internal  Audit  coverage  includes  all  of  the  Company’s  opera-
tions,  resources,  services  and  responsibilities  to  other  bodies, 
with no department or business unit of the Company being ex-
empt from review.

Internal Audit responsibilities include:
•   examining  and  evaluating  the  adequacy  of  the  Company’s  

system of internal control;

•   assessing the reliability and accuracy of information provided 

to stakeholders;

•   assessing  compliance  with  statutory  and 

regulatory 

requirements; 

•   assessing  compliance  with  Company  policies  and 

procedures;

•   ensuring that the Company’s assets are properly accounted 

for and safeguarded;

•   assessing  the  efficiency  and  effectiveness  with  which 

resources are employed;

Auditor objectivity and independence
The Committee has a policy and procedures in place to ensure 
that auditor independence and objectivity are not compromised.

•   liaising with external auditors in audit planning and assisting 

the external auditors as required; and

•  investigating any instances of fraud, irregularity or corruption.

These  include  approval  requirements  for  engagement  of  the  
external  auditor  for  non-audit  services,  periodic  review  of  the 
cost  of  non-audit  services  provided  by  the  external  auditor 
and requirements for rotation of the audit engagement partner  
every  7  years.  Each  year,  the  auditor  is  required  to  provide 
evidence to the Committee of how it believes its independence 

The  Internal  Audit  programme  is  approved  annually  by  the  
Committee  and  the  Head  of  Internal  Audit  reports  findings  
periodically to the Committee.  

At  least  annually,  the  Committee  considers  the  role  and 
effectiveness  of  the  Internal  Audit  function,  taking  account  of 

the  resources  available  and  required,  the  experience  and 
expertise  of  personnel,  and 
the  quality  of  service 
delivered.  Consideration  is  also  given  to  whether  part  of 
function  could  more  effectively  be  outsourced.  
the 
In  May  2019,  the  Committee  concluded  that,  under  its  new 
leadership, the effectiveness of Internal Audit had continued to 
improve and that it was delivering the level of service required.

RISK MANAGEMENT AND INTERNAL CONTROL
The  Committee  monitors  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s 
risk management and control systems through regular updates 
from Management, reviews of the key findings of the external 
and internal auditors and an annual review of the risk manage-
ment process and risk matrix.  

Results are reported regularly to the Board, which has overall 
responsibility for risk management.

The  annual  review  covers  key  risks  that  could  potentially  
impact  the  achievement  of  MHP’s  strategic  and  financial 
objectives.    New  risks  and  changes  in  existing  risks  are  
identified on a  continuous basis. 

A  risk  scoring  system  is  used  to  help  quantify  both  the 
probability  and  potential  impact  of  each  major  risk  after  the 
effect  of  mitigating  actions,  to  assess  residual  risks  against 
the  Company’s  risk  appetite  and  to  prioritise  further  risk 
management actions. The Company’s approach to the identifica-
tion and assessment of risks, and the response to risks, is based on 
best business practices and international COSO Enterprise Risk 
Management standards. 

No incidents of significant control weaknesses or failures were 
identified at any time during the year.

John Grant
Chairman, Audit Committee
13 April 2020

60

GOVERNANCE

Annual Report 2019 
Nominations and Remuneration
Committee Report

NOMINATIONS
AND REMUNERATION
COMMITTEE REPORT

THE NOMINATIONS AND REMUNERATION COMMITTEE (“THE COMMITTEE") 
HAS OVERALL RESPONSIBILITY FOR MAKING RECOMMENDATIONS TO THE 
BOARD ON ALL NEW APPOINTMENTS

The Comittee also has responsibility for ensuring that the Board 
and  its  Committees  have  the  appropriate  balance  of  skills, 
experience,  independence,  diversity  and  knowledge  of  the 
Company  to  enable  them  to  discharge  their  respective  duties 
and responsibilities effectively. 

THE  PRINCIPAL  RESPONSIBILITIES  OF  THE  COMMITTEE  ARE 
TO: 
a.     ensure  that  the  Company  has  exceptional  people  who 
occupy  appropriate  positions  and  who  have  incentives  to 
achieve, and are compensated for, exceptional performance; 

b. 

c. 

   set the overarching principles and parameters of Remunera-
tion Policy across the Company; and

  review  the  Company’s  needs  for  employees  and  ensure  
sufficient  depth  of  management  to  support  expansion  and  
succession. 

The  Committee  is  expected  to  meet  not  less  than  twice  a 
year.  During  2019,  the  Committee  met  three  times  and  the 
attendance  of  its  members  at  these  Committee  meetings 
table.  The  Committee’s  
is  shown 

the  accompanying 

in 

terms  of  reference,  which  were  last  revised  in  May  2018,  are 
available  to  view  on  the  Company’s  website  in  the  Corporate 
Governance  Charter  (Annex  E)  at  https://www.mhp.com.ua/li-
brary/file/corporate-governance.pdf.

Further details regarding the Committee’s composition, areas of 
focus in 2019 and diversity policy are set out below. 

COMPOSITION 
Until  March  2019  the  Committee  had  one  independent  (John 
Grant) and one non-independent member (John Rich). To address 
compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, Roger Wills, 
an  Independent  Non-Executive  Director,  joined  the  Committee 
in  March  2019.  This  gave  the  Committee  a  majority  of 
independent  members.  After  serving  12  months  as  a  member,  
Mr  Wills  replaced  Dr  Rich  as  Chairman  of  the  Committee  on 
13 April 2020.

During  2019  the  Committee  was  chaired  by  Dr  John  Rich.   
John  Grant  served  on  the  Committee  throughout  the  year  and 
Roger Wills was a member of the Committee from appointment 
on 19 March 2019 onwards.  

The  Company  Secretary  acts  as 
the 
Committee.  On  occasion,  the  Committee  invites  the  Chief 
Executive,  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  or  the  Group  Human 
Resources  Director  to  attend  discussions  where  their  input  is 
required. 

secretary 

to 

Member

No of meetings

Dr John Rich (Chairman until April 2020)

John Grant                                                                    

Roger Wills (appointed March 2019, 
Chairman as of April 2020)    

3/3

3/3

3/3

further  comply  with 
following  his 

the  UK  Corporate  Governance 
To 
Code  and 
the  appointment  as  Executive 
Chairman  in  2019,  Dr  Rich  resigned  from  the  position  of 
Chairman of the Comitee in April 2020. 

61

GOVERNANCE

Annual Report 2019 
Nominations and Remuneration
Committee Report

AREAS OF FOCUS IN 2019
The principal areas of focus for the Committee during 2019 are 
set out below.
•   The  Committee  considered  the  composition  and  balance  of 
the Board and the timing of future Board changes. The    Com-
pany  continued  throughout  the  year  and  beyond  to  look  for 
opportunities to strengthen the Board. 

•   The  Committee  also  reviewed  the  succession  plans  that 
are  currently  in  place  and  possible  bonus  schemes  in  
respect of Executive Directors and Non-Executive Directors in  
conjunction  with  the  provisions  of  the  UK  Corporate  Govern-
ance Code and best practice. 

•   The  Committee  considered  and  approved  the  continuing 
education  programme  for  Non-Executive  Directors  for  2019. 
This  includes  membership  of  the  Institute  of  Directors  (“IoD”) 
and  attendance  at  courses  run  by  the  IoD’s  and  Deloitte’s 
respective  academies.  In  addition,  a  plan  incorporating 
recommendations  to  be  implemented  as  part  of  the  con-
tinuing  education  programme  has  been  made  for  senior 
management executives, with an emphasis on courses being 
held at well-known institutions in the UK and the USA.

•   The  Committee  conducted  a  Remuneration  Review  of  the 

Board and the senior management team.

The  Committee  currently  takes  into  account  a  variety  of 
factors  before  recommending  any  new  appointments 
to 
the  Board  including  skills  relevant  to  performing  the  role, 
experience and knowledge. 

The  most  important  priority  of  the  Committee,  however,  has 
been and will continue to be to ensure that the best candidate 
is  selected  to  join  the  Board  and  this  approach  will  remain  
in place going forward. 

During  2019,  changes  to  senior  management  salaries  were 
recommended and implemented.

•   The  Committee 

interviewed  several  candidates 

for  a 
Non-Executive  Director  position  following  which  it  recom-
mended  that  Philip  J  Wilkinson  OBE  should  join  the  Board 
in  April  2020  (no  search  consultancy  was  used  in  his 
recruitment).  Mr  Wilkinson  has  significant  experience 
in 
large  poultry  companies  and  has  a  deep  understanding  of 
international food and agriculture industries.

the 

recognises 

DIVERSITY POLICY
importance  and  value  of  
The  Board 
diversity 
it  geographical, 
cultural  or  market-aligned,  and  encompassing,  amongst 
other factors, ethnicity, gender, experience and age. The Board is 
committed to equality of opportunity for all employees. 

the  workforce,  be 

throughout 

Dr John Rich
Chairman Nominations and Remuneration Committee 
13 April 2020

THE COMMITTEE IS        
EXPECTED TO MEET NOT 
LESS THAN TWICE A YEAR

62

GOVERNANCE

Annual Report 2019 
Managment Report

MANAGEMENT
REPORT

THE INFORMATION WITHIN THIS ANNUAL REPORT IS ALIGNED WITH THE REPORTING 
REQUIREMENTS OF THE UK COMPANIES ACT 2006, THE UK DISCLOSURE AND 
TRANSPARENCY RULES, THE LISTING RULES OF THE UK AND CYPRIOT REPORTING 
REQUIREMENTS

a 

is 

leading 

international 

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES AND REVIEW OF THE BUSINESS
MHP 
agro-industrial 
company  and  the  largest  producer  of  chicken  in  Ukraine1.  
The  Company  operates  a  vertically-integrated  business 
model,  owning  and  operating  each  of  the  key  stages  of 
chicken production processes, with the objectives of maximising  
efficiency  in  production  costs  and  increasing  profitability  by 
consolidating multiple steps in the value-chain. 

The  business  is  organised  into  and  operates  through  four 
business  segments:  Poultry  and  Related  Operations;  Grain 
Growing;  Meat-processing  and  Other  Agricultural  Operations;  
and European Operating Segment. 

Key  to  the  Company’s  approach  to  managing  waste  is  MHP’s 
biogas  programme,  which  enables  the  recycling  of  waste 
(including husks and manure). Its #1 Biogas Complex (in the Dnipro 
region) has a 5 MW capacity, and Phase 1 of #2 Biogas Complex 
(in the Vinnytsia region) has a 12 MW capacity. Both are in full 
operation.    Phase  2  of  #2  Biogas  Complex  with  a  12  MW 
capacity is currently being planned.

1 Source: SSSU

POULTRY  AND  RELATED  OPERATIONS  SEGMENT  (MHP, 
EXCLUDING PERUTNINA PTUJ) 
The  Poultry  and  Related  Operations  Segment  produces, 
processes and sells chicken meat (fresh and frozen), vegetable 
oils (sunflower and soybean) and mixed fodder. 

It incorporates three chicken meat complexes and two breeding 
farms,  three  sunflower  oil  plants,  one  soybean  crushing  plant 
and three feed mills. 

2019 production figures were as follows: 
•   The  chicken  meat  complexes  produced  728,917  tonnes  of 

chicken meat; 

•   Breeding  farms  produced  over  528  million  hatching  eggs 

(100% of MHP’s requirement);

•  Sunflower oil plants produced 366,135 tonnes of oil; 
•  Soybean crushing plant produced 47,743 tonnes of oil; and
•   Feed mill plants produced 1,660,690 tonnes of mixed fodder 

(100% of MHP’s requirement).

ABOUT  THE  NEWLY-ACQUIRED  EUROPEAN  OPERATING  
SEGMENT (PERUTNINA PTUJ)
At the end of  February of 2019, MHP acquired Perutnina Ptuj 
(PP), a leading poultry meat and meat-processing company in 
the Balkans, headquartered in Slovenia. 
PP’s 
total  enterprise  value  was  EUR  273  million,  
including  net  debt  of  EUR  34.5  million  and  working  capital.   
MHP now owns 100% of PP. 

PP  has  production  assets 
four  Balkan  countries: 
Slovenia,  Croatia,  Serbia,  Bosnia  and  Herzegovina.  It  owns  
distribution  companies 
in  Austria,  North  Macedonia  and 
Romania and supplies products to 15 countries in Europe. 

in 

Like  MHP,  PP  is  a  vertically  integrated  company  and  its 
operations  encompass  all  stages  of  chicken  meat  production: 
growing 
breeding; 
production; 
slaughtering;  sausage  manufacture;  and  convenience  food 
production.  It also has a Biogas Complex with 1 MW capacity.

hatching; 

feed; 

egg 

63

GOVERNANCE

Annual Report 2019 
Managment Report

Agriculture:  PP  produced  9,444 
tonnes  of  corn  and 
10,442 tonnes of wheat. The corn production represented 12% 
of the production requirement and wheat production represents 
57%  of  the  production  requirement.  PP’s  total  grain  storage 
capacity is approximately 90,000 tonnes.

FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS
The  Executive  Management  team  believes  there  are  ample 
opportunities for growth both internationally and within Ukraine. 
In  Ukraine,  customers  tend  to  buy  domestically  produced 
chicken,  choosing  from  the  wide  range  of  poultry  products  – 
fresh chicken and processed meat products - that MHP develops 
and offers to its customers. 

These  products  are  both  more  affordable  than  pork  and  beef 
and fresher than imported meat. Exports of chicken meat have 
increased MHP’s total sales and the available markets in recent 
years.    Typically,  chicken  meat  exports  have  provided  higher 
margins than sales within Ukraine.

MHP’s strategy is: 
•   To increase production efficiency through modernisation and 
innovation,  improvement  in  cost  and  quality  control,  use  of 
up-to-date technology across all business segments, includ-
ing PP;

•   To  expand  poultry  production  capacity  during  the  period 
2020-2023  at  PP  and  up  to  2022  at  MHP  (Phase  2  of  the 
Vinnytsia poultry complex); 

•   To explore merger and acquisition opportunities and to poten-
tially acquire further meat-processing and/or poultry produc-
tion companies internationally;

•   To  continue  export  expansion  through  sales  diversification 

and market targeting;

•   To  continue  to  establish  international  sales  and  distribution 

offices and potentially joint ventures; 

•   To develop and remodel the markets where MHP is present, 

changing trading channels;

•   To maintain its “continuous improvement” approach including 

optimising  human  productivity,  high  biosecurity  standards, 
environmental standards, health and safety procedures and 
animal  welfare  practices  (including,  but  not  limited  to,  the 
antibiotic-free programme); 

•   To  promote  and  develop  the  Company’s  strong  brands 
through  consumer-driven  innovation  and  the  introduction  of 
new products; 

•   To  increase  the  Company’s  presence  in  value-added  food 
products such as processed meat, convenience food and the 
Commercial Kitchen concept;

•  To expand alternative energy projects (e.g. biogas); and
•   To transform our people and our products, and to launch our 

programme of industrialisation of our clients.

DIVIDEND POLICY  
In March 2013 the Board of Directors approved the adoption of 
a dividend policy that maintains a balance between the need 
to invest in further development and the right of shareholders to 
share the net profits of the Company. 

Although the Company has over US$ 300 million of free cash, 
and  we  feel  well-placed  to  weather  the  uncertainties  of  the 
months  ahead,  the  Board  felt  it  was  prudent  to  take  further 
actions  to  conserve  cash.    As  part  of  these  actions,  it  agreed 
that  the  dividend  should  be  reduced  from  approximately 
US$ 80 million in 2019 to approximately US$ 30 million.

SIGNIFICANT  SHAREHOLDERS  AND  RELATED  PARTY 
TRANSACTIONS
As of 31 December 2019, the Group had advanced loans to its 
majority shareholder, WTI Trading Limited (“WTI”),  in the aggre-
gate amount of USD 20,400 thousand. The facility was further 
increased  by  the  Board  to  USD  80,000  thousand  on  21  Jan-
uary  2020.  The  Board  considers  that  the  loans  are  permitted 
investments as they were issued at arm’s length terms and for 
fair market value, that they are in the best interests and for the 
commercial benefit of the Group and do not violate the terms of 
the Senior Notes.

GRAIN GROWING SEGMENT
The Grain Growing Segment grows crops for fodder production 
and for sale to third-parties. 

In  2019  MHP’s  total  landbank  constituted  378,293  hect-
ares  (“ha”)  of  land  of  which  the  majority  was  used  for  grain 
cultivation. The landbank comprises a number of arable farms 
(enterprises)  in  Ukraine.    MHP  harvested  359,476  ha  of  land 
yielding  2,407,589  tonnes  of  grain.  Grain  storage  facilities 
totaled 1,590,000 m3 with a capacity of 694,395 tonnes (in plas-
tic bags). 

MEAT-PROCESSING  &  OTHER  AGRICULTURAL  OPERATIONS 
SEGMENT
The  Meat-Processing  &  Other  Agricultural  Operations 
Segment  produces  and  sells  sausage  and  cooked  meat, 
convenience 
from  cattle  and  milk 
operations.  It  incorporates  two  facilities  for  production  of 
prepared  meat  products  and  a  number  of  farms.  The  meat 
the  Segment’s  core  business. 
processing  operation 
It  produced  35,260  tonnes  of  meat-processing  products  and 
19,265 tonnes of convenience foods in 2019. 

foods  and  produce 

is 

EUROPEAN OPERATING SEGMENT (EOS)1
Feed  production:  PP  produced  19,956  tonnes  of  high-en-
ergy  feed  for  cattle  and  pigs  and  123,407  tonnes  of  feed  for 
poultry  breeding.  In-house production  comprised 84% of the 
overall  requirement. 
million 
produced 
Life 
production: 
  eggs.  The  quantities  of  hatching  eggs  and 
hatching 
the  overall  production  require-
turkeys  covered  all  of 
  production  
ment. 
comprised  92%  of 
requirement.  
Meat  production:  PP  produced  79,358  tonnes  of  broilers  and 
5,111 tonnes of turkeys. PP produced 30,313 tonnes of sausages 
and ready-made meals. 

In-house  parent  stock/hatching  eggs 
the  overall  production 

45.7 

PP 

1  10M 2019 - results of PP from 21 February 2019, when the acquisition was completed

64

GOVERNANCE

Annual Report 2019 
Managment Report

Major commercial and financial risks are assessed as part of the 
business planning process. There is a comprehensive system of 
financial reporting, with monthly performance reports presented 
to the Board of Directors.

At a Group level, MHP has in place common accounting policies 
and procedures on financial reporting and closing. Management 
monitors the publication of new reporting standards and works 
closely  with  the  external  auditors  in  evaluating  in  advance  the 
potential impact of these standards. 

BRANCHES  
MHP does not have any branches. 

COMPENSATION OF KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
the  Group’s  key  management 
Total  compensation  of 
personnel amounted to US$ 18,654 thousand for the year ended  
31  December 
thousand).  
Compensation  of  key  Management  personnel  consists  of 
contractual salary and  performance bonuses.

(2018:  US$ 

16,809 

2019 

Total  compensation  of  the  Group’s  Non-Executive  Directors, 
which consists of contractual fees, amounted to US$ 679 thou-
sand in 2018 (2018: US$ 1,106 thousand).

Key  Management  personnel  totalled  43  and  35  individuals  as 
of 31 December 2019 and 2018, respectively, including 3 and 4 
Independent  Non-Executive  Directors  as  of  31  December  2019 
and 2018, respectively.

SHARE OPTIONS
At the date of this Annual Report, neither the Company nor PJSC 
MHP has a share option plan and no share options have been 
granted to members of the Board of Directors, members of MHP’s 
senior Management or employees.

AUDITORS’ REMUNERATION 
Remuneration  of  the    external  auditors    totalled  US$  1,831 
(2018: 
thousand  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2019 
includes  both 
US$  1,605  thousand). 
audit  and  non-audit  services,  with  the  statutory  audit  fees 
component  comprising  US$  990  thousand 
for  the  year 
ended 31 December 2019 (2018: US$ 430 thousand). 

  Such  remuneration 

Fees  for  other  assurance  services  totalled  US$  309  thou-
sand  (2018:  US$  458  thousand);  for  tax  advisory  services 
US$  23  thousand  (2018:  US$  20  thousand);  and  for  other  non- 
audit services US$ 509 thousand (2018: US$ 697 thousand).

The  Company  has  rules  and  processes  in  place  to  ensure  the 
independence of the auditors, including non-audit fee limitations 
set  by  the  Board,  and  annual  reviews  by  the  Audit  Committee 
into  whether  any  services  provided  are  incompatible  with  the 
independence of the auditors.

INTERNAL AUDIT
The Company maintains an internal audit function. The Head of 
Internal Audit has the right of access to the Audit Committee and 
the Chairman. 

The Head of Internal Audit reports to the Audit Committee which 
is responsible for:
•   Monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness of the Company’s 
internal audit function in the context of the Company’s overall 
risk management and internal control systems; and

•   Approving  the  appointment  and  removal  of  the  Head  of 

Internal Audit.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT 
Sustaining significant investment in R&D as well as innovation 
is  fundamental  to  the  Company’s  long-term  growth  strategy.  
to  sustain  MHP's  position  as  a  world 
Our 
leader  in  efficient   poultry   production at the same time as 
adopting  a  sustainable  and  responsible  approach  to  society,  
our employees, the environment and animal welfare. 

target 

is 

BUSINESS REVIEW AND RISKS 

A  review  of  the  Group’s  performance  and  the  key  risks  and  
uncertainties which face the business as well as details on likely  
developments  can  be  found  in  the  Chairman’s  Statement  on 
page 10 and Risk Management on page 27 of this Report. 

responsibility 

initiated  corporate 

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY REPORTING 
reporting 
The  Group 
in  2015  and  issues  a  separate  Corporate  Responsibility  Report  
(Non-Financial  Report)  annually.  This  Report  includes  infor-
mation  for  MHP’s  material  stakeholders  and  applies  the  latest 
applicable  Global  Reporting 
reporting 
framework.

Initiative’s 

(“GRI”) 

The latest Corporate Responsibility Report (Non-Financial Report) 
is for 2018 and can be found in the “Sustainable Development” 
section  of  the  Company’s  website  at:  https://www.mhp.com.ua/
en/responsibility/sustainable-development. 

The Company expects the 2019 Report to be available in June 
2020.  Summary  Corporate  Responsibility  information  is  also 
included on pages 41 to 45 within this Annual Report.

FINANCIAL REPORTING PROCESS
MHP has in place a comprehensive financial review cycle which 
includes  a  detailed  annual  budgeting  process.  The  annual      
budget and the business plan, upon which the budget is based, 
is reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors.

the  2020  budget  and 

GOING CONCERN  
After  reviewing 
longer-term  plans,  
the Directors are satisfied that, at the time of the approval of the 
financial  statements,  it  was  appropriate  to  adopt  the  going 
concern basis in preparing the financial statements of the Group. 

POLITICAL DONATIONS 
The  Group  did  not  make  any  political  donations  or  incur  any 
political expenditure during the year.

EVENTS AFTER THE BALANCE SHEET DATE 
With  the  recent  and  rapid  development  of  the  Coronavirus 
disease  (COVID-19)  outbreak,  the  world  economy  entered  a 
period  of  unprecedented  health  care  crisis  that  has  already 
caused considerable global disruption in business activities and 
everyday life.

Many  countries  have  adopted  extraordinary  and  economically 
costly  containment  measures.  Certain  countries  have  required 
companies to limit or even suspend normal business operations. 
Governments,  including  in  Ukraine,  have  implemented  restric-
tions on travelling as well as strict quarantine measures.

Industries  such  as  tourism,  hospitality  and  entertainment  are  
expected  to  be  directly  disrupted  significantly  by  these 
measures. Other industries such as manufacturing and financial 
services are expected to be indirectly affected and their results 
to also be negatively affected.

The financial effect of the current crisis on the global economy 
and  overall  business  activities  cannot  be  estimated  with  rea-
sonable  certainty  at  this  stage,  due  to  the  pace  at  which  the 
outbreak  expands  and  the  high  level  of  uncertainties  arising 
from the inability to reliably predict the outcome.

65

GOVERNANCE

Annual Report 2019 
Managment Report

Management  has  considered  the  unique  circumstances  and 
the  risk  exposures  of  the  Group  and  has  expectted  that  there 
is no significant impact in the Group’s profitability position. The 
event is not expected to have an immediate material impact on 
the  business  operations.  Management  will  continue  to  monitor 
the  situation  closely  and  will  assess  the  need  for  additional 
measures  in  case  the  period  of  disruption  becomes  more 
prolonged.

Other  information  that  is  relevant  to  the  Management  Report, 
and which is incorporated by reference into this Report, can be 
located as follows:

Corporate Governance Report 

Stakeholder Engagement

Pages

46

39

The  Board  views  the  event  as  a  non-adjusting  event  and  is 
therefore  not  reflected  in  the  recognition  and  measurement 
of  the  assets  and  liabilities  in  the  financial  statements  as  at 
31 December 2019.

The Company has chosen, in accordance with Section 414 C(11) 
of the Companies Act 2006, and as noted in this Management 
Report,  to  include  certain  matters  in  its  Strategic  Report  that 
would otherwise be required to be disclosed in this Management 
Report. The Strategic Report can be found on pages 3 to 15.

APPROVAL
Approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by: 
Dr John Rich
Executive Chairman 
13 April 2020

DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION TO AUDITORS
So  far  as  each  Director  is  aware,  all  information  relevant  to 
the  audit  of  the  Group’s  consolidated  financial  statements  has 
been supplied to the Group’s auditors. Each Director has taken 
all  steps  that  he/she  ought  to  have  taken  in  his/her  duty  as  a 
Director in order to make himself/herself aware of any relevant 
audit information and to establish that the Group’s auditors are 
aware of that information. 

ADDITIONAL DISCLOSURES
At the date of this Annual Report, no takeover bids have been 
made  for  the  Company’s  shares.  According  to  the  terms  of 
the  Senior  Notes,  the  Company  may  be  required  to  offer  to 
repurchase the Senior Notes from holders if a change in control  
occurs as a result of a takeover bid.

There  are  no  agreements  between  the  Company  and  its 
for  compensation  on 
Directors  or  employees  providing 
loss  of  office  or  employment  (whether  through  resignation, 
purported 
that  would  occur  
because of a takeover bid.

redundancy  or  otherwise) 

66

CONTENTS

STATEMENT OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE PREPARATION 
AND APPROVAL OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF AND FOR THE YEAR 
ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019 ................................................................................................................................. 67
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT .................................................................................................................68
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED
31 DECEMBER 2019
Consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income ..........................................77
Consolidated statement of financial position ................................................................................................. 78
Consolidated statement of changes in equity ................................................................................................ 79
Consolidated statement of cash flows .............................................................................................................80

Notes to the Consolidated financial statements ............................................................................................82
1. Corporate information ........................................................................................................................................82
2. Changes in the group structure...................................................................................................................... 84
3. Summary of significant accounting policies ............................................................................................... 87
4. Critical accounting judgments and key sources of estimation uncertaint ....................................... 103
5. Segment information ........................................................................................................................................107
6. Revenue ............................................................................................................................................................... 110
7. Cost of sales ..........................................................................................................................................................111
8. Selling, general and administrative expenses ............................................................................................111
9. Deferred revenue ................................................................................................................................................111
10. Finance costs .................................................................................................................................................... 112
11. Income tax .......................................................................................................................................................... 112
12. Property, plant and equipment .....................................................................................................................114
13. Right-of-use assets ...........................................................................................................................................118
14. Intangible assets .............................................................................................................................................. 119

15. Goodwill ............................................................................................................................................................. 121
16. Other non-current assets, net ...................................................................................................................... 122
17. Biological assets .............................................................................................................................................. 122
18. Inventories ........................................................................................................................................................ 125
19. Agricultural produce ...................................................................................................................................... 125
20. Taxes recoverable and prepaid ................................................................................................................. 126
21. Trade accounts receivable, net .................................................................................................................. 126
22. Other current assets .......................................................................................................................................131
23. Cash and cash equivalents ..........................................................................................................................131
24. Shareholders’ equity .......................................................................................................................................131
25. Non-controlling interests ..............................................................................................................................132
26. Bank borrowings .............................................................................................................................................134
27. Bonds issued ....................................................................................................................................................135
28. Lease liabilities ................................................................................................................................................139
29. Other current liabilities ..................................................................................................................................139
30. Related party balances and transactions................................................................................................139
31. Contingencies and contractual commitments ..........................................................................................141
32. Dividends ..........................................................................................................................................................133
33. Fair value of financial instruments .............................................................................................................143
34. Risk management policies ...........................................................................................................................145
35. Pensions and retirement plans ...................................................................................................................149
36. Earnings per share .........................................................................................................................................149
37. Subsequent events .........................................................................................................................................149
38. Authorization of the consolidated financial statements ..................................................................... 150

FINANCIALSTATEMENTSFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFinancial StatementsAnnual Report 2019 67

STATEMENT OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS’

RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE PREPARATION AND APPROVAL OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF 
AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2019

The  Board  of  Directors  is  responsible  for  the  preparation  of 
the  consolidated  financial  statements  that  give  a  true  and  fair 
view of the financial position of MHP SE (the “Company”) and its 
subsidiaries  (the  “Group”)  as  of  31  December  2019  and  of  the 
consolidated  statements  of  profit  or  loss  and  other  compre-
hensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the year 
then ended, and notes to the consolidated financial statements, 
|including a summary of significant accounting policies. 

In  preparing  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the 
Board of Directors is responsible for: 
•  properly selecting and applying accounting policies;
•   presenting  information,  including  accounting  policies,  in  a 
manner  that  provides  relevant,  reliable,  comparable  and 
understandable information; 

•   providing  additional  disclosures  when  compliance  with  the 
specific requirements in the International Financial Reporting 
Standards  (“IFRS”)  are  insufficient  to  enable  users  to  under-
stand the impact of particular transactions, other events and 
conditions on the Group’s consolidated financial position and 
financial performance; 

•   making an assessment of the Group’s ability to continue as a 

going concern.

•   The  Board  of  Directors,  within  its  competencies,  is  also 

responsible for:

•   designing,  implementing  and  maintaining  an  effective  and 
sound  system  of  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting, 
throughout the Group;

•   maintaining adequate accounting records that are sufficient to 
show and explain the Group’s transactions and disclose with 
reasonable  accuracy  at  any  time  the  consolidated  financial 

position of the Group, and which enable them to ensure that 
the  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Group  comply 
with IFRS;

b. 

•   maintaining  statutory  accounting  records  in  compliance  with 
local  legislation  and  accounting  standards  in  the  respective 
jurisdictions;

 the  Management  report  provides  a  fair  review  of  the 
developments and the performance of the business and the 
financial position of the Group included in the consolidated 
accounts taken as a whole, together with a description of the 
main risks and uncertainties they face.

•   taking  such  steps  as  are  reasonably  available  to  them  to 

On behalf of the Board:

Yuriy Kosyuk

John Grant

Viktoria Kapelyushnaya

John Clifford Rich

Yuriy Melnyk

Christakis Taoushianis

Roberto Banfi

Roger Wills

Philip J Wilkinson

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

safeguard the assets of the Group; and

•  preventing and detecting fraud and other irregularities.

The consolidated financial statements of the Group as of and for 
the year ended 31 December 2019 were authorized for issue by 
the Board of Directors on 13 April 2020.

Board of Directors’ responsibility statement
In  accordance  with  Article  9  sections  (3c)  and  (7)  of  the  Trans-
parency Requirements (Traded Securities in Regulated Markets) 
Law 190 (1) / 2007 until 2013, we, the members of the Board of 
Directors  responsible  for  the  drafting  of  the  consolidated 
financial statements of MHP SE for the year ended 31 December 
2019, on the basis of our knowledge, declare that:
a.   the  consolidated  financial  statements  which  are  presented 

on pages 77 to 150:

ii. 

iii. 

 have been prepared in accordance with the applicable 
International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted 
by the European Union and the provisions of article 9 
section (4) of the law, and
 provide  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  assets  and  liabili-
ties, the financial position and the profit or loss of the 
Company  and  its  subsidiaries,  consolidated  financial 
statements as a whole and

Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS68

Independent Auditor’s Report

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

TO THE MEMBERS OF MHP SE
REPORT ON THE AUDIT OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

OPINION 
We have audited the consolidated financial statements of MHP 
SE  (the  “Company”),  and  its  subsidiaries  (the  “Group”),  which 
are presented in pages 77 to 150 of the consolidated financial 
statements  and  comprise 
the  consolidated  statement  of 
financial position as at 31 December 2019, and the consolidated 
statements  of  profit  or  loss  and  other  comprehensive  income, 
changes in equity and cash flows for the year then ended, and 
notes  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  including  a 
summary of significant accounting policies. 

In  our  opinion,  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  state-
ments  give  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  consolidated  financial 
position  of  the  Group  as  at  31  December  2019,  and  of  its 
its 
consolidated 
financial 
in 
for 
consolidated  cash  flows 
accordance  with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards 
(IFRSs),  as  adopted  by 
the 
requirements of the Cyprus Companies Law, Cap. 113.

and 
then  ended 

performance 
the  year 

the  European  Union  and 

BASIS FOR OPINION
We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  International 
Standards  on  Auditing  (ISAs).  Our  responsibilities  under  those 
standards  are  further  described  in  the  Auditor’s  Responsibil-
ities  for  the  Audit  of  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements 
section  of  our  report.  We  remained  independent  of  the  Group 
throughout the period of our appointment in accordance with the 
International  Ethics  Standards  Board  for  Accountants’  Code 
of  Ethics  for  Professional  Accountants  (IESBA  Code)  together 
with  the  ethical  requirements  that  are  relevant  to  our  audit  of 
the  consolidated  financial  statements  in  Cyprus,  and  we  have 
fulfilled  our  other  ethical  responsibilities  in  accordance  with 
these  requirements  and  the  IESBA  Code.  We  believe  that  the 
audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to 
provide a basis for our opinion.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS69

Independent Auditor’s Report

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

KEY AUDIT MATTERS INCORPORATING THE MOST SIGNIFICANT RISKS OF MATERIAL MISSTATEMENTS, INCLUDING ASSESSED RISK OF MATERIAL MISSTATEMENTS DUE TO FRAUD  
Key  audit  matters  are  those  matters  that,  in  our  professional  judgment,  were  of  most  significance  in  our  audit  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  current  period.  
These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these 
matters. 

Why the matter was determined to be a key audit matter 

How the matter was addressed in the audit 

VALUATION OF PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
As described in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, all classes of property, plant and equipment 
(“PPE”), except for the land and other fixed assets, are measured after initial recognition at revalued amounts. 
The latest revaluation was recognized as of 30 September 2019, on the basis of a valuation carried out by an 
independent appraiser.  As a result, the revaluation reserve was increased by USD 199,437 thousand, less the 
effect of deferred income taxes of USD 17,053 thousand.  

We have considered the valuation of property, plant and equipment to be a key audit matter as it requires 
applying significant judgement and subjectivity in determining appropriate unobservable inputs and estimates 
in assessing the fair values using the depreciated replacement cost and market comparable methods such as:

•   changes in market prices of assets and construction materials from the date of their acquisition/ construction/ 

date of previous valuation to the date of this valuation;

•  external market prices for vehicles; 
•  normative and remaining useful lives; 
•  rates of physical depreciation.

The results of revaluation based on the depreciated replacement cost and market comparable approaches 
were  compared  by  management  to  a  valuation  they  performed  using  the  income  approach  to  test  for 
economic obsolescence. This exercise is based on assumptions such as discount rates, terminal growth rates, 
expected  production  volumes  and  operating  margins,  the  determination  of  which  requires  the  exercise  of 
significant judgement.

Management provided more details in relation to the above in Note 4 “Critical Accounting Estimates and Key 
Sources of Estimation Uncertainty” and Note 12 “Property, Plant, and Equipment” to the consolidated financial 
statements. 

We  have  performed,  amongst  others  the  following  audit  procedures,  in  order  to  address  the  risks  of  material 
misstatement associated with this key audit matter:

•   Оbtained an understanding of the internal controls surrounding the valuation process for PPE and assessed 

their design and implementation.

•   Assessed  the  competence,  capabilities,  experience,  professional  qualifications  and  objectivity  of  the 
independent appraisal firm. In addition, we discussed the scope of their work with management and reviewed 
the  related  terms  of  engagement  to  determine  that  there  were  no  matters  that  affected  their  objectivity  or 
imposed scope limitations. 

•   With the support of our internal valuation specialists, (i) assessed whether the valuation methodology applied 
is  appropriate and in line with international valuation standards as well as industry norms, (ii) challenged the 
appropriateness of the key parameters and assumptions used by the independent appraiser to estimate the 
fair values.

•   Carried out appropriate audit procedures to test the accuracy and completeness of the data provided by the 
management to the independent appraisal firm taking into account our assessment of the relevant controls. 
•   With the support of our internal valuation specialists, we compared the 30th of September 2019 PPE values 
with those of the previous revaluation as of 31 December 2017, and investigated any unexplained deviations 
identified and challenged where necessary the underlying data and assumptions. 

•   In  respect  of  the  economic  obsolescence  exercise,  with  the  support  of  our  internal  valuation  specialists,  (i) 
challenged the reasonableness of the valuation assumptions in the management’s forecasts with reference to 
past performance and market conditions to determine whether the assumptions used fell within an acceptable 
range, (ii) assessed the historical forecasting and budgeting accuracy, and (iii) assessed the appropriateness 
of the discount rates used.

•  Checked the mathematical accuracy of the computations made in the valuation workings. 
•   Assessed completeness and accuracy of all related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements based 
on the relevant international financial reporting standards, including significant assumptions and methods used 
in the valuations and sensitivity analysis on the changes of the unobservable inputs. 

All the above procedures were completed in a satisfactory manner.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS70

Independent Auditor’s Report

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

Why the matter was determined to be a key audit matter 

How the matter was addressed in the audit 

ADOPTION OF IFRS 16 “LEASES”
As described in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Group has adopted IFRS 16 “Leases”, 
using the modified retrospective approach as of 1 January 2019. Upon adoption the Group recognized lease 
liabilities of USD 177,093 thousand and right-of-use assets of USD 185,442 thousand, including reclassification 
of liabilities and assets previously recorded under finance leases.

We consider the adoption of IFRS 16 “Leases” to be a key audit matter due to: (a) the degree of complexity 
of the business process as a result of the large number of agricultural land lease contracts with individuals, 
and (b) the significant judgement exercised by management to determine the following key  parameters used 
in  the  measurement  of  the  lease  liability  such  as  (i)  the  value  of  lease  payments  for  the  non-contractual 
changes of the payments which are made based on customary industry practice, and (ii) the determination  of 
appropriate incremental borrowing rates. 

Management provides more details in relation to the above in Note 13 “Right-of-Use Asset” as well as Note 28 
“Lease Liabilities” and Note 33 “Fair Value of Financial Instruments” to the consolidated financial statements. 

We  have  performed  amongst  others  the  following  audit  procedures  in  order  to  address  the  risks  of  material 
misstatement associated with this key audit matter:

•   Assessed  the  appropriateness  of  the  accounting  policies  adopted  by  management  for  the  purpose  of 
identification,  measurement  and  accounting  of  leases  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  IFRS  16 
“Leases”. 

•   Obtained an understanding of the internal controls pertaining to the accuracy and completeness of the lease 

database and assessed their design and implementation. 

•   Challenged  management’s  assumptions  relating  to  accounting  of  non-contractual  changes  of  lease 
payments in measuring the lease liability by analyzing historical data and market data to determine whether 
the assumptions used fell within an acceptable range. 

•   Assessed the accuracy and completeness of the lease database by (i) agreeing for a sample, the amount 
of  the  lease  used  in  the  measurement  of  lease  liability  to  the  actual  payments,  and  (ii)  examining  the 
reconciliation  of  total  lease  amount  included  in  the  database  and  used  in  the  measurement  of  the  lease 
liability to the total actual payments adjusted to prepaid or unpaid lease balances as of 31 December 2019.
•   On a sample basis, assessed the accuracy of the lease term contained in the database by reference to the 

signed contracts and/or subsequent modifications. 

•   Checked  the  mathematical  accuracy  of  the  calculation  determining  the  lease  liability  as  of  31  December 

2019.

•   Recalculated the Group’s estimation of lease liabilities as of 1 January 2019 which was based on the verified 
lease database as of 31 December 2019 and changes of non-contractual lease payments during the period 
which were supported by the Group’s budgets and average increase of lease payments per locations.

•   Assessed the appropriateness of the incremental borrowing rates used in the calculation of lease liabilities 

with the support of our internal valuation specialists. 

•   Assessed  completeness  and  accuracy  of  all  related  disclosures  provided  in  the  consolidated  financial 

statements with the requirements of international financial reporting standards.

All the above procedures were completed in a satisfactory manner.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS71

Independent Auditor’s Report

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

Why the matter was determined to be a key audit matter 

How the matter was addressed in the audit 

VALUATION OF BIOLOGICAL ASSETS 
Biological assets are measured at fair value less costs to sell in accordance with IAS 41 “Agriculture”.

As of 31 December 2019, the carrying amount of biological assets was USD 235,399 thousand, of which USD 
205,747 thousand was classified within current assets and USD 29,652 thousand within non-current assets. 
Current biological assets mainly comprise of breeders held for hatchery egg production, broilers and crops in 
fields. Non-current biological assets mainly comprise of milk cows.

For determining the fair value of biological assets, the Group uses the discounted cash flows technique as well 
as the market prices of livestock of similar age, breed and genetic merit. 

This valuation is a key audit matter since it requires applying assumptions affected by expected market or 
economic conditions which can vary over time and complex and judgmental assessment process. 

We  have  performed  amongst  others    the  following  audit  procedures  in  order  to  address  the  risks  of  material 
misstatement associated with this key audit matter:

•   Obtained an understanding of the internal controls surrounding the valuation process for biological assets 

and assessed their design and implementation.

•   Assessed whether the valuation methods used are in accordance with IAS 41 and consistent with international 

valuation standards and industry norms.

•   Evaluated  the  reasonableness  and  appropriateness  of  the  discount  rate  with  the  support  of  our  internal 

valuation specialists.

•   Performed a sensitivity analysis to identify the significant inputs and assumptions, and to assess the accuracy 

The key assumptions and inputs used in the measurement of the fair values are:

of sensitivity disclosures in the financial statements. 

•  average meat output for broilers and livestock for meat production;

•  average productive life of breeders and cattle held for laying eggs and milk production;

•  expected yields;

•  estimated market prices for poultry meat, crops, hatchery egg and milk;

•  projected production costs and costs to sell; and

•  discount rates.

Management provided more details in relation to the above in Note 4 “Critical Accounting Estimates and Key 
Sources of Estimation Uncertainty” and Note 17 “Biological Assets” to the consolidated financial statements. 

•   Performed  a  recalculation  of  fair  value  of  biological  assets  as  of  the  reporting  date  using  actual  prices 
subsequent to year end or observable future prices adjusted by logistic costs, industry rates like meat output 
for broilers or number of hatchery eggs produced by one breeder, expected yields with a reference to past 
performance, projected production costs from the approved budgets and the discount rates agreed with our 
internal valuation specialists.

•  Assessed the historical forecasting and budgeting accuracy.
•   Assessed  completeness  and  accuracy  of  all  related  disclosures  provided  in  the  consolidated  financial 

statements.

All the above procedures were completed in a satisfactory manner.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS72

Independent Auditor’s Report

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

Why the matter was determined to be a key audit matter 

How the matter was addressed in the audit 

PURCHASE PRICE ALLOCATION (”PPA”) ON THE ACQUISITION OF  PERUTNINA PTUJ (“PERUTNINA”) AND  

IMPAIRMENT ASSESSMENT OF GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLES WITH INDEFINITE LIFE THAT AROSE ON THE 

ACQUISITION 
As  described  in  note  2  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Group  acquired  90,69%  of  the  share 
capital of Perutnina for USD 250,012 thousand. As part of the purchase price allocation (“PPA”), this amount 
has been allocated to the fair value of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed by cash generating 
unit (“CGU”) resulting in the recognition of goodwill of USD 61,518 thousand.

The PPA and impairment assessment which was performed by directors with the use of independent specialists 
is considered as a key audit matter since it  is subject to significant judgement and estimation in the following 
areas:

PPA exercise
•  Identification of CGUs  and intangible assets
•  Valuation of tangible and intangible assets (including goodwill)

Impairment assessment
•  Selection of the appropriate impairment model to be used
•  Assessment and determination of the expected cash flows from the business of each CGU and trademarks
•  Setting appropriate growth rates and operating margins by CGU
•  Setting appropriate growth rates and royalty rate for trademarks
•  Selection of the appropriate discount rate for each CGU and for each trademark identified 

Management provided more details in relation to the above in Note 4 “Critical Accounting Estimates and Key 
Sources of Estimation Uncertainty”, Note 14 “Intangible Assets” and Note 15 “Goodwill” to the consolidated 
financial statements.

We  have  performed  amongst  others  the  following  audit  procedures  with  the  support  of  our  internal  valuation 
specialists, where deemed necessary, in order to address the risks of material misstatement associated with this 
key audit matter:

•   Оbtained an understanding of the internal controls surrounding the PPA and  goodwill/intangible impairment 

process and assessed their design and implementation.

•   Assessed  the  competence,  capabilities,  experience,  professional  qualifications  and  objectivity  of  the 
independent specialists. In addition, we discussed with the management the scope of their work and reviewed 
the related terms of engagement to determine that there were no matters that affected their objectivity or 
imposed scope limitations. 

•  Assessed the criteria used by management in the identification of the separate CGUs for their businesses. 
•   For  the  PPA  exercise,  assessed  whether  identifiable  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  were 

appropriately valued and allocated to the appropriate CGU.

•   Assessed whether valuation techniques and methodology used are appropriate and comply with generally 

accepted valuation practices and industry norms.

•   Assessed  the  valuation  and  business  assumptions  used  in  the  PPA  exercise  as  well  as  in  the  impairment 
models by CGU, by reference to historical data and, where applicable, external benchmarks and data to 
determine whether the assumptions used fell within an acceptable range. 

•   Carried out appropriate audit procedures to test the accuracy and completeness of the data provided by 
the management to the independent appraisal firm taking into account our assessment of relevant controls. 

•   On a sample basis, checked the mathematical accuracy of the valuation models. 
•   Assessed  completeness  and  accuracy  of  all  related  disclosures  provided  in  the  consolidated  financial 

statements with the requirements of international financial reporting standards.

All the above procedures were completed in a satisfactory manner.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS73

Independent Auditor’s Report

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

Why the matter was determined to be a key audit matter 

How the matter was addressed in the audit 

LOANS TO RELATED PARTIES
As described in Note 30 to the consolidated financial statements, the Group provided loans to related parties. 
As of 31 December 2019, the balance of “loans and finance aid receivable” from related parties amounted 
to USD 21,717 thousand and the balance of “loans to key management personnel” amounted to USD 4,945 
thousand.  As  stated  in  Note  37,  subsequent  to  the  balance  sheet  date,  additional  loans  were  provided  to 
related parties. 

We considered these transactions with related parties to be a  key audit matter due to the following:
•   Significant judgment is exercised by the Board of Directors in determining whether transactions are made 

on an arm’s length basis;

•   The  complexity  of  judgement  involved  when  determining  if  transactions  with  affiliates  are  subject  to 

certain bonds’ covenants’ restrictions;

•   Accurate and complete disclosures of transactions with related parties are fundamental for the users of 

financial statements. 

Management provided more details in relation to the above in Note 4 “Critical accounting judgments and key 
sources of estimation uncertainty” as well as Note 30 “Related party balances and transactions” and Note 37 
“Subsequent events” to the consolidated financial statements.

We  have  performed  amongst  others  the  following  audit  procedures  in  order  to  address  the  risks  of  material 
misstatement associated with this key audit matter:

•   Obtained an understanding of the internal controls surrounding the provision of loans to related parties and 

assessed their design and implementation.

•  Obtained from those charged with governance and from management the list of all known related parties.
•   Reviewed minutes of board meetings and management meetings to assess completeness of related party 

disclosures.  

•   On a sample basis, reconciled the balances of loans to amounts per confirmations received from the related 

parties.

•  Traced individual related party transactions on a sample basis to supporting documentation.
•   Reviewed  underlying  contracts  to  understand  the  terms  of  related  party  loans  and  assessed  Board  of 

Directors’ considerations in the application of arm’s length principle.

•   With the support of our internal legal specialists, challenged management’s assessment regarding impact 
of related party transactions on compliance with bonds’ covenants by assessing the advice received by the 
Group from their internal and external lawyers.

•   Assessed  completeness  and  accuracy  of  all  related  disclosures  provided  in  the  consolidated  financial 

statements.

All the above procedures were completed in a satisfactory manner.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS74

Independent Auditor’s Report

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

REPORTING ON OTHER INFORMATION
The Board of Directors is responsible for the other information. 
The other information comprises the information included in the 
annual  report,  including  the  corporate  governance  statement, 
but  does  not  include  the  consolidated  financial  statements 
and our auditor’s report thereon. The Board of Directors is also  
required  pursuant  to  article  151  of  the  Cyprus  Companies  Law 
Cap.113  to  prepare  and  publish  a  Non-Financial  Information 
Report by 30 June 2020. This report has not been issued by the 
date of this report. 

Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not 
cover the other information and we do not express any form of 
assurance conclusion thereon. 

In  connection  with  our  audit  of  the  consolidated  financial 
statements,  our  responsibility  is  to  read  the  other  information 
identified  above  and,  in  doing  so,  consider  whether  the 
other information is materially inconsistent with the consolidated 
financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or 
otherwise  appears  to  be  materially  misstated.  If,  based  on  the 
work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material 
misstatement of this other information, we are required to report 
that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard. 

RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND THOSE 
CHARGED  WITH  GOVERNANCE  FOR  THE  CONSOLIDATED 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The  Board  of  Directors  is  responsible  for  the  preparation  of  
consolidated financial statements that give a true and fair view 
in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
as adopted by the European Union and the requirements of the 
Cyprus Companies Law, Cap. 113, and for such internal control 
as the Board of Directors determines is necessary to enable the 

preparation  of  consolidated  financial  statements  that  are  free 
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

In  preparing  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Board 
of  Directors  is  responsible  for  assessing  the  Group’s  ability  to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters 
related  to  going  concern  and  using  the  going  concern  basis 
of  accounting  unless  the  Board  of  Directors  either  intends  to 
liquidate  the  Group  or  to  cease  operations,  or  has  no  realistic 
alternative but to do so. 

Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing 
the Group’s financial reporting process. 

AUDITOR’S  RESPONSIBILITIES  FOR  THE  AUDIT  OF  THE 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about wheth-
er  the  consolidated  financial  statements  as  a  whole  are  free 
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to 
issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable 
assurance  is  a  high  level  of  assurance,  but  is  not  a  guarantee 
that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs will always de-
tect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can 
arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individu-
ally or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to 
influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of 
these consolidated financial statements.

As  part  of  an  audit  in  accordance  with  ISAs,  we  exercise 
professional  judgment  and  maintain  professional  scepticism 
throughout the audit. 

We also: 
•   Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the 
consolidated  financial  statements,  whether  due  to  fraud  or 
error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those 
risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropri-
ate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting 
a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for 
one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, 
intentional  omissions,  misrepresentations,  or  the  override  of 
internal control. 

•   Obtain  an  understanding  of  internal  control  relevant  to  the 
audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate 
in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an 
opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control.
•   Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and 
the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related dis-
closures made by the Board of Directors. 

•   Conclude  on  the  appropriateness  of  the  Board  of  Directors’ 
use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the 
audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists 
related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt 
on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we con-
clude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw 
attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the 
consolidated  financial  statements  or,  if  such  disclosures  are 
inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based 
on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s 
report.  However,  future  events  or  conditions  may  cause  the 
Group to cease to continue as a going concern. 

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS75

Independent Auditor’s Report

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

AUDITOR’S  RESPONSIBILITIES  FOR  THE  AUDIT  OF  THE 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
•   Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the 
consolidated  financial  statements,  including  the  disclosures, 
and whether the consolidated financial statements represent the 
underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves 
a true and fair view. 

•   Obtain  sufficient  appropriate  audit  evidence  regarding  the 
financial information of the entities or business activities within 
the  Group  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  consolidated  finan-
cial  statements.  We  are  responsible  for  the  direction,  super-
vision and performance of the group audit. We remain solely 
responsible for our audit opinion. 

We  communicate  with 
those  charged  with  governance 
regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of 
the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant 
deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit. 

We  also  provide  those  charged  with  governance  with  a  state-
ment that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements 
regarding  independence,  and  to  communicate  with  them  all 
relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought 
to  bear  on  our  independence,  and  where  applicable,  related 
safeguards. 

From  the  matters  communicated  with  those  charged  with 
governance,  we  determine  those  matters  that  were  of  most 
significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements 
of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters.

REPORT ON OTHER LEGAL AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
Pursuant to the requirements of Article 10(2) of the EU Regulation 
537/2014  we  provide  the  following  information  in  our  Indepen-
dent Auditor’s Report, which is required in addition to the require-
ments of International Standards on Auditing.

APPOINTMENT  OF  THE  AUDITOR  AND  PERIOD  OF 
ENGAGEMENT
We were first appointed as auditors of the Group on 24 October 
2017 by a shareholders’ resolution. This is our third period of en-
gagement appointment.

CONSISTENCY  OF  THE  ADDITIONAL  REPORT  TO  THE  AUDIT 
COMMITTEE
We  confirm  that  our  audit  opinion  on  the  consolidated 
financial  statements  expressed  in  this  report  is  consistent 
with  the  additional  report  to  the  Audit  Committee  of  the 
Company, which we issued on 13 April 2020 in accordance with 
Article 11 of the EU Regulation 537/2014.

PROVISION OF NON-AUDIT SERVICES
We declare that no prohibited non-audit services referred to in 
Article  5  of  the  EU  Regulation  537/2014  and  Section  72  of  the 
Auditors  Law  of  2017  were  provided.  In  addition,  there  are  no 
non-audit services which were provided by us to the Group and 
which  have  not  been  disclosed  in  the  consolidated  financial 
statements or the consolidated management report. 

OTHER LEGAL REQUIREMENTS
Pursuant to the additional requirements of the Auditors Law of 
2017, we report the following:
•   In  our  opinion,  based  on  the  work  undertaken  in  the  course 
of  our  audit,  the  consolidated  management  report  has  been 

prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Cyprus 
Companies Law, Cap. 113, and the information given is consis-
tent with the consolidated financial statements.

•   In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and 
its  environment  obtained  in  the  course  of  the  audit,  we  are 
required to report if we have identified material misstatements 
in the consolidated management report. We have nothing to 
report in this respect.

•   In  our  opinion,  based  on  the  work  undertaken  in  the  course 
of  our  audit,  the  information  included  in  the  corporate 
governance statement in accordance with the requirements of 
subparagraphs  (iv)  and  (v)  of  paragraph  2(a)  of  Article  151  of 
the Cyprus Companies Law, Cap. 113, have been prepared in 
accordance  with  the  requirements  of  the  Cyprus  Companies 
Law, Cap, 113, and is consistent with the consolidated financial 
statements.

•   In  our  opinion,  based  on  the  work  undertaken  in  the  course 
of our audit, the corporate governance statement includes all 
information referred to in subparagraphs (i), (ii), (iii), (vi) and (vii) 
of paragraph 2(a) of Article 151 of the Cyprus Companies Law, 
Cap. 113. In respect of subparagraphs (ii) and (iii), the corporate 
governance  statement 
report  
included 
(page 47) sets out the exceptions and the explanations there-
on in the application of the UK Corporate Governance Code, 
which  the  Group  applies,  including  the  provision  on  the 
independence of the Audit Committee Chairman.

the  annual 

in 

•   In  light  of  the  knowledge  and  understanding  of  the  Group 
and  its  environment  obtained  in  the  course  of  the  audit,  we 
are required to report if we have identified material misstate-
ments in the corporate governance statement in relation to the 
information  disclosed  for  items  (iv)  and  (v)  of  subparagraph 
2(a) of Article 151 of the Cyprus Companies Law, Cap. 113. We 
have nothing to report in this respect. 

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS76

Independent Auditor’s Report

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

OTHER MATTER
This  report,  including  the  opinion,  has  been  prepared  for  and 
only for the Company’s members as a body in accordance with 
Article 10(1) of the EU Regulation 537/2014 and Section 69 of the 
Auditors  Law  of  2017  and  for  no  other  purpose.  We  do  not,  in 
giving this opinion, accept or assume responsibility for any other 
purpose or to any other person to whose knowledge this report 
may come to.

The  engagement  partner  on 
independent auditor’s report is Costas Georghadjis.

the  audit  resulting 

in 

this 

Costas Georghadjis
Certified Public Accountant and Registered Auditor
for and on behalf of

Deloitte Limited
Certified Public Accountants and Registered Auditors

Limassol, 13 April 2020

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

77

Consolidated Statement of Profit or loss and other
Comprehensive Income

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Notes

2019

2018 

Notes

2019

2018 

Continuing operations

Revenue

Net change in fair value of biological assets 
and agricultural produce

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Selling, general and administrative 
expenses

6

5

7

8

 2,055,943  

1,552,206   

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:

Other comprehensive income

 (39,515) 

32,094  

 (1,618,596)  

 (1,162,727) 

 397,832  

421,573  

 (179,156)

(99,577) 

Effect of revaluation of property, plant and 
equipment

Deferred tax on revaluation of property, plant and 
equipment charged directly to other comprehensive 
income as result of revaluation

Deferred tax on revaluation of property, plant and 
equipment charged directly to other comprehensive 
income as result of intercompany sales

12

   (6,244)    

 (3,803)

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss:

Other operating income/(expenses), net

3,071  

 (5,803)

Loss on impairment of property, plant and 
equipment

Operating profit

Finance income

Finance costs

Foreign exchange gain, net

Other expenses, net

Profit before tax

Income tax expense

Profit for the year from continuing 
operations

Discontinued operations

Loss for the year from discontinued 
operations

Profit for the year

On behalf of the Board:

Chief Executive Officer  Yuriy Kosyuk

Chief Financial Officer  Viktoria Kapelyushnaya

10

34

11

2

215,503

8,034  

312,390

4,457

  (147,552) 

  (138,019)  

 185,291

(8,064) 

253,212

(32,107) 

 11,638

 (10,561)

179,905

 (50,527)  

 221,105

129,378

Cumulative translation difference

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Profit attributable to:

Equity holders of the Parent

Non-controlling interests

Total comprehensive income attributable to:

Equity holders of the Parent

Non-controlling interests

 (5,822) 

 (1,274) 

Earnings per share from continuing and discontinued operations

 215,283  

128,104  

Basic and diluted earnings per share (USD per share)

  2.04

Earnings per share from continuing operations

Basic and diluted earnings per share (USD per share)

36

2.10 

1.17

1.18 

The accompanying notes on the pages 82 to 150  form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

12

11

 199,437  

 (17,053) 

-

-

15,162

49,357

 175,928   

373,474

588,757

14,054

63,411

191,515  

25

218,441  

 (3,158) 

124,926  

3,178  

215,283  

 128,104  

585,943  

186,828

 2,814  

4,687

588,757  

 191,515

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
For the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

78

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT
OF FINANCIAL POSITION

Notes

31 December 
2019

31 December 
2018

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

Equity

Share capital

Treasury shares

Additional paid-in capital

Revaluation reserve

Retained earnings

Translation reserve

ASSETS

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Right-of-use asset

Intangible assets

Goodwill

Non-current biological assets

Long-term bank deposits

Deferred tax assets

Other non-current assets, net

Current assets

Inventories

Biological assets

Agricultural produce

Other current assets

Taxes recoverable and prepaid

Trade accounts receivable, net

Cash and cash equivalents

Assets classified as held for sale

TOTAL ASSETS

On behalf of the Board:

Chief Executive Officer  Yuriy Kosyuk

Chief Financial Officer  Viktoria Kapelyushnaya

12

13

14

15,2

17

11

16

18

17

19

22

20

21

23

2

 2,049,298

1,498,530

Equity attributable to equity holders of the 
Parent

 229,244  

106,522  

64,843  

29,652  

3,298  

2,284  

23,713  

-

 52,059

2,509

23,392  

3,387  

-

54,110  

 2,508,854 

 1,633,987 

 208,389

 205,747  

215,816  

52,573  

30,030  

124,474  

340,735  

3,877  

273,522

 179,290  

224,789  

32,858  

45,146  

69,305  

211,768  

-

1,181,641  

 1,036,678

3,690,495  

2,670,665  

Non-controlling interests

Total equity

Non-current liabilities

Bank borrowings

Bonds issued

Lease liabilities

Deferred revenues

Deferred tax liabilities

Other non-current liabilities

Current liabilities

Trade accounts payable

Other current liabilities

Bank borrowings

Accrued interest

Lease liabilities

Liabilities directly associated with assets 
classified as held for sale

TOTAL LIABILITIES

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

Notes

31 December 
2019

31 December 
2018

24

12

284,505  

 (44,593) 

174,022

862,435

 1,148,113  

(842,188) 

 284,505  

 (44,593) 

174,022

642,800

1,040,327  

(1,015,591) 

1,582,294

1,081,470  

25

13,572  

 16,536  

1,595,866   

 1,098,006  

26

27

28

9

11

29

26

26,27

28

2

 75,880  

1,365,669

 151,789  

49,933

55,305

 5,872  

105,783  

 1,090,935  

9,087

34,578

12,953

-

1,704,448  

 1,253,336  

147,334

131,994

 24,945  

21,789

64,074  

66,398

96,383

132,715  

19,472  

 4,355  

45  

-

390,181  

319,323  

2,094,629  

1,572,659  

 3,690,495  

2,670,665  

The accompanying notes on the pages 82 to 150  form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

79

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

ASSETS

Attributable to equity holders of the Parent

Share 
capital

Treasury 
shares

Additional 
paid-in 
capital

Revaluation 
reserve

Retained 
earnings

Translation 
reserve

Total

Non-controlling 
interests

Total 
equity

Balance at 31 December 2017

284,505

(48,503)

 175,291 

661,454 

925,978 

(1,030,159)

 968,566 

 17,141 

 985,707 

Effect of adoption IFRS 9

Balance at 1 January 2018

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transfer from revaluation reserve to retained earnings

Dividends declared by the Parent 

Dividends declared by subsidiaries

Non-controlling interests acquired

Derecognition of interests in subsidiaries

Translation differences on revaluation reserve 

Balance at 31 December 2018

Profit/(loss) for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transfer from revaluation reserve to retained earnings

Dividends declared by the Parent 

Dividends declared by subsidiaries

Non-controlling interests acquired

Increase of Group’s effective ownership interest in subsidiaries 
(Note 2)

Translation differences on revaluation reserve

-

-

-

-

 2,904  

- 

2,904

284,505

(48,503) 

 175,291  

 661,454  

928,882  

 (1,030,159) 

 971,470  

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

3,910 

 (1,269)

-

-

-

-

-

124,926  

-

49,357  

49,357

(73,587)

-

-

-

(1,950)

7,526

-

124,926

73,587

(80,000)

-

997

(539)

(7,526)

12,545 

12,545

-

-

-

-

2,023

-

124,926  

 61,902  

186,828

-

(80,000)

-

3,638

(466)

-

284,505

(44,593) 

174,022  

642,800

1,040,327

(1,015,591)

1,081,470

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

 218,441  

-

218,441  

 194,099  

-

 173,403  

 367,502  

194,099  

 218,441  

 173,403  

585,943  

 (80,271) 

80,271  

-

-

-

-

(80,000) 

-

-

 (5,119) 

 105,807

 (105,807) 

-

-

-

-

      -

      -

-

(80,000)

-

-

-

17,141

3,178 

1,509  

4,687

-

-

(9,369)

(3,638)

7,715

-

16,536

 (3,158) 

5,972  

 2,814  

-

-

(6,082) 

15,526  

2,904

988,611

128,104  

 63,411  

191,515

-

(80,000)

(9,369)

-

7,249

-

1,098,006

 215,283  

373,474  

 588,757

-

 (80,000) 

 (6,082) 

15,526  

 (5,119)

 (15,222) 

(20,341)    

-

-

-

Balance at 31 December 2019

284,505

(44,593) 

174,022  

862,435  

 1,148,113  

 (842,188) 

1,582,294   

 13,572  

 1,595,866  

On behalf of the Board:

Chief Executive Officer  Yuriy Kosyuk

Chief Financial Officer  Viktoria Kapelyushnaya

The accompanying notes on the pages 82 to 150  form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

80

Сonsolidated Statement of Сash Flows

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

Notes

2019

2018 

Notes

Operating activities

Profit before tax

Non-cash adjustments to reconcile profit 
before tax to net cash flows

 253,212

 179,905

Interest received

Interest paid

Income taxes paid

Net cash flows from operating activities

Loss before tax from discontinued operations

(5,822) 

 (1,274)

Investing activities

Depreciation and amortization expense

Net change in fair value of biological assets and 
agricultural produce

5

5

Change in allowance for unrecoverable amounts and 
direct write-offs

 206,195  

134,953  

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

Purchases of other non-current assets

Payments for renewal of lease agreements

 39,515  

 (32,094) 

3,858  

 3,333  

2019

7,789

2018 

4,288

(142,894)

(97,464)

(11,543)

501,771

 (13,398) 

260,905

(111,766)  

 (210,038)  

(743)  

(42,032)  

-

(9,404)  

Loss on impairment of property, plant and equipment

12

  6,244        

3,803  

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
and other non-current assets

Finance income

Finance costs

Released deferred revenue

Non-operating foreign exchange gain, net

Operating cash flows before movements in working 
capital

 512  

1,953  

(8,034) 

 (4,457) 

10

147,552  

138,019  

(1,862) 

-

 (185,291) 

 (11,638)

456,079  

 412,503 

Working capital adjustments

Change in inventories

Change in biological assets

Change in agricultural produce

Change in other current assets

Change in taxes recoverable and prepaid

Change in trade accounts receivable

Change in other current liabilities

Change in trade accounts payable

Cash generated operations

125,887  

(21,032) 

20,109  

(29,338) 

8,474  

 7,806 

 21,954  

(12,964) 

(6,663) 

 (6,327) 

 (19,420) 

 (16,003) 

(9,269)

36,799  

39,607 

 7,696 

648,419   

367,479   

Government grants received

9

12,935   

35,371

Net cash inflow on disposal of subsidiaries

Additions to right-of-use assets

Proceeds from disposals of property, plant and 
equipment

Purchases of non-current biological assets

Withdrawals of short-term deposits

Investments in short-term deposits

-

(8,618)

7,249   

-

 2,476   

2,138   

 (284)  

-

-

(2,747)

4,452   

(5,673) 

Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired

 (205,724)

-

Loans provided to employees, net

Loans provided to related parties

Loans repaid by related parties

 (3,408)

(28,004)

10,115

(420)

(8,091)

5,322

Net cash flows used in investing activities

(333,021)

(223,873)

The accompanying notes on the pages 82 to 150  form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
  
For the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

81

Сonsolidated Statement of Сash Flows

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (continued)

Financing activities

Proceeds from bank borrowings

Repayment of bank borrowings

Proceeds from bonds issued

Repayment of bonds

Transaction costs related to corporate bonds issued

Transaction costs related to bank loans received

Repayment of lease liabilities

Dividends paid

Dividends paid by subsidiaries to non-controlling 
shareholders

Notes

2019

2018 

213,809 

255,024  

(405,749) 

(201,531) 

27

350,000  

 550,000  

(79,417) 

(416,183) 

 (4,751) 

 (697) 

 (15,806)

 (44,468) 

 (384)

 (4,416)

32

 (80,000)

 (80,000)

(5,249)

(9,369)

Acquisition of non-controlling interest

 (20,341)

-

Consent payment related to corporate bonds

27

-

 (48,201) 

120,549  

 (992)

 47,681

84,713 

Net cash flows (used in)/from financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents attributable to disposal 
group classified as held for sale in the year

Net foreign exchange difference

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

Non-cash transactions

Effect of revaluation of property, plant and equipment

Additions of property, plant and equipment under 
leases

Additions of property, plant and equipment financed 
through direct bank-lender payments to the vendor

Property, plant and equipment purchased for credit

Non-cash repayments of lease liabilities

23

12

 1

-

8,417

211,768

 1,501 

125,554

340,735   

211,768   

-

193,193  

-

-

-

 5,647

1,318  

11,377  

-

(10,842)

6,287

-

Chief Executive Officer 

Chief Financial Officer 

On behalf of the Board:

Yuriy Kosyuk

Viktoria Kapelyushnaya

The accompanying notes on the pages 82 to 150  form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

82

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

limited 

(the  “Parent”  or  “MHP  SE”),  a 

1. CORPORATE INFORMATION
MHP  SE 
liability 
company  (Societas  Europaea)  registered  under  the  laws  of 
Cyprus, was formed on 30 May 2006. Hereinafter, MHP SE and its 
subsidiaries  are  referred  to  as  the  “MHP  SE  Group”  or  the 
“Group”.  The  registered  address  of  MHP  SE  is  16-18  Zinas 
Kanther Street, Agia Triada, 3035 Limassol, Cyprus.
The  controlling  shareholder  of  MHP  SE  is  Mr.  Yuriy  Kosyuk  
(“Principal  Shareholder”),  who  owns  100%  of  the  shares  of 
WTI  Trading  Limited  (“WTI”),  which  is  the  immediate  majority 

shareholder  of  MHP  SE,  which  in  turn  directly  owns  of 
59,7%  of  the  total  outstanding  share  capital  of  MHP  SE.  
The  principal  business  activities  of  the  Group  are  poultry  and 
related  operations,  grain  growing,  as  well  as  meat  processing 
and  other  agricultural  operations  (meat  processing  and  meat 
products  ready  for  consumption).  The  Group’s  poultry  and 
related operations integrate all functions related to the produc-
tion of chicken, including hatching, fodder manufacturing, raising 
(“grow-out”),  processing  and 
chickens  to  marketable  age 
the 
marketing  of  branded  chilled  products  and 

include 

production  and  sale  of  chicken  products,  vegetable  oil,  mixed 
fodder.  Grain  growing  comprises  the  production  and  sale  of 
grains.  Meat  processing  and  other  agricultural  operations 
comprise  the  production  and  sale  of  cooked  meat,  sausages, 
convenience  food  products,  milk  and  feed  grains.  During  the 
year  ended  31  December  2019  the  Group  employed  31,427 
people (2018: 28,575 people).

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

83

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The primary subsidiaries, the principal activities of the companies forming the Group and the Parent’s effective ownership interest as of 31 December 2019 and 2018 were as follows:

Name

Raftan Holding Limited 

Larontas Limited

Hemiak Investments Limited

MHP Lux S.A.

Myronivsky Hliboprodukt

Myronivsky Plant of Manufacturing Feeds and Groats 

Vinnytska Ptakhofabryka

Peremoga Nova 

Oril-Leader 

Myronivska Pticefabrika

Starynska Ptakhofabryka 

Ptakhofabryka Snyatynska Nova

Zernoprodukt MHP

Katerinopilskiy Elevator

SPF Urozhay

Agrofort

Urozhayna Krayina

Ukrainian Bacon

AgroKryazh

Agro-S

Zakhid-Agro MHP

Scylla Capital Limited

Perutnina Ptuj

MHP Trading FZE

MHP Food Trading

Country of 
registration

Cyprus

Cyprus

Cyprus

Luxembourg

Ukraine

Ukraine

Ukraine

Ukraine

Ukraine

Ukraine

Ukraine

Ukraine

Ukraine

Ukraine

Ukraine

Ukraine

Ukraine

Ukraine

Ukraine

Ukraine

Ukraine

British Virgin Islands

Slovenia

United Arab Emirates

United Arab Emirates

Year 
established/ 
acquired

2006

2015

2018

2018

1998

1998

2011

1999

2003

2004

2003

2005

2005

2005

2006

2006

2010

2008

2013

2013

2015

2014

2019

2018

2016

Principal activities

Sub-holding Company

Sub-holding Company

Sub-holding Company

Finance Company

Management, marketing and sales

Fodder and vegetable  oil production

Chicken farm

Breeder farm

Chicken farm

Chicken farm

Breeder farm

Geese breeder farm

Grain cultivation

Fodder production and grain storage, vegetable oil production

Grain cultivation

Grain cultivation

Grain cultivation

Meat processing

Grain cultivation

Grain cultivation

Grain cultivation

Trading in sunflower oil and poultry meat

Poultry production

Trading in sunflower oil and poultry meat

Trading in sunflower oil and poultry meat

31 December 
2019

31 December 
2018

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

99.9%

88.5%

99.9%

99.9%

99.9%

99.9%

99.9%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

99.9%

88.5%

99.9%

99.9%

99.9%

99.9%

100.0%

100.0%

99.9%

99.9%

99.9%

99.9%

99.9%

99.9%

79.9%

51.0%

51.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

99.9%

99.9%

99.9%

99.9%

99.9%

99.9%

79.9%

51.0%

51.0%

100.0%

100.0%

-

100.0%

100.0%

The Group’s primary operational facilities are located in different regions of Ukraine as well as in Southeast Europe, including Slovenia, Serbia, Croatia and Bosnia and Herzegovina.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

84

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2. CHANGES IN THE GROUP STRUCTURE
Acquisitions
On  21  February  2019,  the  Group  acquired  90.69%  of  the 
issued  share  capital  and 
thereby  obtained  control  of 
Perutnina  Ptuj,  a  Slovenian  based  international  meat-pro-
cessing  company,  who  is  a  producer  of  poultry  meat  and 
poultry  meat  products  in  Southeast  Europe.  Perutnina  Ptuj 
together with its subsidiaries has production capacity of 55,000 
tonnes per annum of poultry meat and more than 35,000 tonnes 
per  annum  of  value-added  meat  products.  Perutnina  Ptuj  was 
acquired in line with MHP’s strategy and will provide a platform 
for further development and opportunities in the EU with further 
capacity expansion planned over the next 3 to 5 years.
The  fair  values  of  identifiable  assets  acquired  and  liabilities 
assumed and any non-controlling interests are as set out in the 
table below. 
The final fair value of the total identifiable assets acquired was 
increased  by  USD  10,087  thousand  from  previously  reported 
provisional  amounts  mainly  as  a  result  of  finalizing  the  neces-
sary valuations of intangible assets (Note 14).
The  consideration  was  paid  as  follows:  USD  23,302  thousand 
in  2018  as  a  prepayment  and  USD  226,710  thousand  in  2019. 
Acquisition-related costs amounted to USD 2,689 thousand.

The final fair value of the trade receivables is USD 36,198 thou-
sand  and  a  gross  contractual  value  of  USD  38,474  thousand. 
The  best  estimate  at  acquisition  date  of  the  contractual  cash 
flows not to be collected are USD 2,276 thousand. 

The  goodwill  of  USD  61,518  thousand  arising  from  the  acquisi-
tion attributed to the expected synergies and other benefits from 
combining the assets and activities of Perutnina Ptuj with those 
of the Group:

•   the  acquisition  was  in  line  with  the  Group’s  strategy  to 
extend  a  presence 
in  EU  markets.  Perutnina  Ptuj  has 
production assets in four Balkan countries: Slovenia, Croatia, 
Serbia,  Bosnia  and  Herzegovina;  owns  distribution  compa-
nies  in  Austria,  North  Macedonia  and  Romania  and  supplies 
products 
in  Europe.  Perutnina  has  
strong brands and customer base;

15  countries 

to 

•   Perutnina  Ptuj  has  the  ability  to  increase  production  of 
poultry  products  using  existing  production  capacities.  

Inventories

Biological assets

Trade accounts receivable, net

Cash and cash equivalents

Other current liabilities less other current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Right-of-use asset

Identifiable intangible assets

Trade accounts payable

Deferred tax liabilities net of deferred tax assets 

Other non-current liabilities less other non-current assets 

Bank borrowings and lease liabilities1 

Contingent liabilities

Total identifiable assets

Goodwill

Non-controlling interest of in 7.61 % of Perutnina Ptuj2 

Total consideration due and payable

Cash consideration paid

Less: amount paid in 2018

1  includes USD 16,466 thousand of lease liabilities recognised in accordance with the 

adoption of IFRS 16 (Note 3).

2 At the date of acquisition, there were 200,488  treasury shares

Less: cash and cash equivalent balances acquired

Net cash outflow arising on acquisition

As a leading cost-efficient poultry producer, the Group has solid 
expertise in cost optimization and the management expects to 
improve the profitability of Perutnina Ptuj;

•   Perutnina Ptuj will provide the Group a platform for further pro-

duction capacity expansion in Europe.

None of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for income tax 
purposes

21 February 2019

35,371

8,721

36,198

20,986

(8,103)

179,581

14,564

53,448

(34,283)

(18,338)

(6,073)

(74,960)

(3,092)

204,020

61,518

(15,526)

250,012

250,012

(23,302)

(20,986)

205,724

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

85

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2. CHANGES IN THE GROUP STRUCTURE (continued)
The  non-controlling 
interest 
Perutnina Ptuj) recognised at the acquisition date was measured 
as a proportionate share of the acquired entity’s net identifiable 
assets and amounted to USD 15,526 thousand. 

(7.61%  ownership 

interest 

to  100%  through  the  purchase  of  a  non-controlling  interest  for 
the  amount  USD  20,341  thousand.  The  difference  between  
the carrying value of the net assets acquired and consideration 
paid was recognised as an adjustment to the retained earnings 
in the amount of USD 5,119 thousand.

Perutnina  Ptuj  contributed  USD  271,297  thousand  revenue 
and  USD  20,914  thousand  to  the  Group’s  profit  for  the  period 
between the date of acquisition and the reporting date. 

If  the  acquisition  of  Perutnina  Ptuj  had  been  completed  on  the 
first day of the financial year, the Group revenues for the year 
ended  31  December  2019  would  have  been  USD  2,103,867 
thousand  and  the  Group  profit  would  have  been  USD  216,682 
thousand.

Changes in non-controlling interests in subsidiaries
Since acquisition date and up to 31 of December 2019, the Group 
has  increased  its  effective  ownership  interest  in  Perutnina  Ptuj  

Plan to dispose of the Snyatynska poultry farm
The  Board  of  Directors  has  authorized  the  management 
of  the  Group  to  cease  production  of  goose  meat  and  foie 
gras.  At  the  end  of  July  2019,  by  virtue  of  a  Board  resolution, 
management of the Group committed to a plan to dispose of the 
Snyatynska  poultry  farm,  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  that  is 
located 
in  Ukraine,  and  was  previously  presented  with-
in  Meat  processing  and  other  agricultural  operations 
segment.  The  management  believes  that  the  production 
of  foie  gras  is  not  consistent  with  the  Group’s  strategy  and 
policy of being a global leader in Environmental Sustainability 
and Animal Welfare. 

At 31 December 2019 the management of the Group was in ne-
gotiation  with  potential  buyers  for  its  Snyatynska  poultry  farm 
and expected to complete the sale within 6 months. 

No impairment loss was recognised on classification disposal of 
group as held for sale as the management of the Group expects 
that the fair value less costs to sell either equals or is higherless 
than the carrying amount.

Analysis of profit for the year from discontinued operations
The combined results of the discontinued operations are set out 
from 
below.  The  comparative 
discontinued  operations  have  been  represented  to  include 
those operations classified as discontinued in the current year.

losses  and  cash  flows 

Results from discontinued operations for year ended 
31 December

Cash flows from discontinued operations for year ended 
31 December

Earnings per share from discontinued operations

Revenue

Expenses

Loss before tax

Income tax expense

2019

2,310

(8,132)

(5,822)

-

2018 

3,771

(5,045)

(1,274)

-

(5,822)

(1,274)

Net cash (outflows)/inflows 
from operating activities

Net cash outflows from invest-
ing activities

Net cash inflows/(outflows) 
from financing activities

Net decrease in cash and 
cash  equivalents

2019

2018 

(3,269)

853

(93)

(357)

3,357

(501)

(5)

(5)

Basic and diluted earnings per 
share (USD per share)

2019

2018 

 (0.06)

 (0.01)

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

86

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

production  machinery,  vehicles  and  agricultural  machinery, 
biological  assets,  agricultural  produce  and  certain  financial 
instruments,  which  are  carried  at  fair  value.  Historical  cost  is 
generally based on the fair value of the consideration given in 
exchange for goods and services.

Correction of prior period disclosure errors 
Subsequent  to  the  issuance  of  the  consolidated  financial 
statements as of and for the year ended 31 December 2018, the 
management of the Group identified errors in the disclosure of 
the operating land lease commitments due to the fact that not 
all  constructive  obligations  were  captured  in  the  calculation 
and thus included with a disclosure restatement to correct this 
disclosure error in these financial statements.  

The  effect  of  restatement  of  the  disclosure  provided  in  the 
consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended 
31 December 2018 is summarized below.

2. CHANGES IN THE GROUP STRUCTURE (continued)
The  major  classes  of  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  Snyatynska 
poultry farm at the end of the reporting period are as follows:

31 December 2019

Property, plant and equipment, 
net

Agricultural produce

Inventories

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets classified as held 
for sale

Other current liabilities

Total liabilities associated 
with assets classified as held 
for sale

Intragroup accounts receivable 
and payable eliminated on 
consolidation, net1

Net assets of disposal group

3,599

149

128

1

3,877

(45)

(45)

1,048

4,880

The Snyatynska poultry farm has been classified and accounted 
for at 31 December 2019 as a disposal group held for sale.

Discontinued  operations  are  excluded  from  the  results  of 
continuing  operations  and  are  presented  as  a  single  amount 
as  profit  or  loss  after  tax  from  discontinued  operations  in  the  
consolidated  statement  of  profit  or  loss.  All  other  notes  to  the 
financial statements include amounts for continuing operations, 
unless otherwise mentioned.

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of presentation and accounting
The  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in 
accordance  with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards 
(IFRS) as adopted by the European Union and the requirements 
of the Cyprus Companies Law Cap 113. The operating subsidiar-
ies of the Group maintain their accounting records under local 
accounting standards. 

Local  principles  and  procedures  may  differ 
those 
generally  accepted  under  IFRS.  Accordingly,  the  consolidated 
financial statements, which have been prepared from the Group 
entities’ local accounting records, reflect adjustments necessary 
in  order  for  the  financial  statements  to  be  presented  in  accor-
dance with IFRS.

from 

Basis of preparation
These  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared 
on  the  assumption  that  the  Group  is  a  going  concern  and  will 
continue in operation for the foreseeable future.

1  intragroup balances that are eliminated in the Group’s consolidated financial statements 

have been included herein to illustrate the balances that will be transferred with the 

disposal group and convert to third party balances

The  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Group  are 
prepared on  the  basis  of  historical  cost  except for  revalued  
amounts  of  buildings  and  structures,  grain  storage  facilities, 

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

87

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

3.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

(continued)

Contractual  and  constructive  obligations 
agricultural land operating leases as of 31 December 2018:

in 

respect  of 

As 
previously 
reported

31,330

104,346

Effect of 
restatement

As 
restated

17,837

49,167  

57,994

162,340  

Within one year

In the second to the 
fifth year inclusive

After fifth year

112,078

39,278

151,356  

Total commitments 
on land operating 
leases

247,754

115,109

362,863  

In  addition,  the  Company  disclosed 
in  the  consolidated 
financial statements as of and for the year ended 31 December 
2018  that  the  analysis  conducted  by  the  Group  in  relation  to 
the  initial  application  of  IFRS  16  indicated  a  probable  recogni-
tion of right of use of asset and lease liability in the amount not 
higher than USD 103,933 thousand. The preliminary assessment 
was  underestimated  due  to  the  fact  that  not  all  constructive 
obligations were captured in the calculation.

The  corrected  amounts  for  the  right  of  use  assets  and  lease 
liabilities  are  disclosed  in  “IFRS  16  leases”  section  of  Note  3 
thousand  and  
below  and  amounted 
USD 177,093  thousand, respectively.

to  USD  185,442 

impact  on 

restatements  had  no 

The 
the  consolidated 
statement  of  financial  position  as  of  31  December  2018,  
consolidated  statement  of  profit  or  loss  and  other  compre-
hensive  income,  consolidated  statement  of  changes  in  equity,  
consolidated  statement  of  cash  flows  and  basic  and  diluted 
earnings per share for the years then ended.

IFRS 16 Leases
IFRS  16  changes  how 
leases 
previously classified as operating lease under IAS 17, which were 
off-balance-sheet.

the  Group  accounts 

for 

The  Group’s 
individuals (Ukrainian citizens) for agricultural purposes.

leases  mainly  represent  rent  of 

land  from 

INTERNATIONAL 

ADOPTION  OF  NEW  AND  REVISED 
FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS
A number of new or amended standards became applicable for 
the  current  reporting  period  and  the  Group  had  to  change  its 
accounting  policies  and  make  adjustments  as  a  result  of 
adopting IFRS 16 Leases.

The group has adopted IFRS 16 retrospectively from 1 January 
2019, but has not restated comparatives for the 2018 reporting 
period, as permitted under the specific transitional provisions in 
the standard. The reclassifications and adjustments arising from 
the  new  leasing  rules  are  therefore  recognised  in  the  opening 
balance sheet on 1 January 2019. The nature and effect of these 
changes are disclosed below.

The  Group  applied  the  practical  expedient  to  retain  the 
classification of existing contracts as leases under the previous 
International Accounting Standard 17 “Leases” (“IAS 17”) instead 
of reassessing whether existing contracts contain a lease at the 
date of initial application. 

Impact on transition
The Group has elected to apply the following other transitional 
reliefs permitted by the Standard:

•   The application of a single discount rate for portfolio of leases 

with reasonably similar characteristic;

•   The exclusion of initial direct costs of obtaining a lease from 
the  measurement  of  right-of-use  assets  at  the  date  of  initial 
application.

•   Right-of-use  assets  are  measured  at  an  amount  equal  to 
the lease liability, adjusted by the amount of any prepaid or 
accrued  lease  payments  relating  to  that  lease  recognised 
in the statement of financial position immediately before the 
date of initial application.

Several other amendments and interpretations apply for the first 
time  in  2019,  but  did  not  result  in  any  changes  to  the  Group’s 
accounting  policies  and 
the 
consolidated financial statements of the Group.

the  amounts 

reported 

in 

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

88

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

3.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

(continued)

ADOPTION  OF  NEW  AND  REVISED 
FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS (continued)

INTERNATIONAL 

IFRS 16 Leases (continued)
The  table  below  shows  the  amount  of  adjustment  for  each 
financial  statement  line  item  affected  by  the  application  of 
IFRS 16:

Impact on assets, 
liabilities and 
equity as at 1 
January 2019

Opening 
balance as at 
1 January 
2019

IFRS 16 

As 

adjustments

presented

Property, plant and 
equipment

Right-of-use 
assets, net

Other non-current 
assets1

Other current 
assets1

Net impact on 
total assets

 1,498,530

 (21,449)

 1,477,081

-

 185,442   

185,442

54,110   

(6,092)

48,018 

32,858  

(69) 

32,789  

 1,585,498   

157,832   

1,743,330   

Lease liabilities

 9,087  

114,042  

123,129  

Current portion of 
lease liabilities

Other current 
liabilities2

Net impact on 
total labilities

 4,355  

 49,609  

53,964  

 96,383  

(5,819) 

 90,564  

109,825  

 157,832  

 267,657  

Retained earnings

1,040,327  

-

1,040,327  

On  adoption  of  IFRS  16,  the  Group  recognised  lease  liabilities 
in  relation  to  leases  which  had  previously  been  classified  as 
operating leases under the principles of IAS 17. These liabilities 
were measured at the present value of future lease payments, 
discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate as of  
1 January 2019. Future lease payments consist of:
•  fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments);
•   variable  lease  payment  that  are  based  on  a  market  index 
or a rate, initially measured using the index or rate as at the 
commencement  date.  Regardless  of  the  lease  payments 
  stated  in  the  lease  contracts,  customary  business  practic-
es  complement  the  contractual  terms  in  a  way  that  at  each 
particular  date  the  rate 
is  a  market  rate.  Since  the 
entire  market  operates  on  the  basis  of  expectations  of  a 
periodic  revision  of  rates  (based  on  current  market  rates), 
rates  are 
management  has 
determined  by  the  market  mechanism.  In  substance,  non- 
contractual changes in lease payments are driven by compet-
itive forces and changes in payments are based on average 
changes of lease payments in the region.

concluded 

that 

the 

The reconciliation between the operating lease commitments as 
of 31 December 2018 and the opening balance for the lease lia-
bilities as of 1 January 2019 is as follows:

Thousand US dollars

Land lease commitments as of 31 
December 2018 (as restated)

Discounted lease commitments 
as of 1 January 2019

Add: accrued payable for land 
lease as of 31 December 2018

Add: lease liabilities as of 31 
December 2018 (Note 28)

Lease liabilities as of 1 January 
2019

362,863 

157,832

5,819

13,442

177,093

The  weighted  average  lessee’s  incremental  borrowing  rate 
applied  to  the  lease  liabilities  on  1  January  2019  was  20%. 
Incremental  borrowing  rate  was  determined  as  the  rate  of 
interest  that  the  Group  would  have  to  pay  to  borrow  over  a 
similar  term  the  funds  necessary  to  obtain  an  asset  of 
a  similar  value  to  the  right-of-use  asset  in  a  similar  economic 
environment. The majority of the Group’s leases are denominat-
ed in UAH.

The average maturity of lease agreements is 7 years.

1 consists of prepayments for land lease 

2 accrued payable for land lease

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

89

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

3.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

(continued)

ADOPTION  OF  NEW  AND  REVISED 
FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS (continued)

INTERNATIONAL 

IFRS 16 Leases (continued)
The recognised right-of-use assets relate to the following types 
of assets:

Land

Property, plant and 
equipment

Total right-of-use 
assets

31 December 
2019

198,711

30,533

1 January 
2019

163,993

21,449

229,244

185,442

Property, plant and equipment held under lease arrangements 
previously  presented  within  property,  plant  and  equipment  is 
now presented within the line item right-of-use assets. There has 
been no change in the amount recognised.

Adoption  of  IFRS  16  has  no  impact  on  the  Group’s  land  lease 
rights acquired in a business combination and capitalized costs 
for renewal of contracts recognised before 1 January 2019.

STANDARDS  AND  INTERPRETATIONS  IN  ISSUE  BUT  NOT 
EFFECTIVE
At  the  date  of  authorization  of  these  consolidated  financial 
statements,  the  following  Standards  and  Interpretations,  as 
well as amendments to the Standards were in issue but not yet 
effective:

Standards and Interpretations

Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28 
– Sale or contribution of assets 
between an investor and its 
associate or joint venture1

Amendments to IAS 1– Classification 
of liabilities as current or 
non-current

Effective for annual 
period beginning on 
or after

Not determined

1 January 2022

IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts2

1 January 2021

Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8: 
Definition of Material2

Amendments to IFRS 3 Business 
Combinations

Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and 
IFRS17: Interest Rate Benchmark 
Reform2

Amendments to References to the 
Conceptual Framework in IFRS 
Standards2

1 January 2020

1 January 2020

1 January 2020

1 January 2020

these  Standards  and 

For 
Interpretations,  management 
anticipates  that  their  adoption  will  not  have  a  material  effect 
on the consolidated financial statements of the Group in future 
periods.

Functional and presentation currency
The  functional  currency  of  Ukrainian  companies  of  the  Group 
is the Ukrainian Hryvnia (“UAH”); the functional currency of the 
Cyprus  companies  and  Luxembourg  company  of  the  Group  is 
US  Dollars  (“USD”),  the  functional  currency  of  the  Slovenian 
companies  of  the  Group  is  EURO  (“EUR”).  Transactions  in 
currencies  other  than  the  functional  currency  of  the  entities 
concerned are treated as transactions in foreign currencies. Such 
transactions are initially recorded at the rates of exchange ruling 
at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in such currencies are translated at the rates prevailing 
on the reporting date. All realized and unrealized gains and losses 
arising  on  exchange  differences  are  recognised 
the 
consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive 
income for the period.

in 

These  consolidated  financial  statements  are  presented  in 
US Dollars (“USD”), which is the Group’s presentation currency. 

1 Early application is allowed

2 Standards have been already endorsed for use in the European Union

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

90

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

3.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

(continued)

Functional and presentation currency (continued)
The  results  and  financial  position  of  the  Group  are  translated 
into the presentation currency using the following procedures:
•   Assets  and  liabilities  for  each  consolidated  statement  of 
financial position presented are translated at the closing rate 
as of the reporting date of that statement of financial position;
•   Income  and  expenses  for  each  consolidated  statement  of 
profit or loss are translated at exchange rates at the dates of the 
transactions;

•   All  resulting  exchange  differences  are  recognised  as  a 

separate component of equity;

•   All  equity  items,  except  for  the  revaluation  reserve,  are 
translated  at  the  historical  exchange  rate.  The  revaluation 
reserve is translated at the closing rate as of the date of the 
statement of financial position.

For practical reasons, the Group translates items of income and 
expenses for each period presented in the financial statements 
using the quarterly average exchange rates, if such translations 
reasonably approximate the results translated at exchange rates 
prevailing at the dates of the transactions.

The relevant exchange rates were:

Currency

Closing 
rate as 
of 31 
December 
2019

Average 
for 2019

Closing 
rate as 
of 31 
December 
2018

Average 
for 2018

UAH/USD

 23.6862   

25.8373   

27.6883

27.2016

UAH/EUR

26.4220   

28.9406   

31.7141

32.1341

Basis of consolidation
The  consolidated  financial  statements 
the 
financial  statements  of  the  MHP  SE  and  its  subsidiaries.  
Control is achieved when the Company:
•  has power over the investee;
•   is  exposed,  or  has  rights,  to  variable  returns  from  its 

incorporate 

involvement with the investee; and 

•  has the ability to use its power to affect its returns. 

The  Company  reassesses  whether  or  not 
it  controls  an 
investee,  if  facts  and  circumstances  indicate  that  there  are 
changes to one or more of the three elements of control listed 
above. Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Company 
obtains  control  over  the  subsidiary  and  ceases  when  the 
Company  loses  control  of  the  subsidiary.  Specifically,  income 
and  expenses  of  a  subsidiary  acquired  or  disposed  of  during 
the year, are included in the consolidated statement of profit or  
loss  and  other  comprehensive  income  from  the  date  the  
Company  gains 
the 
Company  ceases  to  control  the  subsidiary.  Profit  or  loss 
and  each  component  of  other  comprehensive 
income 
are  attributed  to  the  owners  of  the  Company  and  to  the 
non-controlling 
income  of 
subsidiaries is attributed to the owners of the Company and to 
the non-controlling interests even if this results in the non-con-
trolling interests having a deficit balance. 

interests.  Total  comprehensive 

the  date  when 

control  until 

intercompany 

transactions,  balances  and 
All  significant 
unrealized  gains  or  losses  on  transactions  are  eliminated  on 
consolidation,  except  when  the  intragroup  losses  indicate  an 
impairment 
the  consolidated 
financial statements. 

that  requires  recognition 

in 

Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial state-
ments of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies used in line 
with those adopted by the Group.

Accounting for acquisitions
The  acquisitions  of  subsidiaries 
third  parties  are 
accounted for using the acquisition method. On acquisition, the 
assets,  liabilities  and  contingent  liabilities  of  a  subsidiary  are 
measured at their fair values. 

from 

The consideration transferred by the Group is measured at fair 
value, which is the sum of the acquisition-date fair values of the 
assets transferred by the Group, liabilities incurred by the Group 
to the former owners of the acquired subsidiary and the equity 
interests issued by the Group in exchange for control of the sub-
sidiary. Acquisition-related costs are generally recognised in the 
consolidated statement of profit or loss as incurred.

When the consideration transferred by the Group in a business 
combination includes assets and liabilities resulting from a con-
tingent consideration arrangement, the contingent consideration 
is measured at its acquisition-date fair value and is included as 
part of the consideration transferred. Changes in the fair value 
of  the  contingent  consideration  that  qualify  as  measurement 
period  adjustments  are  adjusted 
retrospectively,  with 
corresponding  adjustments  against  goodwill.  Measurement 
period  adjustments  are  adjustments  that  arise  from  additional 
information obtained during the measurement period (which may 
not exceed one year from the acquisition date) about facts and 
circumstances that existed at the acquisition date.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

91

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The  fair  value  of  an  asset  or  a  liability  is  measured  using  the 
assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the 
asset  or  liability,  assuming  that  market  participants  act  in  their 
economic best interest.

A  fair  value  measurement  of  a  non-financial  asset  takes  into 
account  a  market  participant’s  ability  to  generate  economic 
benefits  by  using  the  asset  in  its  highest  and  best  use  or  by 
selling it to another market participant that would use the asset 
in its highest and best use.

The  Group  uses  valuation  techniques  that  are  appropriate  in 
the circumstances and for which sufficient data are available to 
measure  fair  value,  maximizing  the  use  of  relevant  observable 
inputs and minimizing the use of unobservable inputs.

3.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

(continued)

interests 

Accounting for acquisitions  (continued)
that  are  present  ownership 
Non-controlling 
interests and entitle their holders to a proportionate share of the 
subsidiary’s  net  assets  in  the  event  of  liquidation  may  be 
initially  measured  either  at  fair  value  or  at  the  non-controlling 
interests’ proportionate share of the recognised amounts of the 
subsidiary’s  identifiable  net  assets.  The  choice  of  measure-
ment  basis  is  made  on  a  transaction-by-transaction  basis. 
Other types of non-controlling interests, if any, are measured at 
fair  value  or,  when  applicable,  on  the  basis  specified  in  other 
IFRS standards.

Goodwill  is  measured  as  the  excess  of  the  sum  of  the  consid-
eration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interests 
in  the  acquired  subsidiary,  and  the  fair  value  of  the  Group’s 
previously  held  equity  interest  in  the  acquired  subsidiary 
(if  any)  over  the  net  of  the  acquisition-date  amounts  of  the 
identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. If, after 
reassessment,  the  net  of  the  acquisition-date  amounts  of 
the  identifiable  assets  acquired  and  the  liabilities  assumed 
exceeds the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of 
non-controlling  interests  in  the  subsidiary  and  the  fair  value  of 
the Group’s previously-held interest in the subsidiary (if any), the 
excess  is  recognised  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  profit  or 
loss, as a bargain purchase gain. 

Changes in the Group’s ownership interests in subsidiaries that 
do  not  result  in  the  Group  losing  control  over  the  subsidiaries 
are accounted for as equity transactions. The carrying amounts 
of  the  Group’s  interests  and  the  non-controlling  interests  are 
adjusted  to  reflect  the  changes  in  their  relative  interests 
the  amount  by 
in  subsidiaries.  Any  difference  between 

which  the  non-controlling  interests  are  adjusted  and  the  fair 
value  of  the  consideration  paid  or  received  is  recognised 
directly in equity and attributed to owners of the Parent.

When  an  acquisition  of  a  legal  entity  does  not  constitute  a 
business,  the  cost  of  the  group  of  assets  is  allocated  between 
the  individual  identifiable  assets  in  the  group  based  on  their 
relative fair values.

liabilities  of  subsidiaries  acquired 

Accounting  for  transactions  with  entities  under  common 
control
from 
The  assets  and 
entities under common control are recorded in these consolidated 
financial  statements  at  pre-acquisition  carrying  values.  
Any  difference  between  the  carrying  value  of  net  assets  of 
these  subsidiaries,  and  the  consideration  paid  by  the  Group  is 
accounted for in these consolidated financial statements as an 
adjustment to shareholders’ equity. The results of the acquired 
entity are reflected from the date of acquisition.

Any gain or loss on disposals to entities under common control 
are recognised directly in equity and attributed to owners of the 
Parent.

Fair value measurement
Fair  value  is  the  price  that  would  be  received  to  sell  an  asset 
or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between 
market participants at the measurement date. 

The  fair  value  measurement 
is  based  on  the  presump-
tion  that  the  transaction  to  sell  the  asset  or  transfer  the 
liability takes place either in the principal market for the asset or 
liability,  or  in  the  absence  of  a  principal  market,  in  the  most 
advantageous market for the asset or liability. The principal or 
the most advantageous market must be accessible by the Group.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

92

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

3.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

(continued)

Fair value measurement  (continued)
All  assets  and  liabilities  for  which  fair  value  is  measured  or 
disclosed in the financial statements are categorized within the 
fair value hierarchy, described as follows, based on the lowest 
level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a 
whole:
•   Level  1:  Quoted  (unadjusted)  market  prices  in  active  markets 

for identical assets or liabilities

•   Level 2: Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input 
that is significant to the fair value measurement is directly or 
indirectly observable

•   Level 3: Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input 
that is significant to the fair value measurement is unobserv-
able

Investment  income  earned  on  the  temporary  investment  of 
specific  borrowings  pending  their  expenditure  on  qualifying 
assets  is  deducted  from  the  borrowing  costs  eligible  for 
capitalization. 

All  other  borrowing  costs  are  recognised  in  the  statement  of 
profit or loss and other comprehensive income in the period in 
which they are incurred.

Contingent liabilities and assets
Contingent  liabilities  are  not  recognised  in  the  consolidated 
financial statements. Rather, they are  disclosed  in the notes  to 
the  consolidated  financial  statements  unless  the  possibility  of 
an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits is remote. 
Contingent assets are recognised only when the contingency is 
resolved.

segments 

Reportable 
the  Group’s  principal 
represent 
business  activities.  Poultry  and  related  operations  segment 
include  sales  of  chicken  meat,  sales  of  by-products  such  as 
vegetable  oil  and  related  products  and  other  poultry-relat-
ed  products.  CODM  is  considering  oil  extraction  as  a  part 
of  mixed  fodder  production  rather  than  a  separate  line  of 
business as primarily the quality and effectiveness of mixed fod-
der production prevails over oil output. Grain growing operations 
include  sale  of  grain  other  than  feed  grains  and  mixed-fodder.  
The meat processing and other agricultural operations segment 
primarily  includes  sales  of  other  than  poultry  meat  and 
processed  meat  products,  feed  grains  and  milk.    The  Europe 
operating 
of 
comprises 
Perutnina  Ptuj  and  include  sales  of  meat  processing  and 
chicken meat products in Southeast Europe.

operations 

segment 

the 

liabilities 

that  are 

recognised 

the 
in 
For  assets  and 
financial  statements  on  a 
the  Group 
determines  whether  transfers  have  occurred  between  Levels 
in  the  hierarchy  by  re-assessing  categorization  (based  on  the 
lowest 
fair  value 
measurement as a whole) at the end of each reporting period.

recurring  basis, 

is  significant 

input 

level 

that 

the 

to 

Borrowing costs
Borrowing  costs  include  interest  expense,  finance  charges  on 
leases and other interest-bearing long-term payables and debt 
service costs.

Segment information
Segment  reporting  is  presented  on  the  basis  of  management’s 
perspective  and  relates  to  the  parts  of  the  Group  that  are 
defined as operating segments. Operating segments are identi-
fied on the basis of internal reports provided to the Group’s chief 
operating  decision  maker  (“CODM”).  The  Group  has  identified 
its top management team as its CODM and the internal reports 
used by the top management team to oversee operations and 
make  decisions  on  allocating  resources  serve  as  the  basis  of 
information  presented.  These  internal  reports  are  prepared  on 
the same basis as these consolidated financial statements.

to 

Borrowing  costs  directly  attributable 
the  acquisition, 
construction  or  production  of  qualifying  assets,  which  are  
assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to get 
ready  for  their  intended  use  or  sale,  are  added  to  the  cost  of 
those  assets,  until  such  time  as  the  assets  are  substantially 
ready for their intended use or sale. 

Based  on  the  current  management  structure,  the  Group  has 
identified the following reportable segments:
•  Poultry and related operations;
•  Grain growing operations;
•  Meat processing and other agricultural operations;
•  Europe operating segment.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

93

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

3.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

(continued)

The Group does not present information on segment assets and 
liabilities  as  the  CODM  does  not  review  such  information  for 
decision-making purposes.

Non-current assets held for sale
Non-current  assets  and  disposal  groups  are  classified  as 
held  for  sale  if  their  carrying  amount  will  be  recovered 
principally  through  a  sale  transaction  rather  than  through 
continuing  use.  This  condition  is  regarded  as  met  only  when 
the asset (or disposal group) is available for immediate sale in 
its  present  condition  subject  only  to  terms  that  are  usual  and 
customary  for  sales  of  such  asset  (or  disposal  group)  and  its 
sale is highly probable. Management must be committed to the 
sale,  which  should  be  expected  to  qualify  for  recognition  as  a 
completed sale within one year from the date of classification.

When  the  Group  is  committed  to  a  sale  plan  involving  loss  of 
control  of  a  subsidiary,  all  of  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  that 
subsidiary  are  classified  as  held  for  sale  when  the  criteria 
described above are met, regardless of whether the Group will 
retain a non-controlling interest in its former subsidiary after the 
sale.

Non-current assets (and disposal groups) classified as held  for 
sale are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair 
value less costs to sell.

Revenue recognition
The Group generates revenue primarily from the sale of agricul-
tural products to the end customers. Revenue is measured based 
on the consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled 
in  a  contract  with  a  customer  and  excludes  amounts  collected 

on behalf of third parties. The Group recognises revenue when it 
transfers control of a product or service to a customer.

Non-monetary exchanges or swaps of goods which are of similar 
nature and value are not treated as  transactions which generate 
revenue. 
The Group recognises revenue from the following major sources:
•  chicken meat;
•  vegetable oil and related products;
•   other  poultry  related  sales  (delivery  services,  sunflower  and 

soybean meals, sunflower husk and other);

•  grain;
•  meat processing products and other meat;
•  other agricultural operations (milk, feed grains and other);

Revenue is measured based on the consideration to which the 
Group expects to be entitled in a contract with a customer. The 
Group  recognises  revenue  at  a  point  in  time  when  it  transfers 
control of a product or service to a customer.

The  major  part  of  the  Group’s  sales  are  generated  from  the 
wholesale  market.  Revenue  is  recognised  when  control  of 
the  goods  has  transferred,  being  when  the  goods  have  been 
shipped  to  the  wholesaler’s  specific  location  or  delivered  to 
major  Ukrainian  sea  ports.  Following  delivery,  the  wholesaler 
has  full  discretion  over  the  manner  of  distribution  and  price  to 
sell the goods, has the primary responsibility when on-selling the 
goods, and bears the risks of obsolescence and loss in relation 
to  the  goods.    A  receivable  is  recognised  by  the  Group  when 
the goods are delivered to the wholesaler as this represents the 
point in time at which the right to consideration becomes uncon-
ditional. Under the Group’s standard contract terms, customers 
have no right of return.

The  Group  sells  its  products  for  export  on  various  terms, 
some  of  which  include  shipping  and  handling  costs  in  the 
price  of  the  product.  Sales  price  of  products  for  local  market 
predominantly includes shipping and handling costs in the price 
of  the  product.  Such  services  are  recognised  as  a  separate 
performance  obligation.  The  transaction  price  for  shipping  and 
handling  services  is  determined  based  on  the  costs  of  such 
its  performance  obligation 
services.  The  Group  satisfies 
associated  with  transferring  the  promised  goods  or  services  to 
a customer when the customer obtains control of those assets.

Government grants
Government grants are recognised as income over the periods 
necessary to match them with the related costs, or as an offset 
against  finance  costs  when  received  as  compensation  for  the 
the  extent 
finance  costs 
the  conditions  attached  to  the  grants  are  not  met  at  the 
reporting  date,  the  received  funds  are  recorded  in  the  Group’s 
consolidated financial statements as deferred income, which is 
recognised in profit or loss on a systematic basis over the useful 
life of the related assets.

for  agricultural  producers.  To 

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

94

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

3.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

(continued)

Government grants (continued)
Other  government  grants  are  recognised  at  the  moment  when 
the decision to disburse the amounts to the Group is made.

Government  grants  are  not 
is 
reasonable  assurance  that  the  Group  will  comply  with  the  
conditions attached on them and that the grants will be received.

recognised  until 

there 

Property, plant and equipment
All groups of property, plant and equipment are carried at reval-
ued amounts, being their fair value at the date of the revaluation 
less any subsequent depreciation and impairment losses, except 
for land and other fixed assets that are carried at historical cost 
less accumulated depreciation.

The  historical  cost  of  an  item  of  property,  plant  and  equip-
ment  comprises  (a)  its  purchase  price,  including  import  duties 
and  non-refundable  purchase  taxes,  after  deducting  trade 
discounts  and  rebates;  (b)  any  costs  directly  attributable  to 
bringing the item to the location and condition necessary for it 
to  be  capable  of  operating  in  the  manner  intended  by  the 

management  of  the  Group;  (c)  the  initial  estimate  of  the  costs 
of  dismantling  and  removing  the  item  and  restoring  the  site 
on  which  it  is  located,  (d)  the  obligation  for  which  the  Group 
incurs either when the item is acquired or as a consequence of 
having  used  the  item  during  a  particular  period  for  purposes 
other than to produce inventories during that period; and (e) for 
qualifying  assets,  borrowing  costs  capitalized  in  accordance 
with the Group’s accounting policy. 

Subsequently  capitalized  costs  include  major  expenditures  for 
improvements  and  replacements  that  extend  the  useful  lives 
of  the  assets  or  increase  their  revenue  generating  capacity.  
Repairs  and  maintenance  expenditures  that  do  not  meet 
the  foregoing  criteria  for  capitalization  are  charged  to  the 
consolidated statement of profit or loss as incurred. 

the  model 

For  all  groups  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  carried  at 
revaluation 
revaluations  are  performed  with 
sufficient  regularity  such  that  the  carrying  amount  does 
not  differ  materially  from  that  which  would  be  determined 
the  asset’s 
using 
carrying  amount  is  increased  as  a  result  of  a  revaluation,  the  
increase is credited directly to equity as a revaluation reserve.  

the  reporting  date. 

fair  values  at 

If 

However,  such  increase  is  recognised  in  the  consolidated  
statement of profit or loss to the extent that it reverses a reval-
uation decrease of the same asset previously recognised in the 
consolidated  statement  of  profit  or  loss.  If  the  asset’s  carrying 
amount is decreased as a result of a revaluation, the decrease is 
recognised in the consolidated statement of profit or loss.

However,  such  decrease  is  debited  directly  to  the  revalua-
tion  reserve  to  the  extent  of  any  credit  balance  existing  in  the 
revaluation reserve in respect of that asset.

Depreciation  on  revalued  assets  is  charged  to  the  consoli-
dated  statement  of  profit  or  loss.  The  excess  of  depreciation 
charge on the revalued asset  over the depreciation that would 
have been charged based on the historical cost of the asset is 
transferred  from  revaluation  reserve  directly  to  retained  earn-
ings  over  the  assets  useful  life.  On  the  subsequent  sale  or 
retirement  of  a  revalued  asset,  the  attributable  revaluation 
surplus  remaining  in  the  revaluation  reserve  is  transferred 
directly  to retained earnings.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

95

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

3.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

(continued)

Property, plant and equipment  (continued)
Depreciation  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  is  charged  so 
as to write off the depreciable amount over the useful life of an 
asset and is calculated using a straight line method. Useful lives 
of the groups of property, plant and equipment are as follows: 

Buildings and structures

Grain storage facilities

Production machinery

Auxiliary and other machinery

Utilities and infrastructure

Vehicles and agricultural machinery

Other fixed assets

15 - 55 years

20 - 60 years

10 - 25 years

5 - 25 years

20 - 50 years

5 - 15 years

3 - 10 years

Depreciable  amount  is  the  cost  of  an  item  of  property,  plant 
and  equipment,  or  revalued  amount,  less  its  residual  value. 
The residual value is the estimated amount that the Group would 
currently obtain from disposal of the item of property, plant and 
equipment, after deducting the estimated costs of disposal, if the 
asset was already of the age and in the condition expected at 
the end of its useful life.  

Assets  held  under  leases  are  depreciated  over  their  expected 
useful lives on the same basis as owned assets or, where shorter, 
the term of the relevant lease.

the  useful 

residual  value, 

The 
lives  and  depreciation 
method  are  reviewed  at  each  financial  year-end.  The  effect  of 
for 
any  changes 
prospectively as a change in an accounting estimate.

from  previous  estimates 

is  accounted 

Amortization of intangible assets is recognised on a straight line 
basis over their estimated useful lives. The period of estimated 
useful life of intangibles is as follows:

Land lease rights

Customer relationship

Trademarks

Other intangible assets

3 - 15 years

20 years

not amortised

3 - 10 years

The  amortization  period  and  the  amortization  method  for 
intangible assets with finite useful lives are reviewed at least at 
the end of each reporting period, with the effect of any changes 
in estimate being accounted for on a prospective basis. 

An  intangible  asset  is  derecognised  on  disposal,  or  when 
no future economic benefits are expected from use or disposal. 
Gains or losses arising from derecognition of an intangible asset, 
measured as the difference between the net disposal proceeds 
and the carrying amount of the asset, are recognised in profit or 
loss when the asset is derecognised.

The gain or loss arising on sale or disposal of an item of proper-
ty, plant and equipment is determined as the difference between 
the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and is 
recognised in the consolidated statement of profit or loss.

Construction  in  progress  comprises  costs  directly  related  to 
the construction of property, plant and equipment including an 
appropriate  allocation  of  directly  attributable  variable 
overheads  that  are  incurred  in  construction.  Construction  in 
progress  is  not  depreciated.  Depreciation  of  construction  in 
progress  commences  when  the  assets  are  available  for  use, 
i.e.  when  they  are  in  the  location  and  condition  necessary  for 
them to be capable of operating in the manner intended by the 
management.

Intangible assets
Intangible  assets  consist  primarily  of 
lease  rights, 
trademarks  and  customer  relationship  which  are  acquired  in  a 
business combination.

land 

Intangible  assets  acquired  in  a  business  combination  are 
identified and recognised separately from goodwill where they 
satisfy  the  definition  of  an  intangible  asset.  The  cost  of  such 
intangible  assets  is  their  fair  value  at  the  acquisition  date.  
Subsequent  to  initial  recognition,  intangible  assets  acquired  in 
a  business  combination  are  reported  at  cost  less  accumulated 
amortization and accumulated impairment losses.

Intangible assets assessed as having an indefinite useful life are 
not amortised and are examined for impairment annually or more 
frequently where there is an indication of impairment. Where the 
carrying amount of an asset is greater than the amount that it is 
estimated to be recoverable, it is written down to its recoverable 
amount. 

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

96

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

3.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

(continued)

land 

(Ukrainian  citizens) 

Right-of-use assets 
from 
Right-of-use  assets  mainly  represents  rent  of 
individuals 
for  agricultural  purposes. 
The  Group  recognises  right-of-use  assets  at  the  commence-
ment  date  of  the  lease  (i.e.,  the  date  the  underlying  asset  is 
available  for  use).  Right-of-use  assets  are  measured  at  cost, 
less  any  accumulated  depreciation  and 
impairment 
losses, and adjusted for any remeasurement of lease liabilities.  
The  cost  of  right-of-use  assets  includes  the  amount  of  lease 
liabilities  recognized,  adjusted  by  the  amount  of  any  prepaid 
or  accrued  lease  payments  relating  to  that  lease  recognised 
in  the  statement  of  financial  position.    Right-of-use  assets  are 
depreciated  over  the  period  of  lease  term.  The  depreciation 
starts  at  the  commencement  date  of  the  lease.  The  Group 
recognises  depreciation  of  right-of-use  assets  based  on 
the  lease  term,  presented  within  cost  of  goods  sold  in  the 
consolidated statement of profit or loss. 

Impairment  of  tangible  and  intangible  assets  other  than 
goodwill
At each reporting date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts 
of its tangible and intangible assets to determine whether there 
is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment 
loss.  If  any  such  indication  exists,  the  recoverable  amount  of 
the  asset  is  estimated  in  order  to  determine  the  extent  of  the 
impairment loss (if any). 

For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at 
the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash 
flows (cash-generating units). Recoverable amount is the higher 
of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value 

in  use,  the  estimated  future  cash  flows  are  discounted  to  their 
present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current 
market  assessments  of  the  time  value  of  money  and  the  risks 
specific to the asset.

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash-generating unit) 
is  estimated  to  be  less  than  its  carrying  amount,  the  carrying 
amount  of  the  asset  (cash-generating  unit)  is  reduced  to  its 
recoverable  amount.  An 
recognised 
immediately  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  profit  or  loss 
unless  the  relevant  asset  is  carried  at  a  revalued  amount,  in 
which  case  the  impairment  loss  is  treated  as  a  revaluation 
decrease.

impairment 

loss 

is 

Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying 
amount  of  the  asset  (cash-generating  unit)  is  increased  to  the 
revised  estimate  of  its  recoverable  amount,  but  so  that  the  in-
creased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount 
that would have been determined had no impairment loss been 
recognised for the asset (cash-generating unit) in prior years. A 
reversal of an impairment loss is recognised immediately in the 
consolidated statement of profit or loss, unless the relevant as-
set is carried at a revalued amount, in which case the reversal of 
the impairment loss is treated as a revaluation increase.

the  purposes  of 

Impairment of goodwill
For 
is 
allocated  to  each  of  the  Group’s  cash  generating  units 
 (or groups of cash-generating units) that is expected to benefit 
from the synergies of the combination.

testing,  goodwill 

impairment 

A  cash-generating  unit 
to  which  goodwill  has  been 
allocated  is  tested  for  impairment  annually,  or  more  frequent-
ly  when  there  is  an  indication  that  the  unit  may  be  impaired. 

If  the  recoverable  amount  of  the  cash-generating  unit  is  less 
than its carrying amount, the impairment loss is allocated first to 
reduce  the  carrying  amount  of  any  goodwill  allocated  to 
the  unit  and  then  to  the  other  assets  of  the  unit  pro  rata 
based  on  the  carrying  amount  of  each  asset  in  the  unit.  Any 
impairment  loss  for  goodwill  is  recognised  directly  in  the 
consolidated  statement  of  profit  or  loss.  An  impairment  loss 
recognised on goodwill is not reversed in subsequent periods.

Income taxes
Income taxes have been computed in accordance with the laws 
currently enacted or substantially enacted in jurisdictions where 
operating entities are located. Income tax is calculated based on 
the results for the year as adjusted for items that are non-assess-
able  or non-tax deductible. It  is calculated using tax rates that 
have been enacted by the reporting date.

is  accounted 

Deferred  tax 
for  using  the  balance  sheet 
liability method in respect of temporary differences arising from 
differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities 
in the consolidated financial statements and the corresponding 
tax basis used in the computation of taxable profit. Deferred tax 
liabilities  are  generally  recognised  for  all  taxable  temporary 
differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent 
that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against 
which deductible temporary differences can be utilized. 

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

97

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

3.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

(continued)

Income taxes (continued)
The  carrying  amount  of  deferred  tax  assets  is  reviewed  at  the 
end  of  each  reporting  period  and  reduced  to  the  extent  that 
it  is  no  longer  probable  that  sufficient  taxable  profits  will  be 
available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax liabilities and assets are measured at the tax rates 
that are expected to apply in the period in which the liability is 
settled or the asset realised, based on tax rates (and tax laws) 
that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of 
the reporting period. The measurement of deferred tax liabilities 
and assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow from 
the manner in which the Group expects, at the end of the report-
ing period, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets 
and liabilities. 

Deferred  tax  is  charged  or  credited  to  the  consolidated  state-
ment  of  profit  or  loss,  except  when  it  relates  to  items  credited 
or charged directly to equity or other comprehensive income, in 
which case the deferred tax is also dealt with in equity or other 
comprehensive income.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when:
•   The  Group  has  a  legally  enforceable  right  to  set  off  the 
recognised  amounts  of  current  tax  assets  and  current  tax 
liabilities;

•   The  Group  has  an  intention  to  settle  on  a  net  basis,  or  to 

realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously;

•   The deferred tax assets and the deferred tax liabilities relate 
to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority in each 
future  period  in  which  significant  amounts  of  deferred  tax 
liabilities and assets are expected to be settled or recovered.

The  majority  of  the  Group  companies  that  are  involved  in 
agricultural production (poultry farms and other entities engaged 
in  agricultural  production)  benefit  substantially  from  the  status 
of  an  agricultural producer. These companies are  exempt from 
income taxes and pay the Fixed Agricultural Tax instead (Note 11).

No  formal  requirements  exist  to  the  above  documents  and, 
in  practice,  such  documents  may  include  evidence  that  the 
recipient  of  income  has  a  real  office,  employees  and  that  the 
recipient  is  fully  entitled  to  manage  and  dispose  the  received 
income without limitations.

income 

(dividends, 

Passive 
from 
Slovenian sources that is paid to non-resident entities is subject 
to WHT at the rate of 5%.

royalties,  etc) 

interest, 

Inventories
Inventories  are  stated  at  the  lower  of  cost  and  net  realizable 
value.  Costs  comprise  raw  materials  and,  where  applicable, 
direct  labour  costs  and  those  overheads  that  have  been 
incurred in bringing the inventories to their present locations and 
condition. 

Cost is calculated using the FIFO (first-in, first-out) method. Net 
realizable  value  is  determined  as  the  estimated  selling  price 
less all estimated costs of completion and costs to be incurred in 
related 
marketing,  selling  and  distribution.  Agriculture 
production  process  results  in  production  of  joint  products: 
main and by-products. A by-product arising from the process is 
measured at net realizable value and this value is deducted from 
the cost of the main product.

Withholding tax
Passive income (dividends, interest, royalties, etc) from Ukrainian 
sources that is paid to non-resident entities is generally subject 
to withholding tax (WHT). 

The  WHT  tax  rate  of  15%  (base  rate)  should  be  applied 
unless more favorable rates (reduced rates) are provided by a 
relevant  double 
(DTT)  signed  between  
Ukraine and foreign country. In order to benefit from reduced tax 
rate  in  DTT,  the  non-resident  recipient  of  income  must  confirm 
its  tax  residency  and  should  also  be  considered  the  beneficial 
owner of such income.

taxation 

treaty 

Tax  residency  status  should  be  confirmed  by  tax  residency 
certificate issued by tax authorities of the recipient’s country of 
residence for tax year in which the income is paid.  

According  to  the  Tax  Code  of  Ukraine,  agents,  nominee 
holders, and other intermediaries in respect of received income 
cannot be beneficial owners of income sourced in Ukraine and 
are not entitled to favorable treaty provisions. The Ukrainian tax 
authorities use both legal and economic substance approach for 
the  beneficial  owner  definition  considering  also  economicsub-
stance of the transaction and the substance of the recipient of 
income. 

As result, in order to prove the beneficial ownership status of the 
non-resident  recipient,  there  should  be  additional  documental 
support to justify the substance of transactions. 

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

98

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

3.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

(continued)

Based  on  the  above  policy,  the  principal  groups  of  biological 
assets and agricultural produce are stated as follows:

Biological assets and agricultural produce
Agricultural  activity  is  defined  as  a  biological  transformation 
of  biological  assets  for  sale  into  agricultural  produce  or  into 
additional biological assets. The Group classifies hatchery eggs, 
live  poultry  and  other  animals  and  plantations  as  biological 
assets. 

The Group recognizes a biological asset or agricultural produce 
when the Group controls the asset as a result of past events, it is 
probable that future economic benefits associated with the asset 
will flow to the Group, and the fair value or cost of the asset can 
be measured reliably.

Biological  assets  are  stated  at  fair  value  less  estimated  costs 
to  sell  at  both  initial  recognition  and  as  of  the  reporting  date, 
with  any  resulting  gain  or  loss  recognised  in  the  consolidated 
statement  of  profit  or  loss.  Costs  to  sell  include  all  costs  that 
would be necessary to sell the assets, including costs necessary 
to get the assets to market. 

The  difference  between  fair  value  less  costs  to  sell  and  total 
production costs is allocated to biological assets held in stock as 
of each reporting date as a fair value adjustment. 

The  change  in  this  adjustment  from  one  period  to  another  is 
recognised as “Net change in fair value of biological assets and 
agricultural produce” in the consolidated statement of profit or 
loss. 

Agricultural  produce  harvested  from  biological  assets  is  mea-
sured at its fair value less costs to sell at the point of harvest. A 
gain or loss arising on initial recognition of agricultural produce 
at  fair  value  less  costs  to  sell  is  included  in  the  consolidated 
statement of profit or loss.

Biological Assets

i.   Broiler chickens

 Broilers  comprise  poultry  held 
for  chicken  meat 
production.  The  fair  value  of  broilers  is  determined  by 
reference to the cash flows that will be obtained from the 
sales of 42-day aged chickens, with an allowance for costs 
to be incurred and risks to be faced during the remaining 
transformation process.

ii.  Breeders

 The  fair  value  of  breeders  is  determined  using  the 
discounted cash flow approach based on hatchery eggs’ 
market prices.

iii. Cattle and pigs

 Cattle  and  pigs  comprise  cattle  held  for  regenera-
tion  of  livestock  population  and  animals  raised  for  milk 
and  beef  and  pork  meat  production.  The  fair  value  of 
livestock is determined based on market prices of livestock 
of  similar  age,  breed  and  genetic  merit.  Cattle,  for  which 
market-determined prices or values are not available and 
for which alternative estimates of fair value are determined 
to  be  clearly  unreliable,  are  measured  using  the  present 
value of expected net cash flows from the asset discounted 
at a current market-determined pre-tax rate.

iv. Crops in fields

 The fair value of crops in fields is determined by reference 
to the cash flows that will be obtained from sales of harve 
sted  crops,  with  an  allowance  for  costs  to  be  incurred 
and risks to be faced during the remaining transformation 
process.

v.  Hatchery eggs

The fair value of hatchery eggs is determined by reference 
to market prices at the point of harvest.

Agricultural Produce

i.  Dressed poultry, beef and pork

 The  fair  value  of  dressed  poultry,  beef  and  pork  is 
determined  by  reference  to  market  prices  at  the  point  of 
harvest.

ii.  Grain

The fair value of fodder grain is determined by reference to 
market prices at the point of harvest.

The  Group’s  biological  assets  are  classified 
into 
bearer and consumable biological assets depending upon 
the  function  of  a  particular  group  of  biological  assets  in 
the  Group’s  production  process.  Consumable  biological 
assets  are  those  that  are  to  be  harvested  as  agricultural 
produce, and include hatchery eggs and live broiler chickens 
intended for the production of meat, as well as pork and 
meat cows. Bearer biological assets include poultry held 
for  hatchery  eggs  production,  milk  cows  and  breeding 
bulls.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

99

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

3.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

(continued)

Financial instruments 
Financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  are  recognised  in  the 
Group’s statement of financial position when the Group becomes 
a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

Financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  of  the  Group  are 
represented  by  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  trade  accounts 
receivable,  net,  bank  borrowings,  bonds 
trade 
accounts 
liabilities.   
The  accounting  policies  for  initial  recognition  and  subsequent 
measurement  of  financial  instruments  are  disclosed  in  the 
respective accounting policies set out below in this Note.

financial 

payable 

issued, 

other 

and 

liabilities  are 

Financial  assets  and  financial 
initially 
fair  value.  Transaction  costs  that  are  di-
recognised  at 
rectly  attributable  to  the  acquisition  or  issue  of  financial 
assets  and  financial  liabilities  (other  than  financial  assets  and 
financial  liabilities  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss)  are 
added  to  or  deducted  from  the  fair  value  of  the  financial 
assets  or  financial 
initial 
recognition. Transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisi-
tion of financial assets or financial liabilities at fair value through 
profit or loss are recognised immediately in profit or loss.

liabilities,  as  appropriate,  on 

Financial assets
All  recognised  financial  assets  are  measured  subsequently  in 
their entirety at either amortised cost or fair value, depending on 
the classification of the financial assets.

Classification of financial assets
instruments  that  meet  the  following  conditions  are 
Debt 
measured subsequently at amortised cost  (this category is the 
most relevant to the Group):

•   the  financial  asset  is  held  within  a  business  model  whose 
objective is to hold financial assets in order to collect contrac-
tual cash flows; and

•    the  contractual  terms  of  the  financial  asset  give  rise  on 
specified  dates  to  cash  flows  that  are  solely  payments  of 
principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.

instruments  that  meet  the  following  conditions  are 

Debt 
measured subsequently at FVTOCI:
•   the  financial  asset  is  held  within  a  business  model  whose 
objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows 
and selling the financial assets; and

•   the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on speci-
fied dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal 
and interest on the principal amount outstanding.

By  default,  all  other  financial  assets  are  measured 
subsequently at FVTPL. 

Financial assets at amortised cost are subsequently measured 
using  the  effective  interest  (EIR)  method  and  are  subject  to  im-
pairment.  The  effective  interest  method  is  a  method  of  calcula 
ing the amortised cost of a debt instrument and of allocating in-
terest income over the relevant period. 

The amortised cost of a financial asset is the amount at which 
the  financial  asset  is  measured  at  initial  recognition  minus  the 
principal  repayments,  plus  the  cumulative  amortisation  using 
the  effective  interest  method  of  any  difference  between  that 
initial  amount  and  the  maturity  amount,  adjusted  for  any  loss 
allowance. The gross carrying amount of a financial asset is the 
amortised cost of a financial asset before adjusting for any loss 
allowance.

Impairment of financial assets
The  Group  recognises  an  allowance  for  expected  credit 
losses  (ECLs)  for  all  debt  instruments  not  held  at  fair  value 
through  profit  or  loss.  ECLs  are  estimated  as  the  difference 
between all contractual cash flows that are due to the Group in 
accordance  with  the  contract  and  all  the  cash  flows  that  the 
Group  expects  to  receive,  discounted  at  the  original  effective 
interest rate. The amount of expected credit losses is updated at 
each reporting date to  reflect changes in credit risk since initial 
recognition of the respective financial instrument.

For  trade  accounts  receivable  and  contract  assets,  the  Group 
applies a simplified approach in calculating ECLs. Therefore, the 
Group does not track changes in credit risk, but instead recog-
nises a loss allowance based on lifetime ECLs at each reporting 
date. The Group has established a provision matrix that is based 
on its historical credit loss experience, adjusted for forward-look-
ing factors specific to the debtors and the economic environment.

For all other financial instruments, the Group recognises lifetime 
ECL  when  there  has  been  a  significant  increase  in  credit  risk 
since initial recognition. However, if the credit risk on the finan-
cial instrument has not increased significantly since initial recog-
nition, the Group measures the loss allowance for that financial 
instrument at an amount equal to 12-month ECL.

Lifetime  ECL  represents  the  expected  credit  losses  that  will 
result from all possible default events over the expected life of a 
financial  instrument.  In  contrast,  12-month  ECL  represents 
the  portion  of  lifetime  ECL  that  is  expected  to  result  from 
default events on a financial instrument that are possible within 
12 months after the reporting date.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

100

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

3.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

(continued)

Significant increase in credit risk
In  assessing  whether  the  credit  risk  on  a  financial  instrument 
has  increased  significantly  since  initial  recognition,  the  Group 
compares  the  risk  of  a  default  occurring  on  the  financial 
instrument at the reporting date with the risk of a default occur-
ring on the financial instrument at the date of initial recognition.  
In making this assessment, the Group considers both quantitative 
and qualitative information that is reasonable and supportable, 
including 
forward-looking 
experience 
and 
is  available  without  undue  cost  or 
information 
effort.  Forward-looking  information  considered  includes  the 
future  prospects  of  the  industries  in  which  the  Group’s  debtors 
operate,  obtained  from  economic  expert’s  reports,  financial  
analysts,    governmental    bodies,  as  well  as  consideration  of  
various  external  sources  of  actual  and  forecast  economic 
information that relate to the Group’s core operations.

historical 
that 

Irrespective  of  the  outcome  of  the  above  assessment,  the 
Group  presumes  that  the  credit  risk  on  a  financial  asset  has 
increased significantly since initial recognition when contractual 
payments are more than 30 days past due, unless the Group has 
reasonable  and  supportable  information  that  demonstrates 
otherwise.

Low credit risk financial instruments
Despite the foregoing, the Group assumes that the credit risk on 
a  financial  instrument  has  not  increased  significantly  since  ini-
tial recognition if the financial instrument is determined to have 
low  credit  risk  at  the  reporting  date.  A  financial  instrument  is 
determined to have low credit risk if:
i.  The financial instrument has a low risk of default,
ii.  The debtor has a strong capacity to meet its contractual cash 

flow obligations in the near term, and

iii.  Adverse changes in economic and business conditions in the 
longer term may, but will not necessarily, reduce the ability of 
the borrower to fulfil its contractual cash flow obligations.

Default definition
The  Group  considers 
that  default  has  occurred  when 
a financial asset is more than 90 days past due unless the Group 
has  reasonable  and  supportable  information  to  demonstrate 
that a more lagging default criterion is more appropriate.

there 

Write-off policy
The  Group  writes  off  a  financial  asset  when 
is 
information  indicating  that  the  debtor  is  in  severe  financial 
difficulty and there is no realistic prospect of recovery, e.g. when 
the  debtor  has  been  placed  under  liquidation  or  has  entered 
into  bankruptcy  proceedings,  or  in  the  case  of  trade  accounts 
receivable,  when  the  amounts  are  over  three  years  past  due, 
whichever  occurs  sooner.  Financial  assets  written  off  may  still 
be subject to enforcement activities under the Group’s recovery 
procedures, taking into account legal advice where appropriate. 
Any recoveries made are recognised in profit or loss.

Inputs,  assumptions  and  estimation 
techniques  used  by 
measurement  and  recognition  of  expected  credit  losses  are 
disclosed in respective Notes 14 and 19 to financial assets.

Credit impaired financial assets
A financial asset is credit-impaired when one or more events that 
have  a  detrimental  impact  on  the  estimated  future  cash  flows 
of that financial asset have occurred. Evidence that a financial 
asset  is  credit-impaired  includes  observable  data  about  the 
following events:
•  significant financial difficulty of the issuer or the borrower;
•  a breach of contract, such as a default or past due event;
•   the  lender(s)  of  the  borrower,  for  economic  or  contractual 
reasons  relating  to  the  borrower’s  financial  difficulty,  having 
granted  to  the  borrower  a  concession(s)  that  the  lender(s) 
would not otherwise consider;
is  becoming  probable 

that  the  borrower  will  enter 

•   it 

bankruptcy or other financial reorganisation; or

•   the disappearance of an active market for that financial asset 

because of financial difficulties.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

101

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Derivative financial instruments
The  Group  enters  into  derivative  financial  instruments  to 
purchase  sunflower  seeds  and  sales  of  grains.  Derivatives  are 
initially recognised at fair value at the date the derivative con-
tracts are entered into and subsequently remeasured to their fair 
value at the end of each reporting period. The resulting gain or 
loss is recognised in profit or loss immediately.

Trade and other accounts payable
Accounts  payable  are  measured  at  initial  recognition  at  fair 
value, and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using 
the effective interest rate method.

3.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

(continued)

Financial liabilities
Initial recognition and measurement
The  Group’s  financial 
include  trade  and  other 
payables, loans and borrowings, leases and derivative financial 
instruments.

liabilities 

All  financial  liabilities  are  recognised  initially  at  fair  value  and 
are measured subsequently at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method.

The  effective  interest  method  is  a  method  of  calculating  the 
amortised  cost  of  a  financial  liability  and  of  allocating  interest 
expense  over  the  relevant  period.  The  effective  interest  rate  is 
the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments 
(including all fees and points paid or received that form an inte-
gral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and other 
premiums or discounts) through the expected life of the financial 
liability, or (where appropriate) a shorter period, to the amortised 
cost of a financial liability.

Derecognition of financial liabilities
The  Group  derecognises  financial  liabilities  when,  and  only 
when, the Group’s obligations are discharged, cancelled or have 
expired.  The  difference  between  the  carrying  amount  of  the 
financial liability derecognised and the consideration paid and 
payable is recognised in profit or loss.

When  the  Group  exchanges  with  the  existing  lender  one  debt 
instrument into another one with the substantially different terms, 
such  exchange  is  accounted  for  as  an  extinguishment  of  the 
original financial liability and the recognition of a new financial 
liability.  Similarly, 
for  substantial 
modification  of  terms  of  an  existing  liability  or  part  of  it  as 
an  extinguishment  of  the  original  financial  liability  and  the 

the  Group  accounts 

recognition  of  a  new  liability.  It  is  assumed  that  the  terms  are 
substantially different if the discounted present value of the cash 
flows  under  the  new  terms,  including  any  fees  paid  net  of  any 
fees received and discounted using the original effective rate is 
at least 10 per cent different from the discounted present value 
of the remaining cash flows of the original financial liability. If the 
modification is not substantial, the difference between: 
1.  the carrying amount of the liability before the modification; and 
2.  the present value of the cash flows after modification should 
be recognised in profit or loss as the modification gain or loss. 

Trade accounts receivable, net
Trade  accounts  receivable,  net  are  measured  at 
initial 
recognition at transaction price, and are subsequently measured 
at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. Trade 
accounts  receivable,  net  which  are  non-interest  bearing,  are 
stated at their nominal value.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash  and  cash  equivalents  include  cash  in  hand,  cash  with 
banks,  deposits  and  marketable  securities  with  an  maturity  of 
less than three months from the date of acquisition.

issued  and  other 

Bank  borrowings,  corporate  bonds 
long-term payables
Interest-bearing  bank  borrowings,  bonds  issued  and  other 
long-term  payables  are  initially  measured  at  fair  value  net  of 
directly  attributable  transaction  costs,  and  are  subsequently 
measured  at  amortised  cost  using  the  effective  interest  rate 
method.  Any  difference  between  the  proceeds  (net  of  trans-
action  costs)  and  the  settlement  or  redemption  amount  is 
recognised  over  the  term  of  the  borrowings  and  recorded  as 
finance costs.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

102

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

3.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

(continued)
Lease liabilities
The Group assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease, at 
inception of the contract. 

The  Group  recognises  lease  liabilities  in  the  consolidated 
statement of financial position, initially measured at the present 
value of future lease payments. The Group does not apply the 
short term and low-value lease exemptions. 

The Group measures the lease liability at the present value of 
the  lease  payments  that  are  not  paid  at  the  commencement 
date, discounted by using the interest rate implicit in the lease. 
If  this  rate  cannot  be  readily  determined,  the  Group  uses  its 
incremental  borrowing  rate.  The  incremental  borrowing  rate 
is defined as the rate of interest that the lessee would have to 
pay to borrow over a similar term, and with a similar security the 
funds necessary to obtain an asset of a similar value to the right 
of use asset in a similar economic environment.

The  lease  liability  is  presented  as  a  separate  line  in  the 
consolidated statement of financial position. The lease liability 
is  subsequently  measured  by  increasing  the  carrying  amount 
to  reflect  interest  on  the  lease  liability  (using  the  effective 
interest method) and by reducing the carrying amount to reflect 
the  lease  payments  made.  The  Group  recognises  interest  on 
lease liabilities based on incremental borrowing rate, presented 
within interest expenses in the consolidated statement of profit 
or loss.

The  Group  remeasures  the  lease  liability  (and  makes  a 
corresponding  adjustment  to  the  related  right-of-use  asset) 
whenever:
•   The  lease  term  has  changed  or  there  is  a  change  in  the  as-
sessment of exercise of a purchase option, in which case the 
lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease 
payments using a revised discount rate.

•   The  lease  payments  change  due  to  changes  in  an  index 
or  rate  or  market  rate,  in  which  cases  the  lease  liability  is 
remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using 
the initial discount rate (unless the lease payments change is 
due  to  a  change  in  a  floating  interest  rate,  in  which  case  a 
revised discount rate is used).

A  lease  contract  is  modified  and  the  lease  modification  is  not 
accounted  for  as  a  separate  lease,  in  which  case  the  lease 
liability 
lease 
is  remeasured  by  discounting  the  revised 
payments using a revised discount rate.

In  the  statement  of  cash  flows  the  Group  separates  the 
total  amount  of  cash  paid  into  a  principal  portion  (presented 
(presented  within 
within  financing  activities)  and 

interest 

operating activities).

Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal 
or constructive obligation (either based on legal regulations or 
implied) as a result of past events, and it is probable that an out-
flow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and a 

reliable estimate of the obligation can be made.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS103

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

4.   CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS AND KEY SOURCES 

OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY

In  the  application  of  the  Group’s  accounting  policies,  which 
are  described  in  Note  3,  management  is  required  to  make 
judgements,  estimates  and  assumptions  about  the  carrying 
amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  that  are  not  readily  apparent 
from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions 
are  based  on  historical  experience  and  other  factors  that  are 
considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these 
estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an 
ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised 
in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects 
both current and future periods.

Critical judgements in applying accounting policies
The following are the critical judgments, apart from those involv-
ing estimations (see below), that management has made in the 
process  of  applying  the  Group’s  accounting  policies  and  that 
have  the  most  significant  effect  on  the  amounts  recognised  in 
the consolidated financial statements.

Determination of variable lease payments
As described in Note 3, the Group measures lease liabilities at 
the  present  value  of  future  lease  payments,  discounted  using 
the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate. Future lease payments 
consist  of  both  fixed  payments  (including  in-substance  fixed 
payments)  and  variable  lease  payments.  Management  of  the 
Group  make significant judgement in determination of variable 
lease payments. Regardless of the lease payments stated in the 
lease contracts, customary business practices complement the 
contractual terms in a way that at each particular date the rate 
is a market rate. Since the entire market operates on the basis of 
expectations  of  a  periodic  revision  of  rates  (based  on  current 

market  rates),  management  has  concluded  that  the  rates  are 
determined by the market mechanism. In substance non-contrac-
tual  changes  in  lease  payments  are  driven  by  the  competitive 
forces and payments change is based on the average changes 
of lease payments in the region.

Revaluation of property, plant and equipment
As  described  in  Note  3,  the  Group  applies  the  revaluation 
model to the measurement of all groups of property, plant and 
equipment,  except  land  and  other  fixed  assets.  At  each 
reporting  date,  the  Group  carries  out  a  review  of  the  carrying 
amount  of  items  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  accounted 
for using a revaluation model to determine whether the carrying 
amount differs materially from fair value. 

When  determining  whether  to  perform  a  fair  value  assessment 
in  a  given  period,  the  management  of  the  Group  considers 
development  of  macroeconomic  indicators  like  changes  in 
prices,  inflation  rates  and  devaluation  of  Ukrainian  Hryvnia 
(“UAH”)  against  USD  and  EUR.  Based  on  the  results  of  this 
review, 
that 
buildings  and  structures,  grain  storage  facilities,  utilities  and 
infrastructure, vehicles and agricultural machinery, auxiliary and 
other machinery should be revalued as of 30 September 2019.

the  Group  concluded 

the  management  of 

Loans to related parties
As described in Note 30, as of 31 December 2019, the Group had 
advanced  loans  to  its  majority  shareholder,  WTI  Trading  Limit-
ed  (“WTI”),    in  the  aggregate  amount  of  USD  20,400  thousand 
pursuant  to  a    USD  50,000  thousand  facility  approved  by  the 
Board  of  Directors.  The  facility  was  further  increased  by  the 
Board to USD 80,000 thousand on 21 January 2020. The loans 
were granted on arm’s length basis.  
The  Board  has  exercised    significant  judgement  in  assessing 
whether the granted  loans  were made on terms equivalent with 

those prevailing in arm’s length conditions and entitle market in-
terest rate. In addition management has exercised judgement in 
assessing whether the granting of  loans affect the compliance 
of the Group with the various provisions stipulated by the  inden-
tures of  Senior Notes, including assessment of  compliance with 
criteria related to restricted payments and exemptions, assess-
ment  of  compliance  with  limitations  on  transactions  with  affili-
ates, as well as  compliance with loans granted with  definition of 
permitted investments.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty
The  following  are  the  key  assumptions  concerning  the  future, 
and  other  key  sources  of  estimation  uncertainty  at  the  end  of 
the  reporting  period  that  have  a  significant  risk  of  causing  a 
material  adjustment  to  the  carrying  amounts  of  assets  and 
 liabilities within the next financial year.

Impairment of goodwill and intangibles not amortised
As disclosed in Notes 14 and 15, the Group determines at least 
on an annual basis whether indefinite life intangible assets and 
goodwill  are  impaired.  This  requires  an  estimate  of  an  asset’s 
recoverable  amount  which  is  the  higher  of  an  asset’s  or  cash 
generating  unit’s  (CGU’s)  fair  value  less  costs  of  disposal  and 
its  value  in  use  and  it  is  determined  for  an  individual  asset, 
unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are large-
ly independent of those from other assets or groups of assets.  
Estimating a value-in-use amount requires management to make 
an  estimate  of  the  expected  future  cash  flows  from  the  cash 
generating unit and also to choose a suitable discount rate and 
growth rates in order to calculate the present value of those cash 
flows.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

104

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

independent  appraiser 

Key  assumptions  used  by  the 
in 
assessing  the  fair  value  of  property,  plant  and  equipment 
using the depreciated replacement cost and market comparable 
methods were as follows:
•   changes in market prices of assets and construction materials 
from the date of their acquisition/construction/date of previous 
valuation to the date of this valuation;

•  external prices for vehicles;
•   normative and remaining useful lives; and
•  rates of physical depreciation.

The  results  of  revaluation  based  on  the  depreciated  replace-
ment cost and market comparable approaches were compared 
with  a  revaluation  performed  using  the  income  approach  to 
check for impairment indicators of revalued assets, if any. For all 
CGUs in Ukraine the Group used discount factor 12.0% and ter-
minal growth rate 4.7% for projected cash flows beyond five-year 
projected  period  for  revaluation  performed  using  the  income 
approach. For CGUs in Poultry and related operations segment, 
Grain  growing  operations  segment  and  Meat  processing  and 
other agricultural operations segment the revenue growth rates 
within  five-year  period  are  7.0%,  5.1%  and  7.0%,  respectively.   
Assumptions used in the impairment testing of the assets related 
to Perutnina Group are disclosed in Note 15.

4.   CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS AND KEY SOURCES 

OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY (continued)

Key sources of estimation uncertainty
Fair  value  measurement  on  business  combinations  and 
identification of cash generating units
As disclosed in Note 2, the Group acquired Perutnina Ptuj during 
2019  and  based  on  IFRS  3  recognised  the  underlying  assets 
and  liabilities  and  consideration  given  at  fair  value.  The  fair 
value has been determined by adopting a variety of  techniques 
that  are  appropriate  for  the  respective  assets  and  liabilities 
and  are  normally  assessed  by  market  valuation  practitioners.  
The  fair  value  estimates  and  techniques  used  as  well  as  the  
identification  of  cash  generating  units,  requires  significant 
judgement to be exercised by management.

Revaluation of property, plant and equipment 
During the year ended 31 December 2019, the management of 
the  Group  appointed  an  independent  appraiser  to  perform  a 
revaluation  of  buildings  and  structures,  grain  storage  facilities, 
utilities and infrastructure, vehicles and agricultural machinery, 
auxiliary and other machinery as of 30 September 2019. 

The  independent  appraiser  has  performed  the  valuation  in 
accordance with International Valuation Standards applying the 
following techniques:
•   depreciated  replacement  cost  for  grain  storage  facilities, 

utilities and infrastructure;

•   market  comparable  approach  for  vehicles  and  agricultural 

machinery; and

•   depreciated  replacement  cost  and  market  comparable 
approach, if applicable, for buildings and structures, auxiliary 
and other machinery.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

105

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

4.   CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY (continued)
The  following  unobservable  inputs  were  used  to  measure  Buildings  and  structures,  Utilities  and  infrastructure,  Grain  storage  facilities,  Vehicles  and  agricultural  machinery,  Auxiliary  and  other 
machinery and Production machinery:

Description

Fair value 
as at 31 
December 
2019

Fair value 
as at 31 
December 
2018

Valuation technique(s)

Unobservable inputs

Range of 
unobservable 
inputs 2019 
(average)

Range of 
unobservable 
inputs 2018 
(average)

Buildings and structures

1,029,998

N/A1

Depreciated replacement 
cost method

Utilities and infrastructure

152,629

N/A1

Depreciated replacement 
cost method

Grain storage facilities

105,569

N/A1

Depreciated replacement 
cost method

Index of physical depreciation

0 - 70%
(28.42%)

Cumulative index of inflation 
of construction works

1.00 - 11.23
(1.09)

Index of physical depreciation

0 - 70%
(30.47%)

Cumulative index of inflation 
of construction works

1.00 - 11.23
(1.08)

Index of physical depreciation

0 - 70%
(44.67%)

Cumulative index of inflation 
of construction works

1.00 - 9.57
(1.07)

Vehicles and agricultural 
machinery

183,258

N/A1

Market comparable approach Index of physical depreciation

Auxiliary and other machinery

61,717

N/A1

Market comparable approach Index of physical depreciation

0 - 90%
(17.17%)

0 - 90% 
(35.49%)

N/A1

N/A1

N/A1

N/A1

N/A1

N/A1

N/A1

N/A1

Relationship of unobservable 
inputs to fair value

The higher the index of physical 
depreciation, the lower the fair 
value

The higher the index, the higher 
the fair value

The higher the index of physical 
depreciation, the lower the fair 
value

The higher the index, the higher 
the fair value

The higher the index of physical 
depreciation, the lower the fair 
value

The higher the index, the higher 
the fair value

The higher the index of physical 
depreciation, the lower the fair 
value

The higher the index of physical 
depreciation, the lower the fair 
value

1 Due to the absence of revaluation during the year ended 31 December 2018

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

106

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

4.   CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS AND KEY SOURCES 

OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY (continued)
Revaluation of property, plant and equipment
If  the  above  unobservable  inputs  to  the  valuation  model  were 
5 percentage points higher/lower while all other variables were 
held  constant,  the  carrying  amount  of  the  property,  plant  and 
equipment under revaluation would decrease/increase by USD 
35,386 thousand and USD 33,466 thousand, respectively.

less  costs  to  sell  of  biological  assets  and 

Fair  value 
agricultural produce
Biological  assets  are  recorded  at  fair  values  less  costs  to  sell. 
The Group estimates the fair values of biological assets based 
on the following key assumptions:
•   Average  meat  output  for  broilers  and  livestock  for  meat 

production;

•   Average  productive  life  of  breeders  and  cattle  held  for 

Determination of incremental borrowing rate
As described in Note 3, the Group uses incremental borrowing 
rate as discounting factor for the purpose of calculation of lease 
liability,  if  the  rate  implicit  in  the  lease  is  not  readily  determin-
able. Incremental borrowing rate is determined as available rate 
for the Group adjusted for specifics of particular lease contracts. 

The  weighted  average  lessee’s  incremental  borrowing  rate 
applied to the lease liabilities on 1 January 2019 was 20%. If the 
above rate was 5 percentage points higher/lower, the carrying 
amount of lease liabilities recognized as of 1 January 2019 would 
decrease/increase  by  USD  21,399  thousand  and  USD  28,315 
thousand, respectively.

regeneration and milk production;

•  Expected crops output;
•  Estimated changes in future sales prices;
•  Projected production costs and costs to sell; and
•  Discount rate.

During  the  year  ended  31  December  2019,  the  fair  value  of 
biological assets was estimated using discount factors of 12.0% 
and  12.0%  for  non-current  and  current  assets,  respectively  (31 
December 2018: 15.7% and 18.0%).

Although  some  of  these  assumptions  are  obtained  from 
published  market  data,  the  majority  of  these  assumptions  are 
estimated based on the Group’s historical and projected results 
(Note 17).

Useful lives of property, plant and equipment
The estimation of the useful life of an item of property, plant and 
equipment  is  a  matter  of  management  estimates  based  upon 
experience  with  similar  assets.  In  determining  the  useful  life 
of  an  asset,  management  considers  the  expected  usage,  esti-
mated technical obsolescence, physical wear and tear and the 
physical environment in which the asset is operated. Changes in 
any of these conditions or estimates may result in adjustments 
for future depreciation rates.

Deferred tax assets
Deferred  tax  assets,  including  those  arising  from  unused  tax 
losses are recognised to the extent that it is probable that they 
will  be  recovered,  which  is  dependent  on  the  generation  of 
sufficient 
taxable  profit.  Based  on  management’s 
assessment,  the  Group  determined  it  was  appropriate  to 
recognize  d  ferred  tax  assets  on  unused  tax  losses,  which  
will  be  utilized  in  future  against  existing  deferred  tax  liabilities 
and available future tax profits.

future 

The  estimation  uncertainty  therefore  pertains  to  the  level  of 
deferred tax assets to be recognised.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

107

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The  accounting  policies  of  the  reportable  segments  are  the 
same  as  the  Group’s  accounting  policies  described  in  Note 
3.  Sales  between  segments  are  carried  out  at  market  prices.  
The  segment  result  represents  operating  profit  under  IFRS 
before unallocated corporate expenses and loss on impairment  
of  property,  plant  and  equipment.  Unallocated  corporate  
expenses  include  management  remuneration,  representative 
expenses,  and  expenses  incurred  in  respect  of  the  main-
tenance  of  office  premises.  This  is  the  measure  reported 
to  the  CODM  for  the  purposes  of  resource  allocation  and 
assessment of segment performance.

Europe  operating  segment  primarily 
includes  sales  of 
chicken  meat  and  meat  processing  products,  produced  in  the 
facilities  of  Perutnina  Ptuj.  However,  the  CODM  manages 
this  as  a  single  segment,  on  the  basis  that  each  of  research, 
development,  manufacture,  distribution  and  selling  of  chicken 
meat  and  meat  processing  products  requires  single  marketing 
strategies, centralised budgeting process and centralised man-
agement of production operations.

The  Group  does  not  disclose  geographical 
revenue  
information  as  it  is  not  available  and  the  cost  to  develop  it  
would be excessive. 

5.  SEGMENT INFORMATION
In  2019,  following  the  acquisition  of  operations  in  Europe 
(Perutnina  Ptuj), 
the  Group’s  chief  operating  decision 
maker (“CODM”) reviews the results and operations of the Europe 
operating  segment  separately  from  the  other  segments  of 
the  group.  This  is  a  new  operating  segment  and  therefore  this 
change has not impacted the composition of the other operating 
segments. As this is a new segment for 2019, there is no need for 
prior year segment information to be presented.

The  Group’s  business  is  managed  on  a  worldwide  basis,  but 
operates  manufacturing  facilities  and  sales  offices  primarily  in 
Ukraine and Europe.

Reportable segments are presented in a manner consistent with 
the internal reporting to the CODM.

Segment  information  is  analysed  on  the  basis  of  the  types  of 
goods supplied by the Group’s operating divisions. The Group’s 
reportable segments under IFRS 8 are as follows:

Poultry and related operations segment:
•  sales of chicken meat; 
•  sales of vegetable oil and related products;
•  other poultry related sales. 

Grain growing operations segment:
•  sales of grain.

Meat processing and other agricultural operations segment:
•  sales of meat processing products and other meat;
•  other agricultural operations (milk, feed grains and other).

Europe operating segment:
•   sales  of  meat  processing  and  chicken  meat  products  in 

Southeast Europe.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

108

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

5.  SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)
As of 31 December and for the year then ended the Group’s segmental information from continuing operations was as follows:

Year ended 31 December 2019

External sales

Poultry 
and related 
operations

 1,367,554   

Sales between business segments

49,633  

 268,419   

 246,477  

 514,896  

28,972  

1,417,187  

182,778  

Grain growing 
operations

Meat processing and other 
agricultural operations 

Europe operating 
segment

Total 
reportable 
segments

Eliminations

Consolidated

 148,673   

271,297   

 2,055,943   

-

2,055,943   

 949  

149,622  

12,820  

-

 297,059  

 (297,059) 

-

 271,297  

 25,196  

249,766  

2,353,002  

 (297,059) 

 2,055,943  

Total revenue

Segment result

Unallocated 
corporate expenses

Loss on impairment of property, 
plant and equipment4

Other income, net1

Profit before tax from continuing 
operations

OTHER INFORMATION:

Additions to property, plant and 
equipment2

Depreciation and amortization 
expense3

Net change in fair value of bio-
logical assets and agricultural 
produce

(2,653)

(3,004)

(163)

-

(5,820)

92,836  

98,526  

4,116  

80,115  

 2,985  

7,544  

10,547  

 110,484  

18,523  

 204,708  

8,732  

(49,875) 

 1,577  

 51  

(39,515) 

-

-

-

-

-

249,766  

 (28,019) 

 (6,244) 

 37,709  

 253,212  

110,484  

204,708  

(39,515)

1   Include finance income, finance costs, foreign exchange gain, net and other expenses, net. 

2    Additions to property, plant and equipment in 2019 do not include unallocated additions in the amount of USD 9,744 thousand and additions due to acquisitions of subsidiaries in the amount 

of USD 179,581  thousand.

3  Depreciation and amortization for the year ended 31 December 2019 does not include unallocated depreciation and amortization in the amount of USD 983 thousand.

4  Loss on impairment of property, plant and equipment for the year ended 31 December 2019 includes unallocated loss in amount of USD 424 thousand.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS109

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

5.  SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)
As of 31 December and for the year then ended the Group’s segmental information from continuing operations was as follows:

Year ended 31 December 2018

External sales

Poultry 
and related 
operations

1,241,181   

Sales between business segments

50,181

180,976 

244,151

425,127

106,401

 130,049   

324

130,373

9,270

1,291,362

229,293

Grain growing 
operations

Meat processing and other 
agricultural operations 

Europe operating 
segment

Total revenue

Segment result

Unallocated 
corporate expenses

Loss on impairment of property, 
plant and equipment

Other income, net1

Profit before tax from continuing 
operations

OTHER INFORMATION:

Additions to property, plant and 
equipment2

Depreciation and amortization 
expense3

Net change in fair value of bio-
logical assets and agricultural 
produce

189,677

82,093

30,747

44,503

(934)

33,028

12,496

6,668

-

1  Include finance income, finance costs, foreign exchange gain, net and other expenses, net. 

2  Additions to property, plant and equipment in 2018 do not include unallocated additions in the amount of USD 5,948 thousand.

3  Depreciation and amortization for the year ended 31 December 2018 does not include unallocated depreciation and amortization in the amount of USD 802 thousand.

Total 
reportable 
segments

1,552,206

Eliminations

Consolidated

-

1,552,206

294,656

(294,656)

-

1,846,862

(294,656)

1,552,206   

344,964

-

344,964

(28,771)

(3,803)

(132,485)

179,905

232,920

133,264

32,094

232,920

133,264

32,094

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS110

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

5.  SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)
The Group’s export sales to external customers by major product 
types were as follows during the years ended 31 December 2019 
and 2018:

As of 31 December 2019 and for the year then ended, the Group’s 
manufacturing  facilities  were  located  mainly  within  Ukraine. 
There is not a single customer who contributed more than 10% 
amount to the Group’s revenue in either 2019 or 2018.

Chicken meat and related products

588,903   

471,177   

Vegetable oil and related products

302,600   

274,313   

2019

2018

Grain

Other agricultural segment 
products

251,836   

156,511   

42,362   

21,703   

 1,185,701  

923,704  

Export  sales  includes  revenue  from  shipping  and  handling 
in  the  amount  of  USD  68,543  thousand  as  of 
services 
31 December 2019 (2018: USD 33,325 thousand). 

Export  sales  of  vegetable  oil  and  related  products  and  export 
sales of grains are primarily made to global trading companies. 
The major markets for the Group’s export sales of chicken meat 
are MENA and EU countries.

Non-current  assets  based  on  the  geographic  location  of  the 
manufacturing facilities were as follows as of  31 December 2019 
and 31 December 2018:

Ukraine

Europe

2019

2018

 2,251,447 

1,613,243  

234,209  

-

2,485,656 

1,613,243  

Non-current assets excluding deferred tax assets and non-current financial assets.

6.  REVENUE
Revenue for the years ended 31 December 2019 and 2018 was 
as follows:

2019

2018

Poultry and related operations segment

Chicken meat

 977,576   

870,851   

Vegetable oil and related products

 296,999   

 271,122   

Shipping and handling services

56,199   

43,586

Other poultry related sales

36,780   

55,622   

1,367,554   

 1,241,181   

Grain growing operations segment

Grain

 235,095  

 168,118  

Shipping and handling services

33,324  

12,858

 268,419  

180,976  

Meat processing and other agricultural operations 
segment

Other meat

 112,586  

 97,190  

Shipping and handling services

 5,583  

5,313

Other agricultural sales

30,504  

27,546  

Europe operating segment

Chicken meat

Other meat

Other agricultural sales

Shipping and handling services

 148,673  

 130,049  

150,456  

91,679  

 26,472  

 2,690  

271,297  

-

-

-

-

-

2,055,943  

1,552,206

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS111

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

7.  COST OF SALES
Cost of sales for the years ended 31 December 2019 and 2018 
was as follows:

8.  SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  for  the  years 
ended 31 December 2019 and 2018 were as follows:

Poultry and related operations

1,050,849   

891,065

Payroll and related expenses

72,986   

 43,653   

2019

2018

2019

2018

Grain growing operations

241,917   

154,053   

Services

Meat processing and other 
agricultural operations segment

131,723   

117,609   

Depreciation expense

Europe operating segment

194,107   

-

1,618,596   

 1,162,727   

Advertising expense

Representative costs and business 
trips

Fuel and other materials used

Insurance expense

Bank services and conversion fees

Other

45,868   

21,957   

18,914   

9,960   

14,392 

9,830   

13,957  

5,638  

1,381  

1,290  

 7,779  

2,715  

492 

431

 4,730  

 2,760  

 179,156   

99,577   

Payroll and related expenses includes social security contribu-
tions amounted to USD 7,773 thousand for the year ended 31 De-
cember 2019 (2018: USD 3,624 thousand).

Remuneration  to  the  auditors,  included  in  Services  above, 
amounted  to  USD  1,831  thousand  for  the  year  ended  31 
December 2019 (2018: USD 1,605 thousand). Such remuneration 
includes  both  audit  and  non-audit  services,  with  the  statutory 
audit  fees  component  amounted  to  USD  990  thousand  (2018: 
USD 430 thousand) for the year ended 31 December 2019 and 
fees  for  other  assurance  services  component  approximating 
USD  309  thousand  (2018:  USD  458  thousand),  for  tax  adviso-
ry  services  component  approximating  USD  23  thousand  (2018: 
USD 20 thousand) and for other non-audit services component 
approximating USD 509 thousand (2018: USD 697 thousand) for 
the year ended 31 December 2019.

9.  DEFERRED REVENUE 
The  Ukrainian  Government  supports  domestic  agricultural 
producers  and  attracts  investments  into  the  agricultural  sector.  
According  to  the  Law  “On  the  State  Budget  for  2019”,  UAH 
5,709  million  were  allocated  to  support  the  agricultural 
sector in 2019 via a compensation program, including UAH 3,500 
million  to  support  the  livestock  sector  and  up  to  UAH  900 
million to purchase agricultural machinery produced in Ukraine.

Also  during  the  year  ended  31  December  2019,  the  Group 
received  government  compensations 
in  accordance  with 
EU  farming  subsidies  policy  and  other  compensations  in 
accordance  with  the  EU  national  programs  of  employment,  
assigned  contributions  for  employees,  and  refunds  of  excise 
duties. 
For  the  years  ended  31  December  2019  and  2018  following 
government grants were received:

Compensation of construction and 
reconstruction of livestock farms

2019

2018

7,554

34,371

Compensation received in EU 

4,063

Compensation of the cost of 
machinery and equipment 

Other compensations

395

923

12,935 

-

-

1,000

35,371

Government  grants  for  compensation  of  construction  and 
reconstruction  of  livestock  farms  and  compensation  of  cost  of 
machinery and equipment are presented in the statement of the 
financial  position  as  deferred  revenues,  which  is  recognised  in 
profit  or  loss  on  a  systematic  basis  over  the  useful  life  of  the 
related  assets.  All  other  compensations 
received  were 
recognised in consolidated statement of profit or loss and other 
comprehensive income in full.

For the years ended 31 December 2019 and 2018 cost of sales 
comprised the following:

Costs of raw materials and other 
inventory used

2019

2018

1,041,184

751,747

Payroll and related expenses

236,788

161,708

Depreciation and amortization 
expense

Other costs

186,777

124,106

153,847

125,166

 1,618,596   

1,162,727   

Social security contributions, included in Payroll and related ex-
penses above, amounted to USD 38,645 thousand for the year 
ended 31 December 2019 (2018: USD 25,519 thousand).

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

112

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

10.  FINANCE COSTS
Finance costs for the years ended 31 December 2019 and 2018 
were as follows:

2019

2018

Interest on corporate bonds

94,970   

93,200   

Interest on obligations under 
leases

37,784

 1,154

Interest on bank borrowings

 12,951   

11,852   

Bank commissions and other 
charges

Costs related to corporate bonds 
(Note 27)

6,827

4,417  

 2,164   

 32,915

Total finance costs

154,696   

 143,538   

LESS:

Finance costs included in the cost 
of qualifying assets

 (7,144) 

 (5,519) 

 147,552  

 138,019  

For  qualifying  assets,  the  weighted  average  capitalization  rate 
on  funds  borrowed  during  the  year  ended  31  December  2019 
was 8.10% (2018: 8.60%).

corporate  bonds 

Interest  on 
the  years  ended 
31  December  2019  and  2018  includes  the  amortization  of 
premium and debt issue costs on bonds issued in the amounts of  
USD 6,885 thousand and USD 6,196 thousand, respectively.

for 

11.  INCOME TAX
The  majority  of  the  Group’s  operating  entities  are  located 
in  Ukraine,  therefore  the  effective  tax  rate  reconciliation  is 
completed  based  on  Ukrainian  statutory  rates.  The  net  results 
of the Group companies incorporated in jurisdictions other than 
Ukraine were insignificant during the years ended 31 December 
2019 and 2018.

During  the  year  ended  31  December  2019,  the  Group’s 
companies  that  have  the  status  of  Corporate  Income  Tax  (the 
“CIT”)  payers  in  Ukraine  were  subject  to  income  tax.  The  Tax 
Code of Ukraine introduced an 18% income tax rate effective from 
1 January 2014. The deferred income tax assets and liabilities as 
of 31 December 2019 and 2018 are measured based on the tax 
rates expected to be applied to the period when the temporary 
differences are expected to reverse.

The components of income tax expense/(benefit) were as follows 
for the years ended 31 December 2019 and 2018:

Current income tax expense 

Withholding tax

Deferred tax expense

Income tax charge

2019

 5,171

7,073

19,863

 32,107

2018

2,169

10,927

37,431

50,527

The  reconciliation  between  profit  before  tax  from  continuing 
operations  multiplied  by  the  statutory  tax  rate  and  the  tax 
expense for the years ended 31 December 2019 and 2018 was 
as follows:

Profit before income tax

 253,212   

179,905

2019

2018

al 

of 

the 

status 

agricult 

(poultry 

The  majority  of  the  Group  companies  that  are  involved  in 
agricultural  production 
farms  and  other  entities 
engaged 
in  agricultural  production)  benefit  substantially 
producer.  
an 
from 
The  tax  rates  for  agricultural  producers  is  calculated  as  a 
percentage  of  the  target-ratio  based  mon  tary  valuation  per 
hectare  of  agricultural  land  resulting  in  substantially  lower  tax 
charges  compared  to  CIT.  Agricultural  manufacturers  are  eligi-
ble to apply for a single tax if they meet both the following two 
requirements:
•   The share of the entity’s revenue from agricultural production 
(i.e. sale of the entity’s cultivated and processed products) to 
the  total  share  of  its  income  equals  or  exceeds  75  per  cent; 
and 

•   These  agriproducts  were  cultivated  on 

land  that  such 
agricultural  manufacturers  own  or  lease,  and  the  ownership 
title and leases have been duly registered. 

Income tax expense calculated 
at rates effective during the year 
ended in respective jurisdictions

TAX EFFECT OF:

Income generated by FAT payers 
and other exempt from income tax

Derecognition and utilisation of 
previously recognised tax losses/ 
assets

Withholding tax

Non-deductible expenses

Expenses not deducted for tax 
purposes

Translation loss

Income tax charge

45,954   

36,360

(13,461) 

(33,400)

 (17,734) 

30,802

 7,073

 3,915  

10,927

1,894

-

2,129

6,360 

1,815

 32,107  

50,527

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

113

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

11.  INCOME TAX (continued)
Derecognition  of  previously  recognised  tax  losses  results 
from  the  reversal  of  deferred  tax  liabilities  related  to  property 
revaluation  that  were  the  source  of  taxable  income  relied  on 
previously to support recognition. 

As  of  31  December  2019  and  2018  deferred  tax  assets  and 
liabilities recognised the following:

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there 
is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against 
current tax liabilities and when the deferred income taxes relate 
to the same fiscal authority. The following amounts, determined 
after  appropriate  offsetting,  are  presented  in  the  consolidated 
statement of financial position as of 31 December 2019 and 2018:

The movements in net deferred tax liabilities for the years ended 
31 December 2019 and 2018 were as follows:

Net deferred tax liabilities as of 
beginning of the year

2019

2018

 (12,953)  

(23,609)

Deferred tax expense

(19,866)  

(37,431)

2019

2018

Deferred tax assets

2019

2018

6,640   

12,189

Deferred tax liabilities acquired from the 
acquisition of subsidiaries

 (18,338)  

DEFERRED TAX ASSETS ARISING FROM:

Other current liabilities

Inventories

Tax losses

 3,244  

432

1,235

354

 26,423 

60,048

Total deferred tax assets

 30,099  

61,637

DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES ARISING FROM:

Property, plant and equipment

(78,906)  

(61,908)

Inventories

(159) 

(493)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 (79,065) 

(62,401)

Net deferred tax liabilities

 (48,966) 

(764)

Deferred tax liabilities

 (55,305)  

(12,953)

Deferred tax assets not recognised 

 (4,356)  

(12,189)

 (53,021)  

(12,953)

During the years ended 31 December 2019 and 2018, the Group 
did not recognize tax losses in the amount of USD 23,086 (USD 
4,356  thousand  of  deferred  tax  assets),  USD  67,717  thousand 
(USD 12,189 thousand of deferred tax asset), respectively, as the 
Group  did  not  intend  to  deduct  the  relevant  expenses  for  tax 
purposes  in  subsequent  periods,  as  there  are  uncertainties  on 
whether sufficient taxable profits will be generated by particular 
companies of the Group in the future. There is no expiration date 
of accounting tax losses according to the Tax Code of Ukraine.

Deferred  tax  liabilities  have  not  been  recognised  in  respect  of 
unremitted  earnings  of  Ukrainian  subsidiaries  as  the  earnings 
can be remitted free from taxation currently and in future years, 
based on current legislation.

Deferred tax on revaluation of property, 
plant and equipment charged directly to 
other comprehensive income as result of 
revaluation 

Deferred tax on revaluation of property, 
plant and equipment charged directly to 
other comprehensive income as result of 
intercompany sales

-

-

 (17,053) 

15,162

49,357

Translation difference

 27 

(1,270)

Net deferred tax liabilities as of end of 
the year

 (53,021)  

(12,953)

Deferred  tax  benefit  on  revaluation  of  property,  plant  and 
equipment  is  related  to  the  intercompany  sale  of  fixed  assets 
from CIT-payers entity to FAT-payers (tax-exempt)  entity, which 
has  led  to  reversal  of  the  respective  part  of  the  deferred  tax 
liability.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

114

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

12.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
The following table represents movements in property, plant and equipment for the year ended 31 December 2019:

Land

Buildings and

Grain storage

Production 

Auxiliary and other 

Utilities and

Vehicles and 

Other fixed 

Construction

structures

facilities

machinery

machinery

infrastructure

agricultural machinery

assets1

in progress2

Total

Cost or fair value:

At 31 December 2018

4,363  

670,095  

78,376  

 332,493  

 51,387  

 105,540  

Adoption of IFRS 16

At 1 January 2019

Additions

-

-

 4,363

670,095  

1,044   

 19,841   

Acquisitions of subsidiaries (Note 2)

 29,689   

114,757   

-

78,376  

5,954   

1,193   

-

 (3)  

-

 11,886   

10,716  

-

332,493  

 9,057   

26,794   

37,065   

 (957)  

 (1,854)  

 (6,476)   

 63,116

3,551   

63,934   

 (2)  

-

-

(758)  

 (320)  

 60,099   

 530  

 119,078  

39,175  

1,046,726  

 108,122  

459,238  

 -  

 - 

-  

 -

 -

 -

 -

 -

 -

 -

 23,915  

 5,498  

34,704  

 -

23,915

 31,750  

(356) 

 296  

 -

 5,498

6,447  

(2) 

 -

(45,216) 

(11,038) 

949

 5,390  

16,728  

 323

1,325  

2,553  

 -

34,704

50,811  

(235) 

 (183) 

(2) 

 2

 9,567  

94,664  

4,363  

646,180  

72,878  

39,175  

1,029,998  

105,569  

 297,789  

364,574  

-

51,387  

 7,694   

1,388   

-

(142)  

(113)  

 (3,368)  

8,465  

 65,311  

6,696  

 -

6,696

 7,450  

 (28) 

 (54) 

(13,615) 

 1,496

1,649  

3,594  

44,691  

61,717  

Transfers

Disposals

Reclassified as held for sale

Revaluations

Translation difference

At 31 December 2019

Accumulated depreciation:

At 31 December 2018

Adoption of IFRS 16

At 1 January 2019

Depreciation charge for the year

Elimination upon disposal

Reclassified as held for sale

Elimination on revaluation

Impairment loss

Translation difference

At 31 December 2019

Net book value

At 31 December 2018

At 31 December 2019

1  Other fixed assets include bearer plants, office furniture and equipment

2  Construction in progress include advances for property plant and equipment, machinery and equipment not in use, construction materials and spare parts, projects in progress.

-

105,540  

6,092   

632

13,542   

 (34)  

 (388)  

 9,882   

19,763  

155,029  

 5,851  

 -

5,851

6,940  

(4) 

 (32) 

 (11,462) 

 70

1,037  

2,400  

235,845  

(23,857)  

 211,988  

 6,541   

405

2,779   

 (2,973)  

(1,110)  

 (50,483)  

36,801  

 203,948  

 52,144  

(2,408) 

49,736

53,147  

 (1,395) 

(238) 

 (96,564) 

 3,404

12,600  

20,690  

9,803  

146,494  

1,634,396  

 -

 -

 (23,857) 

9,803  

146,494  

1,610,539  

596

3,051  

 513  

 (255) 

 (33) 

-

1,666  

15,341  

7,058  

 -

7,058

3,466  

(134) 

 (26) 

 -

 -

1,417  

 11,781  

63,409  

120,228  

 1,672  

179,581  

(121,384)

-

(18) 

 (18) 

-

 (5,142) 

 (3,836) 

 21,540  

 18,663  

278,798 

108,818  

2,201,708  

 -

 -

-

 -

 -

 -

 -

 -

 -

 -

135,866  

 (2,408) 

133,458

160,011  

(2,154) 

 (237) 

(177,897) 

 6,244

32,985  

152,410  

99,689  

152,629  

 183,701  

 183,258  

 2,745  

 3,560  

146,494  

1,498,530  

108,818  

2,049,298    

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

115

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

12.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (continued)
The following table represents movements in property, plant and equipment for the year ended 31 December 2018: 

Land

Buildings and

Grain storage

Production 

Auxiliary and other 

Utilities and

Vehicles and 

Other fixed 

Construction

structures

facilities

machinery

machinery

infrastructure

agricultural machinery

assets1

in progress2

Total

Cost or fair value:

At 1 January 2018

Additions

Disposals

Transfers

Impairment loss 

Translation difference

At 31 December 2018

Accumulated depreciation:

At 1 January 2018

Depreciation charge for the year

Elimination upon disposal

Transfers

Translation difference

At 31 December 2018

Net book value

At 1 January 2018

2,816

586,297   

76,837   

269,093   

43,494

1,515   

47,748   

 -

21

-

11

 (573)  

29,955   

-

 6,668  

4,363   

670,095   

497

(1)  

-

-

1,043  

78,376   

 -  

 - 

 -

 -

 -

 -

 -  

 -  

24,090   

5,596   

 (154)  

-

(21)  

23,915   

 -

-

(98)  

5,498   

 2,816   

 586,297   

76,837

41,730   

 (1,652)  

20,707   

-

2,615  

332,493   

 -  

 35,511   

 (186)  

-

(621)  

34,704   

5,535

(137)

2,031

-

464

51,387

 -  

6,838

(22)

-

(120)

6,696

269,093   

 297,789   

43,494

44,691

90,111

10,477

(24)

3,996

-

980

198,903

38,887

(2,524)

166

(1,697)

2,110

8,697

1,242

(286)

49

-

101

113,351

91,237

(149)

1,389,599

238,868

(5,346)

(56,925)

-

(2,106)

1,086

(3,803)

15,078

105,540

235,845

9,803

146,494

1,634,396

 -  

5,960

(5)

-

(104)

5,851

90,111

99,689

 - 

53,720

(643)

-

(933) 

52,144

198,903

183,701

6,497

1,134

(245)

-

(328)

7,058

2,200

2,745

 -

 -

 -

 -

-

 -

6,497

132,849

(1,255)

-

(2,225)

135,866

113,351

1,383,102

146,494

1,498,530

At 31 December 2018

 4,363   

646,180   

 72,878   

1  Other fixed assets include bearer plants, office furniture and equipment

2  Construction in progress include advances for property plant and equipment, machinery and equipment not in use, construction materials and spare parts, projects in progress.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

116

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

12. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (continued)
As  of  31  December  2019,  included  within  construction  in 
progress were prepayments for property, plant and equipment in 
the amount of USD 12,083 thousand (2018: USD 13,117 thousand).

As  of  31  December  2019,  included  within  property,  plant  and 
equipment were fully depreciated assets with the original cost of 
USD 11,096 thousand (2018: USD 7,040 thousand).

As  of  31  December  2019,  certain  of  the  Group’s  property, 
plant  and  equipment  with  the  carrying  amount  of  USD  99,878 
thousand (2018: USD nil thousand) were pledged as collateral to 
secure its bank borrowings. 

Impairment assessment
The Group reviews its property, plant and equipment each pe-
riod  to  determine  if  any  indication  of  impairment  exists.  Based 
on these reviews, there were no indicators of impairment as of 
31 December 2019 and 2018, except for the impairment of cer-
tain assets in the amount of USD 6,244 thousand and USD 3,803 
thousand as of 31 December 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Revaluation of vehicles and agricultural machinery
During the year ended 31 December 2019, the Group engaged 
independent appraisers to revalue its vehicles and agricultural 
machinery.  The  effective  date  of  revaluation  was  30  Septem-
ber  2019.  The  valuation,  which  conformed  to  the  International 
Valuation  Standards,  was  determined  using  market  compa-
rable  approach  adjusted  based  on  age  and  condition  of  the 
machinery. During the year ended and as of 31 December 2018, 
the  Group  evaluated  whether  the  fair  value  of  vehicles  and 
agricultural machinery was materially different from the reported 
book values. Based on analysis of fluctuations of the cumulative 
index of producer’s prices, the index of physical depreciation and 

the  functional  currency  depreciation,  Management  assessed 
the  fair  value  of  vehicles  and  agricultural  machinery  not  to  be 
materially different from the reported book values.

Revaluation of production machinery
During  years  ended  and  as  of  31  December  2018  and  31 
December  2019,  the  Group  evaluated  if  the  fair  value  of 
production machinery was materially different from the reported 
book values. Based on analysis of fluctuations of the cumulative 
index of producer’s prices, the index of physical depreciation and 
the functional currency depreciation, Management assessed the 
fair  value  of  such  production  machinery  not  to  be  materially 
different from the reported book values.

Revaluation of buildings and structures
During the year ended 31 December 2019, the Group engaged 
independent  appraisers  to  revalue  its  buildings  and  structures. 
The  effective  date  of  revaluation  was  30  September  2019.  
The  valuation,  which  conformed  to  the  International  Valuation 
Standards,  was  determined  using  depreciated  replacement 
cost  method  by  reference  to  observable  prices  in  an  active 
market adjusted based on age and condition of the buildings and 
structures. During the year ended and as of 31 December 2018, the 
Group evaluated if the fair value of buildings and structures was 
materially  different  from  the  reported  book  values.  Based  on 
analysis of the fluctuations of the cumulative index of inflation of 
index  of  physical  depreciation, 
construction  works  and 
Management  assessed  the  fair  value  of  such  buildings  and 
structures not to be materially different from the reported book 
values.

Revaluation of Grain storage facilities
During the year ended 31 December 2019, the Group engaged 
independent appraisers to revalue its grain storage facilities as 
of  30  September  2019.  The  valuation,  which  conformed  to  the 
International  Valuation  Standards,  was  determined  using 
depreciated 
to 
replacement  cost  method  by 
observable  prices  in  an  active  market  adjusted  based  on  age 
and condition of the facilities. During the year ended and as of 
31 December 2018, the Group evaluated if the fair value of grain 
storage facilities was materially different from the reported book 
values. Based on analysis of fluctuations of the cumulative index  
of  inflationof  construction  works  and  the  index  of  physical 
depreciation,  Management  assessed  the  fair  value  of  grain 
storage facilities not to be materially different from the reported 
book values.

reference 

Revaluation of Auxiliary and other machinery
During the year ended 31 December 2019, the Group engaged 
an  independent  appraiser  to  determine  the  fair  value  of  its 
Auxiliary  and  other  machinery  as  of  30  September  2019. 
The  valuation,  which  conformed  to  the  International  Valua-
tion  Standards,  was  determined  using  the  market  comparable 
approach adjusted based on age and condition of the machinery 
or for items of specialized nature depreciated replacement cost 
method.  During  the  year  ended  and  as  of  31  December  2018, 
the Group evaluated if the fair value of Auxiliary and other ma-
chinery was materially different from the reported book values. 
Based  on  analysis  of  fluctuations  of  the  cumulative  index  of 
inflation  of  construction  works  and  the  index  of  physical  
depreciation, Management assessed the fair value of Auxiliary 
and other machinery not to be materially different from the re-
ported book values.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

117

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

12.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (continued)
Revaluation of Utilities and infrastructure
During the year ended 31 December 2019, the Group engaged independent appraisers to revalue its utilities and infrastructure as 
of 30 September 2019. The valuation, which conformed to the International Valuation Standards, was determined using depreciated 
replacement cost method by reference to observable prices in an active market adjusted based on age and condition of the facilities. 
During the year ended and as of 31 December 2018, the Group evaluated if the fair value of utilities and infrastructure was mate-
rially different from the reported book values. Based on analysis of fluctuations of the cumulative index of inflation of construction 
works and the index of physical depreciation, Management assessed the fair value of utilities and infrastructure not to be materially 
different from the reported book values.

Had the Group’s property plant and equipment been measured on a historical cost basis, their carrying amount would have been 
as follows:

Fair value hierarchy

Fair value

Net book value if carried at cost

Buildings and structures

Production machinery

Vehicles and agricultural machinery

Utilities and infrastructure

Grain storage facilities

Auxiliary and other machinery

Level 3

Level 2, 3

Level 2

Level 3

Level 3

Level 2, 3

2019

2018

 1,029,998   

646,180

364,574  

297,789  

 183,258   

183,701  

 152,629   

99,689  

105,569

61,717   

72,878

44,691  

2019

 451,618  

260,606  

90,043  

 70,669  

40,554

35,842  

2018

 266,075  

171,600  

93,489  

51,771  

31,189

27,195  

There are no restrictions on the distribution of the revaluation surplus to the shareholders.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

118

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

13.  RIGHT-OF-USE ASSETS
The following table represents movements in right-of-use assets for the years ended 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2018:

Land

Vehicles

Total

Cost:

As of 31 December 2018

Effect of adoption of IFRS 16

As of 1 January 2019

Additions

Disposals

Change in terms

Acquisitions of subsidiaries (Note 2)

Translation difference

As of 31 December  2019

Accumulated amortization:

As of 31 December 2018

Effect of adoption of IFRS 16

As of 31 December 2018

Amortization charge for the year

Disposals

Translation difference

At 31 December 2018

Net book value:

As of 1 January 2019

As of 31 December 2019

 -

163,993   

 163,993   

 18,693  

(756) 

 12,273  

5,677  

 30,554  

230,434   

-

-

-

29,885   

 (756)  

 2,594  

31,723   

163,993  

198,711  

 -

23,857   

23,857   

 914  

 (756) 

 -

 8,887  

 3,892  

36,794   

-

 2,408  

 2,408   

 3,365   

 (105)  

593

6,261   

21,449  

 30,533  

 -

187,850   

187,850   

19,607  

(1,512) 

12,273  

14,564  

34,446  

 267,228   

-

 2,408  

2,408   

 33,250   

(861)  

3,187  

37,984   

185,442  

229,244  

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
For the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

119

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

14.  INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The following table represents movements in intangible assets for the year ended 31 December 2019:

Land lease 
rights

Trademarks

Customer rela-
tions

Other intangible 
assets

Total

Cost:

As of 1 January 2019

 70,704   

Additions

Disposals

Acquisitions of subsidiaries (Note 2)

Translation difference

As of 31 December 2019

Accumulated amortization:

As of 1 January 2019

Amortization charge for the year

Disposals

Translation difference

As of 31 December 2019

Net book value:

As of 1 January 2019

As of 31 December 2019

 -  

 -  

 -  

12,079   

 82,783   

21,895   

 6,977   

 -

 4,334   

33,206   

 48,809   

49,577   

 -

 -  

 -  

 31,975   

(648)

 31,327   

 -   

 -

 -

 -

 -   

 -   

31,327   

-

-

-

19,907

(404)

19,503

-

815

-

(3)

812

-

18,691

6,125   

3,701   

 (53)  

1,566   

 1,327   

12,666   

 2,875   

2,263   

 (27)  

 628   

5,739   

 3,250   

 6,927   

76,829  

 3,701  

 (53) 

 53,448  

12,354  

146,279  

 24,770  

10,055  

 (27) 

 4,959  

39,757  

 52,059  

 106,522  

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   
   
For the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

120

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

14.  INTANGIBLE ASSETS (continued)
The following table represents movements in intangible assets for the year ended 31 December 2018:

Land lease 
rights

Trademarks

Customer 
relations

Other intangible 
assets

Cost:

As of 1 January 2018

Additions

Disposals

Translation difference

As of 31 December 2018

Accumulated amortization:

As of 1 January 2018

Amortization charge for the 
year

Translation difference

As of 31 December 2018

Net book value:

As of 1 January 2018

As of 31 December 2018

60,697

9,340

 -  

667

70,704

15,287

6,513

95

21,895

45,410

48,809

 -

 -  

 -  

 -  

-

 -   

 -

 -

 -   

 -   

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

3,665

2,607

(154)

7

6,125

1,728

1,144

3

2,875

1,937

3,250

Total

64,362

11,947

(154)

674

76,829

17,015

7,657

98

24,770

47,347

52,059

Through the acquisition of subsidiaries (Note 2), the Group has recognised certain trademarks and customer relationships as a part of 
intangible assets. Customer relationships were identified among customers of the core products portfolio of acquired subsidiaries.  
The remaining useful life of customer relationships was estimated at 20 years.

The trademarks acquired by the Group mainly consist of poultry meat brands – PP and Topiko and meat processing products 
brand – Poli. T. The Group believes that, since these trademarks are well-positioned and  recognizable within a stable and mature 
industry, there are no technical barriers that would limit their lifetime, and as a result of further promotion of the trademarks, the 
Group will obtain economic benefits from them for an indefinite period of time. Accordingly, the trademarks that belong to the 
Group are considered to have an indefinite useful life and thus are not amortized but tested for impairment by comparing their 
recoverable amount with their carrying amount annually.

The  Group  allocates  trademarks  to  individual  entities  as  to 
separate cash-generating units (CGU). A summary of allocation 
to separate CGUs is presented below:

Segment

Cash-
generating unit

Trademarks carrying value

Europe 
operating

Slovenia

Serbia

Bosnia and Her-
zegovina

Croatia

2019

17,892 

2,261 

5,764 

5,410 

 31,327 

2018

-

-

-

-

-

impairment  testing  of  the  value  of  trademarks  was 
The 
performed  by  an  independent  appraiser.  The  recoverable 
amount of trademarks of all cash-generating units is determined 
based  on  value  in  use  method  which  uses  cash  flow  projec-
tions  covering  a  seven-year  period,  and  a  weighted  average 
discount rate of 14.2%.  The revenue within a seven-year period was 
extrapolated using a weighted average 3.8% sales growth rate 
and  1.5%  terminal  growth  rate  for  revenue  beyond  this  period. 
Weighted average royalty rate used in calculation of cash flows 
was set at a level of 2.4%. The initial five-year period of projec-
tion  was  extended  to  gradually  decrease  the  revenue  growth 
rates  towards  the  terminal  growth  rate.  The  directors  believe 
that  any  reasonably  possible  change  in  the  key  assumptions 
on which the recoverable amount is based would not cause the 
aggregate  carrying  amount 
the  aggregate 
recoverable amount of the related CGUs.

to  exceed 

As  of  31  December  2019,  no  impairment  of  trademarks  was 
identified.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

121

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

15. GOODWILL
The  following  table  represents  movements  in  goodwill  for  the 
years ended 31 December:

The Group allocates goodwill to individual entities as to separate cash-generating units (CGU).  A summary of goodwill allocation 
to separate CGUs is presented below:

Cost:

2019

2018

Segment

Cash-Generating 
Unit

Goodwill carrying 
value

2019

2018

Methodology assumptions and methods used for goodwill

As of 1 January

2,509   

 2,442  

Acquisitions of subsidiaries

 61,518   

Translation difference

816

 -  

67

As of 31 December 

64,843   

2,509  

Net book value:

As of 1 January

As of 31 December

 2,509   

 64,843   

 2,442  

2,509  

The recoverable amount of cash-generating units is determined 
based  on  a  value  in  use  calculation  which  uses    cash  flow  
projections  based  on  financial  budgets  approved  by  the 
directors. 

industry 

rates  used 

trends.  The  growth 

cash-generating  unit  and 

for  cash  flows  extrapolations 
The  growth 
trends  such  as  consumer 
are  supported  by 
prosperity  and  dietary 
rates  were 
estimated  by  the  directors  of  the  Group  based  on  past 
performance  of 
their 
the 
expectations  of  market  development.  The 
initial  five-year 
period of projection was extended by three years, to gradually 
decrease the revenue growth rates towards the terminal growth 
rate. The directors believe that any reasonably possible change 
in  the  key  assumptions  on  which  the  recoverable  amount  is 
based  would  not  cause  the  aggregate  carrying  amount  to 
exceed the aggregate recoverable amount of the related CGUs. 

As  of  31  December  2019  and  2018,  no  impairment  of  goodwill 
was identified.

Grain 
growing  
operations 
(Ukraine)

Grain growing

2,933 

 2,509

Slovenia

 38,818

Europe 
operating

Serbia

4,024

BiH

11,206

Croatia

7,862

-

-

-

-

  64,843

 2,509

Average sales growth: 5.1%

Terminal sales growth: 4.7 %

Discount rate: 12.0%

Projection period: 5 years

Average sales growth: 3.4%

Terminal sales growth: 1.5%

Discount rate: 7.1%

Projection period: 8 years

Average sales growth: 3.3%

Terminal sales growth: 1.5%

Discount rate: 9.8%

Projection period: 8 years

Average sales growth: 3.4%

Terminal sales growth: 1.5%

Discount rate: 12.1%

Projection period: 8 years

Average sales growth: 3.3%

Terminal sales growth: 1.5%

Discount rate: 7.8%

Projection period: 8 years

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

122

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

17. BIOLOGICAL ASSETS
The balances of non-current biological assets were as follows as of 31 December 2019 and 2018:

Thousand units

Carrying amount

Thousand units Carrying amount

2019

2018

15.9

0.3

1.9

25,725   

242 

 8

 25,975   

3,677  

 3,677  

29,652  

18.1

0.1

1.9

19,953

 88  

539

20,580  

2,812  

 2,812  

 23,392  

16. OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS, NET
The balances of other non-current assets, net were as follows as 
of 31 December 2019 and 2018:

2019

2018

Financial assets at amortised cost

Loan receivables

Other financial assets

 15,345 

2,271 

 15,980  

1,377

Non-financial instruments

Prepayment for business 
acquisition (Note 2)

Other non-financial 
instruments

Milk cows, units

Boars and sows, units

Other non-current bearer biological assets

Total bearer non-current biological assets

-

23,771

Non-current cattle and pigs, units

6,097 

23,713

12,982

54,110

Total consumable non-current biological 
assets

Total non-current biological assets

Loan receivables are represented by loans with fixed interest at 
2.5% with maturity as of 31 January 2022 and 31 January 2023. 
Total gross amortised cost of loans granted as of 31 December 
2019 and 2018 is USD 19,161 thousand and USD 18,766 thousand 
respectively.

The Group determines the lifetime expected credit loss of other 
non-current  loan  receivables  and  other  financial  assets  based 
on  different  scenarios  of  probability  of  default  and  expected 
loss applicable to each of the material underlying balances. The 
movement  in  loss  allowance  for  loan  receivables  classified  at 
amortised cost is detailed below:

Total bearer current 
biological assets

Broiler chickens, units

Hatchery eggs, units

Crops in fields, hectare

Cattle and pigs, units

1 January 2019

Charged during the year

31 December 2019

2019

(2,786)

(1,030)

(3,816)

Other current consumable biological assets

Total consumable current biological assets

Total current biological assets

The balances of current biological assets were as follows as of 31 December 2019 and 2018:

Breeders held for hatchery eggs production, 
units

4,891

78,063

3,954

66,509

Thousand units

Carrying amount

Thousand units Carrying amount

2019

2018

51,343

57,747

74   

6

78,063

79,382

10,328

35,036

1,273

 1,665

127,684

205,747

44,199

33,063

92

6

66,509

64,519

8,253

37,416

2,132

461

112,781

179,290

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

123

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

17. BIOLOGICAL ASSETS (continued)
The balances of non-current biological assets were as follows as of 31 December 2019 and 2018:

Milk cows, boars, sows

Breeders held for hatchery eggs 
production

Broiler chickens

As of 31 December 2017

Costs incurred

Gains arising from change in fair value of biological assets 
less costs to sell

Transfer to consumable biological assets

Transfer to bearing non-current biological assets

Decrease due to sale

Decrease due to harvest

Translation difference

As of 31 December 2018

Costs incurred

Business acquisition (Note 2)

Gains arising from change in fair value of biological assets 
less costs to sell

Transfer to consumable biological assets

Transfer to bearing non-current biological assets

Decrease due to sale

Decrease due to harvest

Translation difference

As of 31 December 2019

18,040

2,553

17,889

-

1,395

(143)

(19,918)

225

20,041  

 11,209  

510

 8,339  

 -

6,063  

 (818) 

 (22,925) 

3,548  

25,967  

55,716

129,737

6,071

(110,376)

-

-

(15,222)

583

66,509

161,345  

 2,966  

 (19,919) 

 (123,100) 

 -

 -

 (20,601) 

 10,863  

78,063   

54,207

585,798

243,746

110,376

-

-

(930,190)

582

64,519

720,366  

 3,689  

374,537  

123,100  

 -

 -

 (1,218,042) 

11,213  

79,382  

Information on movements in hatchery eggs and cattle, pigs groups have been considered immaterial for disclosure.  

Crops 
in fields

20,623

295,960

120,541

-

-

-

(399,998)

290

37,416

318,535  

-

17,154  

 -

 -

 -

 (343,345) 

 5,276  

35,036

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

124

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

17. BIOLOGICAL ASSETS (continued)
Biological assets of the Group are measured at fair value within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, except for cattle and pigs that can be measured based on market prices of livestock of a similar age, 
breed and genetic merit, and which are therefore measured at fair value within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. There were no transfers between any levels during the year.
The following unobservable inputs were used to measure biological assets:

Description

Fair value 
as of 31 
December 
2019

Fair value 
as of 31 
December 
2018

Valuation 
technique(s)

Unobservable inputs

Range of 
unobservable inputs  
(average) 2019

Range of 
unobservable inputs  
(average) 2018

Relationship of unobservable inputs to fair 
value

Crops in fields

35,036   

37,416   

Discounted cash 
flows

Crops price – per tonne

USD  134 -  405  (235)

USD  160 -  380  
(253)

The higher the market price, the higher the fair 
value

Crops yield - tonnes per 
hectare

3.3 – 6.3 (4.5)

3.5 – 6.1 (4.9)

The higher the crops yield, the higher the fair 
value

Breeders held 
for hatchery 
eggs production

78,063   

66,509   

Discounted cash 
flows

Broiler chickens

79,382   

64,519   

Cash flows

Discount rate

Number of hatchery eggs pro-
duced by one breeder

12.0%

165

18.0%

165

Hatchery egg price – per egg

USD 0.25

USD 0.25

The higher the discount rate, the lower the fair 
value

The higher the number, the higher the fair 
value

The higher the market price, the higher the fair 
value

The higher the discount rate, the lower the fair 
value

Discount rate

Average weight of one broiler 
- kg

Poultry meat price – per kg

12.0%

 2.45

15.7%

2.33

The higher the weight, the higher the fair value

UAH 26.38
2.92 EUR1

UAH 30.36

The higher the market price, the higher the fair 
value

Daily milk yield - litre per cow 

12.25 - 17.89 (15.81)

15.89 - 19.76 (18.55)

The higher the milk yield, the higher the fair 
value

Weight of the cow - kg per cow

545 - 571 (557)

523 - 567 (548)

The higher the weight, the higher the fair value

Discounted cash 
flows

Milk price – per litre

Meat price – per kg

UAH 8.70 – 9.31 
(8.93) 

UAH 7.62 – 8.68 (7.93) 

The higher the market price, the higher the fair 
value

UAH 18.91 - 26.46 
(23.08) 

UAH 18.69 – 24.22 
(22.81) 

The higher the market price, the higher the fair 
value

Discount rate

12.0%

15.7%

The higher the discount rate, the lower the fair 
value

Milk cows

25,725

19,953

1  data of Europe operating segment

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

125

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

18. INVENTORIES
The balances of inventories were as follows as of 31 December 
2019 and 2018:

19. AGRICULTURAL PRODUCE
The  balances  of  agricultural  produce  were  as  follows  as  of  31 
December 2019 and 2018:

Components for mixed fod-
der production

Work in progress

Other raw materials

Spare parts

Mixed fodder

Sunflower oil

Meat processing products

Packaging materials

Other inventories

2019

2018

70,481

157,203

43,205

42,105

20,079

7,398

7,365

6,774

6,679

4,303

33,155

37,471

16,010

3,016

22,140

-

3,455

1,072

208,389

273,522

and 

2019 

the  amount  of  USD  43,205 

31  December 
in 

in 
As 
of 
thousand  and  
progress 
USD  33,155 
comprised  mainly  of  
expenses incurred in cultivating fields to be planted in the years 
2020 and 2019, respectively.

thousand  was 

2018,  work 

Thousand 
tonnes

Carrying 
amount

Thousand 
tonnes

Carrying 
amount

2019

2018

 714   

118,879  

1,105  

168,044  

 62.5   

 86,208  

 29.7   

40,651

N/A1

N/A1

9,438  

N/A1

13,947 

1,291  

N/A1

 2,147  

                             215,816   

                           224,789   

Grain

Chicken 
meat

Other 
crops

Other 
meat

The fair value of Agricultural produce was estimated based on 
market price as of date of harvest and is within Level 2 of the fair 
value hierarchy.
As of 31 December 2019, agricultural produce was not pledged 
as collateral to secure bank borrowings (2018: USD 23,750). 

17. BIOLOGICAL ASSETS (continued)
If  the  above  unobservable  inputs  to  the  valuation  model  were 
5% higher/lower while all the other variables were held constant, 
the  carrying  amount  of  the  current  and  non-current  biological 
assets  would  increase  /decrease  by  USD  35,967  thousand 
(2018:  USD  33,958  thousand)  and  USD  34,157  thousand 
(2018: USD 32,336 thousand), respectively. 

In 2019 management has revised the unobservable inputs to the 
valuation model for biological assets to 5% on the basis that, in 
the  context  of  the  2019  consolidated  financial  statements  as  a 
whole,  this  amount  would  trigger  a  material  change  in  the  fair 
value  of  the  biological  assets.  Management  has  updated  the 
2018 sensitivity to align with this revision. 

1  Due to the diverse composition of noted produce unit of measurement is not applicable.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

126

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

20. TAXES RECOVERABLE AND PREPAID
Taxes  recoverable  and  prepaid  were  as  follows  as  of  31 
December 2019 and 2018:

21. TRADE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET
The balances of trade accounts receivable were as follows as of 
31 December 2019 and 2018:

An individual assessment is used for the individually significant 
debtors with credit risk characteristics that are not aligned with 
others.

VAT recoverable

24,527   

39,834   

Chicken meat

95,824   

57,834   

2019

2018

2019

2018

Miscellaneous taxes prepaid

 5,503   

30,030   

5,312   

45,146  

Meat processing and 
convenience food

Grain

Sunflower oil sales

Due from related parties 
(Note 30)

 19,109   

12,761

9,056   

1,482   

197

3,748

508

111

Other agriculture operations

 12,278   

6,724

Less: allowance for 
unrecoverable amounts 

 (13,472)  

 (12,381)  

124,474

69,305

The average credit period on sales of poultry is 30 days and on 
sales  of  agricultural  goods  is  60  days.  No  interest  is  charged 
on  outstanding  trade  accounts  receivable.  The  Group  always 
measures the loss allowance for trade accounts receivable at an 
amount equal to lifetime exprected credit losses (ECL). The ECL 
on trade accounts receivable are estimated on a collective basis 
using a provision matrix and on individual basis using different 
scenarios of probability of default. 

The  provision  matrix  is  used  by  reference  to  past  default  ex-
perience  of  the  debtor  and  an  analysis  of  the  debtor’s  current 
financial  position,  adjusted  for  factors  that  are  specific  to  the 
debtors,  general  economic  conditions  of  the  industry  in  which 
the debtors operate and an assessment of both the current as 
well as the forecast direction of conditions at the reporting date.  

The Group has recognised a loss allowance of 100% against all 
trade  accounts  receivable  over  270  days  past  due,  which  are 
assessed  on  a 
collective  basis,  because  historical 
experience  has  indicated  that  these  trade  accounts  receivable 
are generally not recoverable.

There  has  been  no  change  in  the  estimation  techniques  or 
significant  assumptions  made  during  the  current  reporting 
period. The Group writes off a trade accounts receivable when 
there is information indicating that the debtor is in severe financial 
difficulty and there is no realistic prospect of recovery, e.g. when 
the debtor has been placed under liquidation or has entered into 
bankruptcy proceedings, or when the trade accounts receivable 
are over 3 years past due, whichever occurs earlier. None of the 
trade accounts receivable that have been written off are subject 
to enforcement activities.

the 

following 

table  details 

risk  profile  of 

The 
trade 
accounts  receivable  based  on  the  Group’s  provision  matrix.  
It discloses chicken meat Ukraine, chicken meat export and agri-
cultural Ukraine, agricultural export sales and Europe operating 
segment as separate classes of financial instruments and applies 
the simplified approach to its trade accounts receivable so that 
the loss allowance is always measured at an amount equal to 
lifetime expected credit losses. There have been no changes in the 
estimation  techniques  or  significant  assumptions  made  during 
the current reporting period.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

127

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

21. TRADE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET (continued)
The following table illustrates the use of a provision matrix as a risk profile disclosure under the simplified approach as at 31 December 2019:

31 December 2019

Portfolio assessment:

Chicken meat Ukraine

ECL rate, % 

Estimated total gross carrying amount at default 

Lifetime ECL 

Chicken meat export

ECL rate, % 

Estimated total gross carrying amount at default 

Lifetime ECL 

Agricultural Ukraine  

ECL rate, % 

Estimated total gross carrying amount at default 

Lifetime ECL 

Agricultural export

ECL rate, %

Estimated total gross carrying amount at default

Lifetime ECL

Europe operating segment

ECL rate, %

Estimated total gross carrying amount at default

Lifetime ECL

Estimated total gross carrying amount at default

Total lifetime ECL

Not past due 

< 30 

31-90

91-270

>270  

Total

Trade accounts receivable – days past due

0.01%

25,502

(2)

0.20%

 13,993

(28)

0.26%

22,442

(59)

0.13%

8,033

(10)

0.64%

28,666

(185)

0.02%

2,259

(1)

0.39%

8,218

(32)

0.28%

2,961

(8)

3.08%

54

(2)

1.14%

4,907

(56)

0.37%

 89

-

1.03%

4,690

(48)

0.51%

31

 -

1.16%

250

(3)

4.93%

609

(30)

0.89%

1,373

(12)

100%

147

(147)

100%

722

(722)

100%

 1,014

(1,014)

10.39%

13.49%

100%

 29

(3)

13

(2)

5.64%

13.91%

732

(41)

168

 (23)

-

-

100%

 585

(585)

28,247

(153)

28,232

(860)

27,821

(1,093)

8,129

(17)

35,058

(890)

 127,487

(3,013)

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

128

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

21. TRADE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET (continued)
The following table illustrates the use of a provision matrix as a risk profile disclosure under the simplified approach as at 31 December 2019:

31 December 2019

Portfolio assessment:

Individual assessment: 

ECL rate, % 

Estimated total gross carrying amount at default 

 Lifetime ECL 

Estimated total gross carrying amount at default

Total lifetime ECL

Not past due 

< 30 

31-90

91-270

>270  

Total

Trade accounts receivable – days past due

100%

-

-

100%

-

-

100%

385

(385)

100%

277

(277)

100%

9,797

(9,797)

10,459

(10,459)

137,946

(13,472)

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

129

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

21. TRADE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET (continued)
The following table illustrates the use of a provision matrix as a risk profile disclosure under the simplified approach as at 31 December 2018:

31 December 2019

Portfolio assessment:

Chicken meat Ukraine

ECL rate, % 

Estimated total gross carrying amount at default 

Lifetime ECL 

Chicken meat export

ECL rate, % 

Estimated total gross carrying amount at default 

Lifetime ECL 

Agricultural Ukraine  

ECL rate, % 

Estimated total gross carrying amount at default 

Lifetime ECL 

Agricultural export

ECL rate, %

Estimated total gross carrying amount at default

Lifetime ECL

Estimated total gross carrying amount at default

Total lifetime ECL

Not past due 

< 30 

31-90

91-270

>270  

Total

Trade accounts receivable – days past due

0.01%

19,984

(2)

0.21%

15,241

(32)

0.23%

15,266

(35)

0.07%

4,288

(3)

0.3%

1,591

(4)

0.16%

 7,224

(12)

1.30%

 2,262

(29)

1.47%

-

-

1.24%

8.92%

100.0%

54

(1)

0.55%

1,559

(9)

1.76%

1,342

(24)

 13

(1)

5.71%

 444

(25)

3.08%

 212

(7)

42.24%

42.90%

8

(3)

 7

(3)

30

(30)

100.0%

1,705

(1,705)

100.0%

347

(347)

100%

120

(120)

21,672

(38)

26,173

(1,783)

-

19,429

(442)

 4,423

(129)

71,697

(2,392)

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

130

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

21. TRADE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET (continued)
The following table illustrates the use of a provision matrix as a risk profile disclosure under the simplified approach as at 31 December 2018:

31 December 2019

Portfolio assessment:

Individual assessment: 

ECL rate, % 

Estimated total gross carrying amount at default 

Lifetime ECL 

Estimated total gross carrying amount at default

Total lifetime ECL

Not past due 

< 30 

31-90

91-270

>270  

Total

Trade accounts receivable – days past due

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

0.00%

-

-

-

-

100%

9,989

(9,989)

9,989

(9,989)

81,686

(12,381)

The following table shows the movement in lifetime ECL that has been recognised for trade and other  accounts receivable in accordance with the simplified approach set out in IFRS 9.

Collectively assessed

Individually assessed

1 January 2019

Charged during the year

31 December 2019

 2,392

621 

 3,013

 9,989

470 

10,459

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

131

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

22. OTHER CURRENT ASSETS
The balances of other current assets, net wereas follows as of 
31 December 2019 and 2018:

23. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
The balances of other current assets, net were as follows as of 
31 December 2019 and 2018:

In accordance with the international rating agency of Moody’s, 
credit  ratings  of  the  banks  with  which  the  Group  had  the 
accounts opened as of 31 December were as follows:

Financial assets at amortised cost

Loans and finance aid receivable 
from related parties (Note 30)

2019

2018

2019

2018

Deposit 
rates

USD’ 
000

Deposit 
rates

USD’ 
000

21,717 

5,950

Cash and cash equivalents at banks and on hand in

Other financial assets

 7,620

1,409

Non-financial instruments

Prepayments to suppliers

Other non-financial instruments

 14,495

 8,741

52,573

19,106

6,393

32,858

Ukrainian Hryvnia

Euro

US Dollars

Other currencies

17,269

37,304

125,348

1,328

32,301

20,938

83,246

1,448

Short-term deposits with an original maturity of less than 
92 days:

The Group determines the lifetime expected credit loss of loans 
and finance aid receivable from related parties and other finan-
cial assets based on different scenarios on probability of default 
and expected loss applicable to each of the material underlying 
balances.
The movement in loss is detailed below:

Ukrainian Hryvnia

US Dollars

Total cash and 
equivalents

11.75-
16.50%

1.56-
3.50%

61,006

98,480

5.00-
18.9%

1.17-
2.33%

9,835

64,000

340,735  

 211,768  

2019

1 January 2019

                          -

Charge for the year (Note 30)

(3,128)

31 December 2019

                           (3,128)

International banks with Aa3 
rating

Ukrainian subsidiaries of 
international  banks without 
international ratings

Ukrainian state owned bank 
with Caa1

2019

2018

200,972

158,784

101,596

37,008

36,571

9,296

Foreign banks without ratings

1,596

6,680

 340,735   

211,768   

24. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Share capital
As  of  31  December  2019  and  2018  the  authorized,  issued  and 
fully  paid  share  capital  of  MHP  SE  comprised  the  following 
number of shares:

2019

2018

Number of shares issued and 
fully paid

110,770,000   

110,770,000   

Number of shares outstanding

107,038,208  

107,038,208

The authorized share capital as of 31 December 2019 and 2018 
was EUR 221,540 thousand represented by 110,770,000 shares 
with par value of EUR 2 each.

All  shares  have  equal  voting  rights  and  rights  to  receive 
dividends, which are payable at the discretion of the Group.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

132

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

25. NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS
The table below shows details of non-wholly owned subsidiaries of the Group that have material non-controlling interests:

Name of subsidiary

Myronivsky Zavod po Vygotov-
lennyu Krup i Kombikormiv

AgroKryazh

Agro-S

Other subsidiaries with immate-
rial non-controlling interests

Proportion of ownership interests 
and voting rights held byn 
on-controlling interests

Profit/(loss) allocated to 
non-controlling interests

Accumulated 
non-controlling interests

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

11.5%

49.0%

49.0%

n/a

n/a

11.5%

49.0%

49.0%

n/a

n/a

 (524)  

 (900) 

 5,234  

 3,816  

(348)  

 -

 (2,444)  

 2,806  

 4,587  

 2,761  

 5,016  

 6,544

 158

 (3,158)  

 1,272

 3,178

990

1,160  

 13,572  

 16,536  

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

133

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

25. NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS (continued)
Summarised financial information in respect of each of the Group’s subsidiaries that has material non-controlling interests is set out below. The summarised financial information below represents 
amounts before intragroup eliminations.

Current assets

Non-current assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Equity attributable to owners of the Group

Revenue

Expenses

Profit (loss) for the year

Profit (loss) attributable to owners of the Group

Profit (loss) attributable to the non-controlling interests

Profit (loss) for the year

Other comprehensive income attributable to owners of the Company

Other comprehensive income attributable to the non-controlling interests

Other comprehensive income for the year

Total comprehensive (loss)/income attributable to owners of the Company

Total comprehensive (loss)/income attributable to the non-controlling interests

Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year 

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities

Net cash outflow from investing activities

Net cash outflow from financing activities

Myronivsky Zavod po Vygotovlennyu Krup 
i Kombikormiv

AgroKryazh

Agro-S

2019

91,051   

121,956   

134,610   

43,544   

29,619

118,186  

2018

 171,327   

112,646   

167,829   

84,971   

27,357  

317,802  

2019

2018

2019

2018

 44,482   

18,441   

50,250   

 3,505

4,581  

22,569  

20,748   

 12,013   

19,837   

-

7,908  

19,518  

55,476   

30,044   

25,202   

16,234   

69,032   

 27,830

4,531   

9,196  

 35,658  

-

7,062  

17,759  

 (122,743) 

 (325,631) 

 (23,279) 

 (15,952) 

(40,646) 

 (12,033) 

 (4,557) 

 (4,033) 

 (524) 

 (4,557) 

 14,944  

1,942   

16,886  

 10,911  

 1,418  

12,329 

-

485

 (855) 

 - 

(7,829) 

(6,929) 

(900) 

 (7,829)

 4,149  

539

4,688  

 (2,780) 

 (361) 

 (3,141) 

-

10,666  

 (10,318) 

 -

 (710) 

 (362) 

 (348) 

 (710)

 1,539  

1,478  

 3,017  

1,177  

 1,130  

 2,307  

(1,559)

 8,017  

 (440) 

 (7,568) 

 3,566  

3,566  

 -

3,566

23 

22

45

3,589  

22

 3,611  

(3,130)

4,202  

 (977) 

 (4,988) 

 (2,544) 

 (2,444) 

(4,988) 

1,889  

1,815  

 3,704  

 (655) 

 (629) 

(1,284) 

(3,154)

(1,889) 

 (587) 

 (3,216) 

 (5,500) 

 5,726   

2,920

2,806  

5,726

 85  

82

167

 3,005  

 2,888  

 5,893  

(5,236)

(1,794) 

 (558) 

(5,225) 

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

134

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

26. BANK BORROWINGS
The following table summarizes bank borrowings and credit lines outstanding as of 31 December 2019 and 2018:

Currency

2019

2018

WAIR1

USD2 000

WAIR1

USD2 000

Non-current

Foreign banks

Foreign banks

Current

Ukrainian banks

Ukrainian banks

Foreign banks

Current portion of  long-term bank 
borrowings  

Total bank borrowings

-

3.64%

-

-

2.72%

USD

EUR

EUR

USD

EUR

 EUR

-

75,880

75,880  

-

-

4,406

20,539

24,945

100,825

7.99%

4.72%

3.76%

4.50%

-

56,718   

49,065   

105,783  

12,943

48,000   

-

71,772

132,715

238,498   

The  Group’s  borrowings  are  drawn  from  various  banks  as  term  loans,  credit  line  facilities  and  overdrafts.  Repayment  terms  of 
principal amounts of bank borrowings vary from monthly repayment to repayment on maturity depending on the agreement reached 
with each bank. The interest on the borrowings drawn with the Ukrainian banks is payable on a monthly basis. Interest on borrowings 
drawn with foreign banks is payable semi-annually.

As of 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2018, all of the Group’s bank term loans and credit lines bear floating and fixed interest 
rates.

Term  loans  and  credit  line  facilities  were  as  follows  as  of 
31 December 2019 and 2018:

Credit lines

Term loans

2019

2018

 3,348   

97,477   

60,943   

177,555   

100,825   

 238,498   

Bank borrowings and credit lines outstanding as of 31 December 
2019 and 2018 were repayable as follows:

Within one year

In the second year

In the third to fifth year 
inclusive

2019

24,945

17,484

2018

132,715   

 56,719   

27,837

  42,271  

After five years

30,559

  6,793  

100,825   

  238,498   

1  WAIR represents the weighted average interest rate on outstanding borrowings.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

135

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

26. BANK BORROWINGS (continued)
As  of  31  December  2019,  the  Group  had  available  undrawn 
facilities  of  USD  224,683  thousand 
(2018:  USD  316,429 
thousand). These undrawn facilities expire during the period from 
June 2020 until March 2023.

The  Group,  as  well  as  particular  subsidiaries  of  the  Group 
have  to  comply  with  certain  covenants  imposed  by  the  banks 
providing  the  loans.  The  Group  shall  ensure  the  ongoing 
compliance with the following maintenance covenants: EBITDA 
to  interest  expenses  ratio,  current  ratio  and  liabilities  to  equity 
ratio.  Separately,  there  are  negative  covenants  in  respect  of 
restricted  payments,  including  dividends,  capital  expenditures, 
additional  indebtedness  and  restrictions  on  mergers  or  con-
solidations,  limitations  on  liens  and  dispositions  of  assets  and 
limitations on transactions with affiliates in case of excess of Net 
Debt to EBITDA ratio. The Group subsidiaries are also required 
to  obtain  approval  from  lenders  regarding  property,  plant  and 
equipment  to  be  used  as  collateral.  During  the  years  ended 
31  December  2019  and  2018  the  Group  has  complied  with  all 
covenants imposed by banks providing the borrowings.

As  at  31  December  2019  the  Net  Debt  to  EBITDA  ratio  of  the 
Group  exceeded  the  limit  imposed  by  the  banks  providing  the 
loans, however it does not constitute the breach of the covenant. 
This will lead to introduction of additional control measures by 

the  Group  described  above.  Thus,  since  the  moment  of  publi-
cation of these audited consolidated financial statements as of 
and for the year ended 31 December 2019, the aforementioned 
restrictions will be binding on the Group.

The  Group’s  bank  borrowings  are  jointly  and  severally  guar-
anteed  by  Myronivsky  Hliboprodukt,  Myronivsky  Plant  of 
Manufacturing Feeds and Groats, Oril-Leader, Peremoga Nova, 
Starynska  Ptakhofabryka,  Zernoproduct  MHP,  Katerinopilskiy 
Elevator, Agrofort, SPF Urozhay, MHP SE, Scylla Capital Limited, 
Myronivska  Pticefabrika,  Ptakhofabryka  Snyatynska  Nova, 
Vinnytska  Ptakhofabryka,  Zakhid-Agro  MHP,  Urozhayna 
Krayina, Raftan Holding Limited and Merique Holding Limited.

As  of  31  December  2019,  the  deposit  with  carrying  amount  of 
USD 3,298 thousand (31 December 2018: USD 3,387 thousand) 
was restricted as collateral to secure bank borrowings.

As of 31 December 2019, the Group had borrowings of USD 49,731 
thousand that were secured by property, plant and equipment 
with a carrying amount of USD 99,878 thousand (31 December 
2018: nill). As of 31 December 2018, the Group had borrowings of 
USD 19,000 thousand that were secured by agricultural produce 
with a carrying amount of USD 23,750 thousand.

As  of  31  December  2019  and  31  December  2018,  accrued 
interest on bank borrowings was USD 1,033 thousand and USD 
3,150 thousand, respectively.

27. BONDS ISSUED
Bonds issued and outstanding as of 31 December 2019 and 2018 
were as follows:

8.25% Senior Notes due in 2020

2019

-

2018

79,417   

7.75% Senior Notes due in 2024

500,000

500,000

6.95% Senior Notes due in 2026

550,000

550,000

6.25% Senior Notes due in 2029

350,000

-

Unamortised debt issuance cost

(34,331)

 (38,482) 

Total long-term portion of 
bonds issued

1,365,669

 1,090,935   

As  of  31  December  2019  and  2018,  accrued  interest  on  bonds 
issued  was  USD  20,756  thousand  and  USD  16,322  thousand, 
respectively.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

136

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

27. BONDS ISSUED (continued)
6.25% Senior Notes
On  19  September  2019,  MHP  Lux  S.A.,  a  public  company  with 
limited  liability  (société  anonyme)  incorporated  in  2018  un-
der  the  laws  of  the  Grand  Duchy  of  Luxembourg,  issued  USD 
350,000 thousand 6.25% Senior Notes due in 2029 at par value. 
Received funds were used to satisfy and discharge 8.25% Senior 
Notes due in April 2020, debt refinancing and general corporate 
purposes.

All expenses associated with placement of 6,25% Senior Notes 
amounted to USD 2,888 thousand were capitalized.  

The  Senior  Notes  are  jointly  and  severally  guaranteed  on  a 
senior  basis  by  MHP  SE,  Raftan  Holding  Limited,  PrJSC  “Oril  – 
Leader”,  PrJSC  “Myronivska  Pticefabrika”,  “SPF  “Urozhay”  LLC, 
“Starynska  Ptakhofabryka”  ALLC,  “Vinnytska  Ptakhofabryka” 
LLC,  “Peremoga  Nova”  SE,  “Katerinopolskiy  Elevator”  LLC, 
PrJSC  “Myronivsky  Hliboproduct”,  PrJSC  “Zernoprodukt  MHP” 
and PrJSC “Agrofort”.  

Interest on the Senior Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears. 
These Senior Notes are subject to certain restrictive covenants 
including, but not limited to, limitations on the incurrence of ad-
ditional indebtedness in excess of Net Debt to EBITDA ratio as 
defined  by  the  indenture,  restrictions  on  mergers  or  consolida-
tions, limitations on liens and dispositions of assets and  limita-
tions on transactions with affiliates. If the Group fails to comply 
with  the  covenants  imposed,  the  Trustee  or  the  Holders  of  at 
least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes may, upon 
written notice to the Group, declare all outstanding Senior Notes 
to be due and payable immediately. If a change of control oc-
curs, the Group shall make an offer to each holder of the Senior 
Notes to purchase such Senior Notes at a purchase price in cash 

in an amount equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount 
thereof,  plus  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  and  additional 
amounts, if any.

6.95% Senior Notes
On  3  April  2018,  MHP  Lux  S.A.,  a  public  company  with  limited 
liability (société anonyme) incorporated in 2018 under the laws of 
the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, issued USD 550,000 thousand 
6.95%  Senior  Notes  due  in  2026  at  par  value.  Out  of  the  total 
issue  amount  USD  416,183  thousand  were  designated  for 
redemption  and  exchange  of  existing  8.25%  Senior  Notes  due 
in 2020.

Early redemption of 8.25% Senior Notes due in 2020 out of issue 
of 6.95% Senior Notes due in 2026, which were placed with the 
same  holders  and  where  the  change  in  the  net  present  value 
of  the  future  cash  flows  discounted  using  the  original  effective 
interest rate was less than 10%, was accounted as an exchange 
and thus, all the related expenses, including part of consent fees, 
were capitalized and will be amortised over the maturity period 
of the 6.95% Senior Notes due in 2026. 

The part of expenses, connected with placement of 6,95% Senior 
Notes  amounted  to  USD  11,564  thousand  were  capitalized,  in-
cluding USD 10,413 thousands related to the exchange. All other 
related  expenses  in  the  amount  of  USD  32,915  thousand  were 
expensed as incurred.  

As  a  result  of  a  non-substantial  modification,  the  difference 
between  the  present  value  of  the  cash  flows  under  the 
original  and  modified  terms  discounted  at  the  original  effec-
tive  interest  rate  was  recognised  as  a  gain  in  the  amount  of 
in 
thousand  at 
USD  4,733 
the consolidated statement of profit or loss.

the  date  of  modification 

The  Senior  Notes  are  jointly  and  severally  guaranteed  on 
a  senior  basis  by  MHP  SE,  PrJSC  “Myronivsky  Hliboprodukt”, 
PJSC  “Myronivsky  Plant  of  Manufacturing  Feeds  and  Groats”, 
PrJSC “Zernoprodukt MHP”, PrJSC “Agrofort”, PrJSC “Oril-Lead-
er”,  PrJSC  “Myronivska  Pticefabrika”,  “SPF  “Urozhay”  LLC, 
“Starynska  Ptakhofabryka”  ALLC,  “Vinnytska  Ptakhofabryka” 
LLC,  “Peremoga  Nova”  SE,  “Katerinopolskiy  Elevator”  LLC,  
Scylla Capital Limited and Raftan Holding Limited.  

Interest on the Senior Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears. 
These Senior Notes are subject to certain restrictive covenants 
including,  but  not  limited  to,  limitations  on  the  incurrence  of 
additional  indebtedness  in  excess  of  Net  Debt  to  EBITDA 
ratio  as  defined  by  the  indenture,  restrictions  on  mergers  or 
consolidations,  limitations  on  liens  and  dispositions  of  assets 
and limitations on transactions with affiliates. If the Group fails to 
comply with the covenants imposed, the Trustee or the Holders 
of  at  least  25%  in  principal  amount  of  outstanding  Notes  may, 
upon written notice to the Group, declare all outstanding Senior 
Notes to be due and payable immediately. If a change of con-
trol occurs, the Group shall make an offer to each holder of the 
Senior Notes to purchase such Senior Notes at a purchase price 
in cash in an amount equal to 101% of the principal amount there-
of,  plus  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  and  additional  amounts, 
if any.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

137

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

27. BONDS ISSUED (continued)
7.75% Senior Notes 
On 10 May 2017, MHP SE issued USD 500,000 thousand 7.75% 
Senior  Notes  due  in  2024  at  par  value.  Out  of  the  total  issue 
amount USD 245,200 thousand were designated for redemption 
and exchange of existing 8.25% Senior Notes due in 2020.

Early redemption of 8.25% Senior Notes due in 2020 out of issue 
of 7.75% Senior Notes due in 2024, which were placed with the 
same  holders  and  where  the  change  in  the  net  present  value 
of  the  future  cash  flows  discounted  using  the  original  effective 
interest rate was less than 10% was accounted as an exchange 
and thus, all the related expenses, including part of consent fees, 
were capitalized and will be amortised over the maturity period 
of the 7.75% Senior Notes due in 2024.

The part of expenses, connected with placement of 7.75% Senior 
Notes  amounted  to  USD  9,830  thousand  were  capitalized,  in-
cluding USD 7,318 thousands related to the exchange. All other 
related expenses, including part of consent fees, in the amount 
of USD 4,599 thousand were expensed as incurred.  

The carrying amount of the Senior Notes was adjusted on tran-
sition  to  IFRS  9.  Under  IFRS  9,  as  a  result  of  a  non-substantial 
modification,  the  difference  between  the  present  value  of  the 
cash flows under the original and modified terms discounted at 
the original effective interest rate should be recognised as a gain 
at  the  date  of  modification.  The  difference  between  the  carry-
ing  amount  of  the  Senior  Notes  under  IAS  39  and  IFRS  9  was 
recognised in opening retained earnings in the amount of USD 
7,566 thousand.

“Myronivska  Pticefabrika”, 

“Myronivsky  Plant  of  Manufacturing  Feeds  and  Groats”,  PrJSC 
“Zernoprodukt  MHP”,  PrJSC  “Agrofort”,  PrJSC  “Oril-Leader”, 
PrJSC 
“Urozhay”  LLC,  
“Starynska Ptakhofabryka” ALLC, Vinnytska Ptakhofabryka LLC,  
SE  “Peremoga  Nova”,  “Katerinopolskiy  Elevator”  LLC,  Scylla 
Capital Limited and Raftan Holding Limited.

“SPF 

Interest on the Senior Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears. 
These Senior Notes are subject to certain restrictive covenants 
including,  but  not  limited  to,  limitations  on  the  incurrence  of 
additional indebtedness in excess of Net Debt to EBITDA ratio as 
defined  by  the  indenture,  restrictions  on  mergers  or  consol-
idations,  limitations  on  liens  and  dispositions  of  assets  and 
limitations  on  transactions  with  affiliates.  If  the  Group  fails  to 
comply with the covenants imposed, the Trustee or the Holders 
of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes 
may, upon written notice to the Group, declare all outstanding 
Senior  Notes  to  be  due  and  payable  immediately.  If  a  change 
of  control  occurs,  the  Group  shall  make  an  offer  to  each  hold-
er of the Senior Notes to purchase such Senior Notes at a pur-
chase price in cash in an amount equal to 101% of the principal 
amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional 
amounts, if any.

8.25% Senior Notes
On 8 April 2013, MHP SE issued USD 750,000 thousand 8.25% 
Senior Notes due in 2020 at an issue price of 100% of the princi-
pal amount. USD 350,000 thousand out of issued USD 750,000 
thousand  8.25%  Senior  Notes  were  used  to  early  redemption 
and exchange of its existed 10.25% Senior Notes due in 2015. 

The  Senior  Notes  are  jointly  and  severally  guaranteed  on 
a  senior  basis  by  PrJSC  “Myronivsky  Hliboprodukt”,  PJSC  

Early redemption of 10.25% Senior Notes due in 2015 out of issue 
of 8.25% Senior Notes due in 2020, which were placed with the 

same  holders  and  where  the  change  in  the  net  present  value 
of  the  future  cash  flows  discounted  using  the  original  effective 
interest rate was less than 10% was accounted as an exchange 
and thus all the related expenses, including consent fees, were 
capitalized and will be amortised over the maturity period of the 
8.25% Senior Notes due in 2020. 

The  part  of  expenses,  connected  with  placement  of  8.25% 
Senior Notes amounted to USD 28,293 thousand were capitalized, 
including  USD  22,813  thousands  related  to  the  exchange.  All 
other  related  expenses,  including  part  of  consent  fees,  in  the 
amount of USD 16,515 thousand were expensed as incurred.  

The carrying amount of the Senior Notes was adjusted on tran-
sition  to  IFRS  9.  Under  IFRS  9,  as  a  result  of  a  non-substantial 
modification,  the  difference  between  the  present  value  of  the 
cash  flows  under  the  original  and  modified  terms  discounted 
at  the  original  effective  interest  rate  should  be  recognised  as 
a  gain  at  the  date  of  modification.  The  difference  between  the 
carrying  amount  of  the  Senior  Notes  under  IAS  39  and  IFRS  9 
was  recognised  in  opening  retained  earnings  in  the  amount  of 
USD 3,260 thousand.

The  Senior  Notes  are  jointly  and  severally  guaranteed  on 
“Myronivsky  Hliboprodukt”,  
a  senior  basis  by  PrJSC 
SE “Peremoga Nova”, PrJSC “Oril-Leader”, PJSC “Myronivsky Plant 
of Manufacturing Feeds and Groats”, PrJSC “Zernoproduct MHP”, 
PrJSC  “Myronivska  Pticefabrika”,  “Starynska  Ptakhofabryka” 
ALLC, Snyatynska Ptakhofabryka, “Katerinopolskiy Elevator” LLC, 
PrJSC 
Vinnytska 
Ptakhofabryka  LLC,  Scylla  Capital  Limited,  Raftan  Holding 
Limited and Merique Holding Limited. 

“Urozhay” 

“Agrofort”, 

“SPF 

LLC, 

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

138

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

27. BONDS ISSUED (continued)
8.25% Senior Notes  (continued)
Interest  on  the  Senior  Notes  is  payable  semi-annually  in 
arrears.  These  Senior  Notes  are  subject  to  certain  restrictive 
covenants  including,  but  not  limited  to,  limitations  on  the 
incurrence of additional indebtedness in excess of Net Debt to  
EBITDA  ratio  as  defined  by  the  indebtedness  agreement, 
restrictions  on  mergers  or  consolidations,  limitations  on  liens 
and  dispositions  of  assets  and  limitations  on  transactions  with 
affiliates.If the Group fails to comply with the covenants imposed, 
the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in princ pal amount of  
the then outstanding Notes may, upon written notice to the Group, 
declare  all  outstanding  S  nior  Notes  to  be  due  and  payable  
immediately.    If  a  change  of  control  occurs  the  Group  shall 
make  an  offer  to  each  holder  of  the  Senior  Notes  to  purchase  
such  Senior  Notes  at  a  purchase  price  in  cash  in  an  amount 
equal to 101% of the rincipal amount thereof, plus accrued and 
unpaid interest and additional amounts, if any. 

On  21  October  2019  the  Group  redeemed  all  USD  79,471 
thousand  of  the  aggregate  principal  amount  outstanding  of  its 
8.25% Senior Notes due in 2020 in accordance with the terms 
of the indenture. The redemption price amounted to USD 81,917 
thousand.  Difference  between  redemption  price  and  principal 
outstanding in the amount of USD 2,164 thousand was recognised 
in the consolidated statement of profit or loss as incurred.

Consent solicitation
On  12  October  2018,  the  Group  received  consent  from  the 
Holders  of  the  outstanding  USD  79,417  thousand  8.25%  Senior 
Notes for certain proposed amendments to the Indenture and the 
Notes. The Amendments were implemented by way of execution 

of the Supplemental Indenture on 15 October 2018, and became 
effective from the Consent Settlement Date (17 October 2018). 

In  relation  to  the  Notes,  the  Company  has,  on  the  Consent 
Settlement  Date,  paid  to  those  Holders  from  whom  valid 
Consents were delivered and not revoked on or prior to the Consent 
Expiration  Date  and  which  Consents  were  accepted  by 
the Company the Consent Payment of USD 10.00 for each USD 
1 thousand in principal amount of the Notes that were subject of 
the relevant Electronic Instructions.

As at 31 December 2019 the leverage ratio of the Group is 3.01 
to  1,  higher  than  the  defined  limit  of  3.0  to  1.  Thus,  since  the 
moment  of  publication  of  these  audited  consolidated  financial 
statements as of and for the year ended 31 December 2019, the 
aforementioned restrictions will be binding on the Group.

for 

the  Group 

indebtedness, 

to  make  certain 

restrictions  under 

the 
incurrence  of  additional 

Covenants
indebtedness  agreements 
Certain 
restricted 
(e.g. 
payments,  dividends  payment)  are  dependent  on 
the 
leverage  ratio.  Once  the  leverage  ratio  exceeds  3.0  to  1,  it  is 
notpermitted 
restricted 
payments,  declare  dividends  exceeding  USD  30  million  in  any 
financial year, incur additional debt except that is defined as a 
Permitted Debt.  According to the indebtedness agreement, the 
consolidated leverage ratio is tested on the date of incurrence of 
additional indebtedness or  restricted payment  and after giving 
pro forma effect to such incurrence or restricted payment as if it 
had been incurred or done at the beginning of the most recent 
four  consecutive  fiscal  quarters  for  which  financial  statements 
are  publicly  available  (or  are  made  available).  The  Group  has 
tested all the transactions occurred prior to publication of these 
financial  statements  and  has  complied  with  all  the  covenants 
defined by indebtedness agreement during the reporting periods 
ended 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2018. 

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

139

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

lease  obligations 

28. LEASE LIABILITIES
represent  amounts  due 
Long-term 
under  agreements  for  the  leasing  of  agricultural  land,  trucks, 
agricultural machinery and equipment.  As of 31 December 2019, 
the  weighted  average  interest  rates  on  lease  obligations  were 
4.97%,  6.5%  and  20.2%  for  lease  obligations  denominated  in 
EUR,  USD  and  UAH  respectively  (2018:  6.40%  and  8.61%  and 
n/a). 

The amount of interest expense on lease liabilities for the year 
ended 31 December 2019 was USD 37,784 thousand. The total 
cash  outflow  for  leases  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2019 
was USD 53,590 thousand. 

29. OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES 
Other current liabilities were as follows as of 31 December 2019 
and 2018:

2019

2018

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

Accrued payroll 

42,344

37,698

Amounts payable for property, 
plant and equipment

14,478

16,146   

Other financial liabilities

3,230

6,327

Non-financial instruments

Advances from third parties

61,293

 30,388   

The  amount  of  depreciation  charge  for  right-of-use  assets  and 
additions to right-of-use assets for the year ended 31 December 
2019 was USD 33,250 thousand and USD 19,607 respectively. 

Payroll related taxes

Other non-financial instruments

4,807

5,842

3,138

 2,686  

131,994

 96,383   

Advances  from  third  parties  as  of  31  December  2018  in  the 
amount of USD 30,388 were recognized as revenue during the 
year ended 31 December 2019.

The carrying amount of lease liabilities as at 31 December 2019 
includes USD 199,233 thousand of land lease liabilities.

The following is the maturity analysis of  lease payments under 
the lease agreements as of 31 December 2019 and 2018:

2019

2018

Payable within one year

 64,074   

  5,409

Payable in the second to fifth years

 205,137   

10,424

Payable after five years

 176,219

-

445,430  

15,833  

LESS:

Future finance charges

 (229,567) 

 (2,391) 

Present value of lease obligations

215,863   

13,442   

LESS:

Current portion

(64,074) 

  (4,355) 

Lease obligations, long-term portion

151,789  

  9,087

30. RELATED PARTY BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS
For  the  purpose  of  these  financial  statements,  parties  are 
considered to be related if one party controls, is controlled by, 
or  is  under  common  control  with  the  other  party,  or  exercises 
significant  influence  over  the  other  party  in  making  financial 
or  operational  decisions.  In  considering  each  possible  related 
party relationship, attention is directed to the substance of the 
relationship, not merely the legal form.

Related  parties  may  enter  into  transactions  which  unrelated 
parties  might  not,  and  transactions  between  related  parties 
may  not  be  effected  on  the  same  terms  and  conditions  as 
transactions between unrelated parties.

Transactions with related parties under common control
The  Group  enters  into  transactions  with  related  parties  that 
are  the  companies  under  common  control  of  the  Principal 
Shareholder  of  the  Group  (Note  1)  in  the  ordinary  course  of 
business for the purchase and sale of goods and services and in 
relation to the provision of financing arrangements. 

Terms and conditions of sales to related parties are determined 
based on arrangements specific to each contract or transaction. 
The  terms  of  the  payables  and  receivables  related  to  trading 
activities of the Group do not vary significantly from the terms of 
similar transactions with third parties.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

140

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

30.  RELATED  PARTY  BALANCES  AND  TRANSACTIONS  

(continued)

The transactions with the related parties during the years ended 
31 December 2019 and 2018 were as follows:

Loans provided to key 
management personnel

Sales of goods

Purchases from related parties

Loans provided

Loans repaid

Interest charged on loans and 
finance aid provided

Loss allowance against loans and 
finance aid provided

2019

2018

 4,895   

768

10

10

35,204   

17,315   

854

3,128

-

44  

8,091

5,322

50

-

The  balances  owed  to  and  due  from  related  parties  were  as 
follows as of 31 December 2019 and 2018:

Loans and finance aid receivable

 24,845   

5,950   

2019

2018

Less: allowance for unrecoverable 
amounts

Loans to key management 
personnel

(3,128)

-

21,717

5,950

4,945   

971

Trade accounts receivable (Note 21)

Payables due to related parties

197

19

111

19

Loans and finance aid receivable
On 11 February 2019, the Board approved a loan facility of USD 
20,000 thousand to its principal shareholder, WTI Trading Limit-
ed (“WTI”) to meet WTI’s general liquidity requirements and other 
corporate  purposes  for  a  maximum  of  three  years.  The  facility 
was  increased  to  USD  50,000  thousand  on  4  December  2019. 
The facility was further increased by the Board to USD 80,000 
thousand on 21 January 2020.

As of 31 December 2019, the Group had advanced loans to WTI 
in  the  aggregate  amount  of  USD  20,400  thousand.  The  loans, 
with a maturity in July 2020, bear interest at a rate of 8.25% and 
are unsecured.

Subsequent to 31 December 2019, the total amount of loans ad-
vanced was increased to USD 55,400 thousand, including USD 
20,000 thousand to be repaid in September 2020. The Group’s 
Directors  believe  that  the  loans  were  issued  at  arm’s  length 
terms and for fair market value, and that they were in the best 
interests and for the commercial benefit of the Group and does 
not violate the terms of the Senior Notes (Note 27).

During  the  year,  the  Group  advanced  to  other  affiliated  com-
panies under the common control of WTI, short term unsecured 
loans which were fully repaid within the year and carried interest 
at rates between 2.5% - 8.25%.

included  primarily 

Compensation of key management personnel
the  Group’s  key  management 
Total  compensation  of 
personnel 
in  selling,  general  and 
administrative  expenses  in  the  accompanying  consolidated 
statements of profit and loss and other comprehensive income 
amounted  to  USD  18,654  thousand  and  USD  16,809  thousand 
for the years ended 31 December 2019 and 2018, respectively.  

Compensation  of  key  management  personnel  consists  of 
contractual salary and performance bonuses. 

Total  compensation  of  the  Group’s  independent  non-executive 
directors,  which  consists  of  contractual  salary,  amounted  to 
USD  679  thousand  and  USD  1,106  thousand  in  2019  and  2018, 
respectively.

Key  management  personnel  totalled  43  and  35  individuals  as 
of 31 December 2019 and 2018, respectively, including 3 and 4 
independent  non-executive  directors  as  of  31  December  2019 

and 2018, respectively.

Loans to key management personnel
The Group has provided several of its key management person-
nel  with  short-term  unsecured  loans  at  interest-free  rates.  The 
loans to key management personnel include the loans provided 
by  the  Ukrainian  subsidiaries  to  the  Group’s  directors  amount-
ed to USD 4,253 thousand and USD 562 thousand in 2019 and 
2018, respectively.

increased 

the  Group 

Other transactions with related parties
In  December  2018 
its  effective 
ownership  interest  in  Agrofort  to  100%  through  the  acquisition 
of  a  non-controlling  interest  previously  held  by  one  of  its  key 
management personnel in exchange for 256,414 treasury shares 
held by the Group. The difference between fair value of shares 
the  amount  of  
transferred  and 
USD  1,269  thousand  was  recognised  as  an  adjustment  to  
additional  paid-in  capital.  The  difference  between  fair  value  of 
shares  transferred  and  the  carrying  value  of  non-controlling 
interest was recognised as an adjustment to retained earnings in 
the amount of USD 997 thousand.

their  carrying  value 

in 

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

141

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

31.  CONTINGENCIES AND CONTRACTUAL COMMITMENTS
Operating Environment
Since  2016,  the  Ukrainian  economy  has  demonstrated  signs 
of  stabilization  after  years  of  political  and  economic  ten-
sion.    In  2019,  the  Ukrainian  economy  continued  its  recovery 
and  achieved  real  GDP  growth  of  around  3.6%  (2018:  3.3%), 
modest annual inflation of 4.1% (2018: 9.8%), and stabilization of the 
national  currency  (appreciation  of  the  national  currency  by 
around 5% to USD and 11% to EUR comparing to previous year 
averages).

Ukraine  continues  to  limit  its  political  and  economic  ties  with 
Russia,  given  annexation  of  Crimea,  an  autonomous  republic 
of Ukraine, and an armed conflict with separatists continued in 
certain parts of Luhanska and Donetska regions.  As a result of 
this, the Ukrainian economy is refocusing on the European Union 
(the “EU”) market by realizing potentials of established Deep and 
Comprehensive Free Trade Area with the EU.

To  further  facilitate  business  activities  in  Ukraine,  the  Nation-
al  Bank  of  Ukraine  (the  “NBU”)  from  20  June  2019  has  lift-
ed  the  surrender  requirement  for  foreign  currency  proceeds, 
cancelled all limits on repatriation of dividends since July 2019 
and gradually decreased its discount rate for the first time in two 
years, from 18.0% in April 2019 to 11.0% in January 2020. 

The  degree  of  macroeconomic  uncertainty  for  Ukraine  in  2019 
still  remains  high  due  to  a  significant  amount  of  public  debt 
requires  
scheduled 
mobilizing  substantial  domestic  and  external  financing  in  an 
increasingly  challenging  financing  environment  for  emerging 
markets.  

in  2019-2020,  which 

repayment 

for 

Taxation and legal issues
Ukrainian tax authorities are increasingly directing their attention 
to  the  business  community  as  a  result  of  the  overall  Ukrainian 
economic environment. The local and national tax environment 
is  constantly  changing  and  subject  to  inconsistent  application, 
interpretation and enforcement. Non-compliance with Ukrainian 
laws  and  regulations  can  lead  to  the  imposition  of  severe 
penalties and fines. Future tax examinations could raise issues 
or assessments which are contrary to the Group companies’ tax 
filings.  Such  assessments  could  include  taxes,  penalties  and 
fines,  and  these  amounts  could  be  material.  While  the  Group 
believes it has complied with local tax legislation, there are new 
significant changes to the tax legislation that may be introduced 
in the near future.

At  the  same  time,  Ukraine  has  passed  through  the  period  of 
presidential  and  parliamentary  elections.    All  newly  elected 
authorities  have  demonstrated  their  commitment  to  introduce 
reforms  in  order  to  boost  economic  growth,  while  maintaining 
macro-fiscal  stability  and  liberalizing  economic  environment.  
These  changes  have  resulted  in,  inter  alia,  improved  Fitch’s 
rating  of  Ukraine’s  Long-Term  Foreign  and  Local-Currency 
Issuer Default Ratings from ‘B-’ to ‘B’, with a positive outlook.

Further  economic  growth  depends,  to  a  large  extent,  upon 
success  of 
realization  of 
planned  structural  reforms  and  effective  cooperation  with  the 
International Monetary Fund (the “IMF”).

the  Ukrainian  government 

in 

In  addition,  starting  from  early  2020  a  new  coronavirus 
disease  (COVID-19)  has  begun  rapidly  spreading  all  over 
the world resulting in announcement of pandemic status by the 
World  Health  Organization  in  March  2020.  Responses  put  in 
place by many countries to contain the spread of COVID-19 are 
resulting  in  significant  operational  disruption  for  many  compa-
nies and have significant impact on global financial markets. As 
the situation is rapidly evolving it may have a significant effect on 
business of many companies across a wide range of sectors, in-
cluding, but not limited to such impacts as disruption of business 
operations  as  a  result  of  interruption  of  production  or  closure 
of facilities, supply chain disruptions, quarantines of personnel, 
reduced demand and difficulties in raising financing. In addition, 
the Group may face the increasingly broad effects of COVID-19 
as  a  result  of  its  negative  impact  on  the  global  economy  and 
major  financial  markets.  The  significance  of  the  effect  of 
COVID-19  on  the  Group’s  business  largely  depends  on  the 
duration and the incidence of the pandemic effects on the world 
and Ukrainian economy.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

142

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

32. DIVIDENDS
On 21 March 2019, the Board of Directors of MHP SE approved 
a  payment  of  the  interim  dividends  of  USD  0.7474  per  share, 
equivalent to USD 80,000 thousand, which were paid to share-
holders during the year ended 31 December 2019.

31.  CONTINGENCIES  AND  CONTRACTUAL  COMMITMENTS 

(continued)

Taxation and legal issues (continued)
Management  believes  that  the  Group  has  been  in  compliance 
with all requirements of effective tax legislation.

The  Group  exports  vegetable  oil,  chicken  meat  and  related 
products,  and  performs  intercompany  transactions,  which  may 
potentially be in the scope of the Ukrainian transfer pricing (“TP”) 
regulations. The Group has submitted the controlled transaction 
report for the year ended 31 December 2018 within the required 
deadline, and is in the process of preparation of all necessary 
documentation on controlled transactions for the years ended 31 
December 2019 as required by legislation and plans to submit 
reports by 1st October 2020. 

As of 31 December 2019, the Group’s management assessed its 
possible  exposure  to  tax  risks  for  a  total  amount  of  USD  6,516 
thousand  related  to  corporate  income  tax  (31  December  2018: 
USD  4,452  thousand).  No  provision  was  recognised  relating  to 
such possible tax exposure. 

As of 31 December 2019, companies of the Group were engaged 
in ongoing litigation with tax authorities for the amount of USD 
23,201  thousand  (2018:  USD  2,831  thousand),  including  USD 
11,016  thousand  (2018:  USD  2,108  thousand)  of  litigations  with 

the tax authorities related to disallowance of certain amounts of 
VAT refunds and deductible expenses claimed by the Group. Of 
this amount, USD 1,241 thousand as of 31 December 2019 (2018: 
USD 1,228 thousand) relates to cases where court hearings have 
taken  place  and  where  the  court  in  either  the  first  or  second 
instance has already ruled in favour of the Group. 

Management  believes  that  based  on  the  past  history  of  court 
resolutions  of  similar  lawsuits  by  the  Group,  it  is  unlikely  that 
a  significant  settlement  will  arise  out  of  such  lawsuits  and, 
therefore,  no  respective  provision  is  required  in  the  Group’s 
financial statements as of the reporting date. 

Contractual  commitments  on  purchase  of  property,  plant 
and equipment
During  the  years  ended  31  December  2019  and  2018,  the 
companies  of  the  Group  entered  into  a  number  of  contracts 
with  foreign  suppliers  for  the  purchase  of  property,  plant 
and  equipment  for  development  of  agricultural  operations.  
As  of  31  December  2019,  purchase  commitments  amounted  to 
USD 10,340 thousand (2018: USD 16,826 thousand).

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

143

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

33. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Fair  value  disclosures  in  respect  of  financial  instruments  are 
made in accordance with the requirements of IFRS 7 “Financial 
Instruments: Disclosure” and IFRS 13 “Fair value measurement”. 
Fair value is defined as the amount at which the instrument could 
be  exchanged  in  a  current  transaction  between  knowledge-
able willing parties in an arm’s length transaction, other than in 
forced or liquidation sale. As no readily available market exists 
for a large part of the Group’s financial instruments, judgment is 
necessary  in  arriving  at  fair  value,  based  on  current  economic 
conditions and specific risks attributable to the instrument. The 
estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the 
amounts the Group could realize in a market exchange from the 
sale of its full holdings of a particular instrument. 

The fair value is estimated to be the same as the carrying value 
for cash and cash equivalents, short-term bank deposits, trade 
accounts  receivables,  other  current  assets  and  trade  accounts 
payable due to the short-term nature of the financial instruments.

Fair  value  of  other  non-current  assets  and  liabilities  does  not  
differ  materially  from  it  carrying  amount  and  are  classified  as 
level 3 fair values in the fair value hierarchy due to the inclusion 
of unobservable inputs including counterparty credit risk. 

Set  out  below  is  the  comparison  by  category  of  carrying 
amounts and fair values of all the Group’s financial instruments, 
excluding  those  discussed  above,  that  are  carried  in  the 
consolidated statement of financial position:

Financial liabilities

Bank borrowings (Note 26)

Carrying amount

Fair value

2019

2018

2019

2018

101,858

241,648  

99,417  

233,898  

Senior Notes due in 2020, 2024, 2026, 2029 (Note 27)

1,386,425  

1,107,257 

 1,468,144  

 1,027,226 

Lease obligations (Note 28)

215,863   

13,442  

 243,352   

13,726  

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

144

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

33. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)
The  fair  value  of  bank  borrowings  and  lease  obligations 
was  estimated  by  discounting  the  expected  future  cash 
outflows by a market rate of interest for bank borrowings 5.4% 
(31  December  2018:  8.0%)  and  for  lease  obligations  18.0% 
(31 December 2018: 8.2%), and is within Level 2 of the fair value 
hierarchy. The market rate applied to the land lease obligations 
is 15.6%.

Bank borrowings

Bonds issued

Lease obligations

Accrued interest

Total

As of 31 December 2018

238,498 

1,090,935 

Effect of adoption IFRS 16

-

-

As at 1 January 2019

 238,498 

1,090,935 

13,442 

163,651 

177,093 

19,472

-

19,472

 1,362,347 

163,651 

 1,525,998 

Cash flow from proceeds / 
(repayments)

 (191,940)

 270,583 

 (53,590)

(101,510)

(76,457) 

Transaction costs payments

 (697)

 (4,751)

-

-

 (5,448)

The fair value of Senior Notes was estimated based on market 
quotations and is within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. 

Non-cash movements

Foreign exchange movements

Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities
The  tables  below  details  changes  in  the  Group’s  liabilities 
arising  from  financing  activities,  including  both  cash  and 
non-cash changes. Liabilities arising from financing activities are 
those  for  which  cash  flows  were,  or  future  cash  flows  will  be, 
classified in the Group’s consolidated statement of cash flows as 
cash flows from financing activities.

In 2019 management has revised the format of table on changes 
in liabilities arising from financing activities on the basis that, in 
the  context  of  the  2019  consolidated  financial  statements  as  a 
whole, this form would be more appropriate for disclosure. Man-
agement has updated the 2018 information to align with this re-
vision.

Acquisition of subsidiaries

Non-cash additions and 
change in terms

Non-cash repayments of 
lease liabilities

Interest charged

Amortisation and write-off of 
transaction costs

Translation difference

As of 31 December 2019

As at 1 January 2018

Cash flow from proceeds / 
(repayments)

Transaction costs payments

Non-cash movements

Foreign exchange movements

Acquisition of subsidiaries

Interest charged

Non-cash additions and 
change in terms

Translation difference

As of 31 December 2018

 (45,419)

 58,514 

 1,318 

-

-

1,839

 38,712

100,825 

175,734

53,493

(384)

(6,554)

11,377

-

1,232

3,600

238,498

 (303)

-

-

-

-

9,205

-

1,365,669 

959,262

(1,945)

16,446 

 23,278 

(10,842)

37,784

 -

27,639

215,863 

11,450

(3,014)

256

-

-

 (50,681)

 75,216 

24,596 

(10,842)

100,836

138,620

-

5,749

21,789

17,955

11,044

72,100

1,704,146 

1,164,401

133,817

(5,569)

(92,959)

88,782

(45,460)

-

-

(45,844)

-

-

-

43,336

(20)

(401)

6,774

1,154

-

34

(335)

-

94,773

-

38

1,090,935

13,442

19,472

(7,290)

18,151

95,927

44,568

3,652

1,362,247

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

145

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

34. RISK MANAGEMENT POLICIES
During  the  years  ended  31  December  2019  and  2018,  there 
were  no  material  changes  to  the  objectives,  policies  and 
process  for  credit  risk,  capital  risk,  liquidity  risk,  currency  risk, 
interest  rate  risk,  livestock  diseases  risk  and  commodity  price 
and procurement risk managing.

Capital risk management
The  Group  manages  its  capital  to  ensure  that  entities  of  the 
Group  will  be  able  to  continue  as  a  going  concern  while 
maximising the return to the equity holders through maintaining 
a  balance  between  the  higher  returns  that  might  be  possible 
with higher levels of borrowings and the security afforded by a 
sound capital position. The management of the Group reviews 
the capital structure on a regular basis. Based on the results of 
this review, the Group takes steps to balance its overall capital 
structure through new share issues and through the issue of new 
debt or the redemption of existing debt.

The  Group’s  target  is  to  achieve  a  gearing  ratio  of  not  higher 
than 2.5. The Group defines its gearing ratio as the proportion of 
total liabilities to total equity.

As  of  31  December  2019  and  2018  the  gearing  ratio  was  as 
follows:

Total Liabilities

Total Equity

2019

2018

2,094,629

1,595,866

1,572,659

 1,098,006   

Total liabilities to Equity

1.31

1.43   

Major categories of financial instruments

Financial assets:

Cash and cash equivalents  
(Note 23)

Trade accounts receivable, net 
(Note 21)

2019

2018

 340,735 

211,768

124,474

69,305

Other current assets (Note 22)

 29,337   

7,359   

Other non-current assets, net (Note 16 )

Long-term bank deposits

  17,616

  3,298

17,357  

3,387  

515,460  

309,176  

Financial liabilities:

Bonds issued (Note 27)

  1,365,669 1,090,935  

Lease obligations (Note 28)

215,863

13,442

Trade accounts payable

 147,334 

  66,398

Bank borrowings (Note 26)

100,825  

238,498  

Accrued payroll (Note 29)

42,344  

37,698  

Accrued interest (Note 26,27)

 21,789  

 19,472  

Amounts payable for property, 
plant and equipment (Note 29)

  14,478

  16,146

Other payables (Note 29)

 3,230  

 6,327  

1,911,532  

1,488,916  

The  main  risks  inherent  to  the  Group’s  operations  are  those 
related to credit risk, liquidity risk, currency risk, interest rate risk, 
livestock  diseases  risk,  and  commodity  price  and  procurement 
risk.

Credit risk
The  Group  is  exposed  to  credit  risk  which  is  the  risk  that  one 
party to a financial instrument will fail to discharge an obligation 
and  cause  the  other  party  to  incur  a  financial  loss.  The  Group 
does  not  hold  any  collateral  or  other  credit  enhancements  to 
cover  its  credit  risks  associated  with  its  financial  assets.  The 
carrying amount of financial assets disclosed in the table “Ma-
jor categories of financial instruments” represent the maximum 
credit exposure.

The  Group  structures  the  levels  of  credit  risk  it  undertakes  by 
placing  limits  on  the  amount  of  risk  accepted  in  relation  to 
one  customer  or  group  of  customers.  The  approved  credit 
period for major groups of customers, which include franchisees, 
distributors and supermarkets, is set at 10-30 days.

Limits on the level of credit risk by customer are approved and 
monitored on a regular basis by the management of the Group. 
The  Group’s  management  assesses  amounts  receivable  from 
the customers for recoverability starting from 30 and 60 days for 
receivables on sales of poultry meat and receivables on other 
sales, respectively. As of 31 December 2019 around 19% (2018: 
26%) of trade accounts receivable comprise amounts due from 
12 large supermarket chains, which have the shortest contractual 
receivable settlement period among customers.

As of 31 December 2019 about 49% (2018: 72%) of cash and cash 
equivalents  comprise  amounts  on  the  accounts  with  2  banks. 
The credit risk on liquid funds is limited because the counterpar-
ties are banks with high credit-ratings assigned by international 
credit-rating agencies.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

146

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

34. RISK MANAGEMENT POLICIES (continued)
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to settle 
all  liabilities  as  they  are  due.  The  Group’s  liquidity  position  is 
carefully  monitored  and  managed.  The  Group  has  in  place  a 
detailed  budgeting  and  cash  forecasting  process  to  help 
ensure that it has adequate cash available to meet its payment 
obligations.

The  following  table  details  the  Group’s  remaining  contractu-
al  maturity  for  its  non-derivative  financial  liabilities.  The  table 
has  been  drawn  up  based  on  the  undiscounted  cash  flows  of 
financial  liabilities  using  the  earliest  date  on  which  the  Group 
can  be  required  to  pay.  The  table  includes  both  interest  and 
principal  cash  flows  as  of  31  December  2019  and  2018.  The 
amounts  in  the  table  may  not  be  equal  to  the  statement  of 
financial position carrying amounts since the table includes all 
cash outflows on an undiscounted basis.

All  other  financial  liabilities  (excluding  those  disclosed  above) 
are repayable within one year.

The Group’s target is to maintain its current ratio, defined as the 
proportion of current assets to current liabilities, at the level of 
not less than 1.2. As of 31 December 2019 and 2018, the current 
ratio was as follows:

Current assets

Current liabilities

Current ratio

2019

2018

1,181,641   

1,036,678   

390,181

3.03  

319,323

 3.25 

Year ended 31 December 2019

Bank borrowings

Bonds issued

Lease obligations

Total

Year ended 31 December 2018

Bank borrowings

Bonds issued

Lease obligations

Total

Carrying
amount

Contractual
Amounts

Less than 
1 year

From 2nd to 5th 
year

After 
5th year

101,858

108,128 

1,386,425

 2,041,588 

 215,863

1,704,146

445,430 

2,595,146 

241,648

257,354

1,107,257 

 1,639,058

13,442

15,833

 1,362,347

1,912,245

 27,698

98,850

 64,074

190,622

142,301

 83,527

 5,409

231,237

80,430

876,025

205,137

 1,161,592

107,944

 390,593

10,424

508,961

-

 1,066,713

 176,219

1,242,932

7,109

1,164,938

-

1,172,047

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

147

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

34. RISK MANAGEMENT POLICIES (continued)
Currency risk
Currency  risk  is  the  risk  that  the  value  of  a  financial  instru-
ment  will  fluctuate  due  to  changes  in  foreign  exchange  rates. 
The  Group  undertakes  certain  transactions  denominated  in 
foreign  currencies.  The  Group  does  not  use  any  derivatives  to 
manage foreign currency risk exposure, but the management of 
the Group sets limits on the level of exposure to foreign currency 
fluctuations in order to manage currency risk.

1  Bonds  were 

issued  by  MHP  Lux  S.A.  and  MHP  SE,  which 

functional 

currency  is  USD.  Proceeds  from  bonds  issue  were  transferred  in  the  form  of  USD 

denominated intragroup loans to Ukrainian subsidiaries of the Group, which uses UAH at 

its functional currency, is UAH therefore the Group treats bonds issued balance as foreign  

currency  denominated  balance.  Foreign  exchange  gain/loss  on  such  intragroup  loans  is 

recognized  in the consolidated statement of profit or loss, while loan balances themselves 

are eliminated on consolidation.

The  carrying  amounts  of  the  Group’s  foreign  currency  denominated  monetary  assets  and  liabilities  as  of  31  December  were  as 
follows:

2019

2018

ASSETS

Long-term bank deposits

Other non-current assets, net

Trade accounts receivable, net

Other current assets, net

Cash and cash equivalents

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities

Trade accounts payable

Other current liabilities

Accrued interest

Short-term bank borrowings

Short-term lease obligations

Non-current liabilities

Long-term bank borrowings

Bonds issued1

Long-term lease obligations

USD

 -

16,381   

23,635   

 15,998  

106,658  

162,672   

 2,101   

 5   

 20,758   

 -

 74  

 22,938   

 57  

 1,365,669  

 -  

1,365,726  

1,388,664  

EUR

3,298   

 -

 9,431   

 -

 1,461  

 14,190   

7,211   

2,327   

 720   

16,683  

 4,238  

 31,179   

34,224  

-

 5,565  

39,789   

70,968  

USD

 -

15,980   

26,072   

 3,601  

151,535  

197,188   

2,536   

31

18,877   

110,771

2,290

134,505

56,702

1,090,935

3,072

1,150,709

1,285,214

EUR

3,387   

 -

5,434   

 -

17,088  

 25,909   

2,543   

 6,916   

595

21,944

2,066

34,064

49,081

-

6,014

55,095

89,159

The  table  below  illustrates  the  Group’s  sensitivity  to  a  change  in  the  exchange  rate  of  the  Ukrainian  Hryvnia  against  the  US 
Dollar and EUR. The sensitivity analysis includes only outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their  
translation at the year end for possible change in foreign currency rates.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

148

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 61,300   

Grain

 251,836   

 156,511   

34. RISK MANAGEMENT POLICIES (continued)
Currency risk

Change 
in foreign 
currency 
exchange 
rates

Effect on 
profit
before tax, 
gain/(loss)

2019

Increase in USD exchange rate 

Increase in EUR exchange rate

Decrease in USD exchange rate

Decrease in EUR exchange rate

2018

Increase in USD exchange rate 

Increase in EUR exchange rate

Decrease in USD exchange rate

Decrease in EUR exchange rate

10%

10%

5%

5%

10%

10%

5%

5%

 (122,599)   

(5,678)

 2,839

 (108,803)   

(6,325)   

 54,401    

3,164    

During the year ended 31 December 2019, the Ukrainian Hryvnia 
appreciated  against  the  EUR  and  USD  by  20.03%  and  16.90% 
respectively (2018: appreciated against the EUR by 5.62% and 
1.37%  against  the  USD).  As  a  result,  during  the  year  ended  31 
December 2019 the Group recognised net foreign exchange gain 
in the amount of USD 185,291 thousand (2018: foreign exchange 
gain in the amount of USD 11,638 thousand) in the consolidated 
statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

risk 

The  currency 
the  existence  of 
is  mitigated  by 
USD-denominated proceeds from sales of sunflower oil, grain and 
chicken  meat,  which  are  sufficient  for  servicing  the  Group’s  
foreign  currency  denominated  liabilities  and  were  as  follows 
during the years, ended 31 December 2019 and 2018:

Chicken meat and related 
products

Vegetable oil and related 
products 

2019

2018

 588,903   

471,177   

 302,600   

 274,313   

Other agricultural segment 
products

42,362   

21,703   

 1,185,701  

 923,704  

Interest rate risk
Interest  rate  risk  arises  from  the  possibility  that  changes  in 
interest rates will affect primarily borrowings by changing either 
their fair value (fixed rate debt) or future cash flows (variable rate 
debt). For variable rate borrowings, interest is linked to LIBOR or 
EURIBOR.

table 

illustrates 

the  Group’s  sensitivity 

The  below 
to 
increases  or  decreases  of  interest  rates  by  5%  (2018:  5%). 
The  analysis  was  applied 
liabilities 
to 
(bank  borrowings,  lease  obligations  and  accounts  payable 
under  grain  purchase  financing  arrangements)  based  on  the 
assumption  that  the  amount  of  liability  outstanding  as  of  the 
reporting date was outstanding for the whole year.

interest  bearing 

The  effect  of  interest  rate  sensitivity  on  shareholders’  equity  is 
equal to that on the consolidated statement of profit or loss.

Increase/ 
(decrease) 
of floating 
rate

Effect on 
profit
before tax, 
gain/(loss)

5%

-5%

5%

-5%

5%

-5%

5%

-5%

(7)

7

 (3,036)   

3,036    

 (8,642)     

8,642     

 (3,955)   

3,955

2019

LIBOR

LIBOR

EURIBOR

EURIBOR

2018

LIBOR

LIBOR

EURIBOR

EURIBOR

Livestock disease risk
The  Group’s  agro-industrial  business  is  subject  to  risks  of  out-
breaks  of  various  diseases.  The  Group  faces  the  risk  of  out-
breaks of diseases, which are highly contagious and destructive 
to  susceptible  livestock,  such  as  avian  influenza  or  bird  flu  for 
its poultry operations. These and other diseases could result in 
mortality losses. Disease control measures were adopted by the 
Group to minimize and manage this risk. The Group’s manage-
ment  is  satisfied  that  its  current  existing  risk  management  and 
quality control processes are effective and sufficient to prevent 
any outbreak of livestock diseases and related losses.

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFor the year ended 31 December 2019
(in thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

149

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

34. RISK MANAGEMENT POLICIES (continued)
Commodity price and procurement risk 
Commodity  price  risk  arises  from  the  risk  of  an  adverse  effect 
on  current  or  future  earnings  from  fluctuations  in  the  prices  of 
commodities. To mitigate this risk the Group continues expansion 
of its grain growing segment, as part of vertical integration strat-
egy, and also accumulates sufficient commodity stock to meet 
its production needs. 

35. PENSIONS AND RETIREMENT PLANS
The employees of the Group receive pension benefits from the 
government  in  accordance  with  the  laws  and  regulations  of 
Ukraine. The Group’s contributions to the State Pension Fund for 
the year ended 31 December 2019  was USD 48,702 thousand, 
out  of  which  USD  100  thousand  correspond  to  directors,  and 
is  recorded  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  profit  or  loss  and 
other  comprehensive  income  on  an  accrual  basis  (2018:  USD 
33,097 thousand), out of which USD 74 thousand  correspond to 
directors).

The employees of the Group receive pension benefits from the 
government.  In  accordance  with  the  legislative  regulations, 
collective  contract,  and  internal  rules,  the  companies  of  the 
Europe  operating  segment  are  committed  to  the  payment  of 
loyalty  bonuses  to  employees  and  the  severance  payments  
upon their retirement for which long-term provisions are made.  
Provisions  are  recognized  in  other  operating  expenses  in  the 
consolidated  statement  of  profit  or  loss  and  other  comprehen-
sive income and in other non-current liabilities in the statement of  
financial position.

36. EARNINGS PER SHARE
The earnings and weighted average number of ordinary shares 
used in calculation of earnings per share are as follows:

From continued operations

2019

2018

Profit for the year attributable to 
equity holders of the Parent

Earnings used in calculation of 
earnings per share

Weighted average number of 
shares outstanding

Basic and diluted earnings per 
share (USD per share)

224,263   

 126,200   

 224,263   

 126,200   

107,036,256   

106,804,274   

 2.10   

 1.18

The  Group  has  neither  potentially  dilutive  ordinary  shares  nor 
other  dilutive  instruments;  therefore,  the  diluted  earnings  per 
share  equal  basic  earnings  per  share.  The  denominators  used 
are the same as those detailed above for both basic and diluted 
earnings  per  share  from  discontinued  operations  presented  in 
Note 2.

37.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Implications  of  the  coronavirus  outbreak  on  the  business 
operations
With  the  recent  and  rapid  development  of  the  Coronavirus 
disease 
(COVID-19)  outbreak  the  world  economy  entered 
a  period  of  unprecedented  health  care  crisis  that  has  already 
caused considerable global disruption in business activities and 
everyday life.

Many  countries  have  adopted  extraordinary  and  economically 
costly  containment  measures.  Certain  countries  have  required 
companies to limit or even suspend normal business operations. 
Governments,  including  the  Ukraine  and  Slovenia,  have  imple-
mented  restrictions  on  travelling  as  well  as  strict  quarantine 
measures.

Industries such as tourism, hospitality and entertainment are ex-
pected to be directly disrupted significantly by these measures. 
Other  industries  such  as  manufacturing  and  financial  services 
are expected to be indirectly affected and their results to also be 
negatively affected.

The financial effect of the current crisis on the global economy 
and  overall  business  activities  cannot  be  estimated  with  rea-
sonable  certainty  at  this  stage,  due  to  the  pace  at  which  the 
outbreak expands and the high level of uncertainties arising from 
the inability to reliably predict the outcome. 

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS150

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

38.  AUTHORIZATION  OF  THE  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS
These  consolidated  financial  statements  were  authorized  for 
issue by the Board of Directors of MHP SE on 13 April 2020.

37.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (continued)
Management has considered all available information about the 
future, which was obtained after 31 December 2019, including the 
impact  of  the  COVID-19  outbreak  on  customers,  suppliers  and 
staff,  as  well  as  actual  and  projected  foreseeable  impact  from 
various factors, such as the following:
•   whether  the  entity  can  continue  to  operate  if  staff  were  not 

able to physically be present;

•   the duration that the entity could survive given the availability 

of cash resources and the flexibility of its cost base;

•  whether there has been a significant decline in revenue;
•   whether there has been a significant erosion of profits due to 

higher costs or incurrence of unforeseen expenses;

•   whether  there  is  a  likelihood  of  potential  breach  of  debt 
covenants as a result of the adverse impact on its financials;
•   whether there have been any concerns on the continuation of 

receipt of goods/services from suppliers.

Management  has  concluded  that  there  is  no  significant  impact 
in the Group’s profitability position. The event is not expected to 
have an immediate material impact on the business operations. 
Management will continue to monitor the situation closely and 
will assess the need for addition measures in case the period of 
disruption becomes prolonged.

Despite  COVID-19  outbreak,  the  Group  continues  to  fulfill  its 
liabilities.  The  Group  made  coupon  payments  in  an  amount  of 
USD 10,938 thousand on 18 March 2020 in respect of the 6.25% 
Senior Notes and USD 19,113 thousand on 2 April 2020 in respect 
of the 6,95% Senior Notes.

The event is considered as a non-adjusting event and is therefore 
not reflected in the recognition and measurement of the assets 
and liabilities in the financial statements as at 31 December 2019. 

Loans and finance aid receivable
Subsequently  to  31  December  2019,  the  limit  of  the  facility  to 
parent company WTI was increased by resolution of the Board 
of  Directors  to  USD  80,000  thousand  and  the  total  amount 
of  loans  advanced  totalled  USD  55,400  thousand,  including 
USD  20,000  thousand  to  be  repaid  in  September  2020 
(Note  30).  The  Group’s  Directors  believe  that  the  loans  were 
issued at arm’s length terms and for fair market value, and that 
they were in the best interests and for the commercial benefit of 
the Group.

Dividends
On  13  April  2020,  the  Board  of  Directors  approved  payment 
of  an  interim  dividend  of  USD  0.2803  per  share,  equivalent  to 
USD 30,000 thousand, to be paid to shareholders by the end of 
April 2020. 

Annual Report 2019 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS151

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

Shareholder Information 

SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION

FINANCIAL CALENDAR
MHP’s financial calendar can be found here:
http://www.mhp.com.ua/en/investor-relations/calendar.
The calendar is updated to show relevant events and dates.

KEY CONTACTS & ADVISORS
Company Registered Office
16-18 Zinas Kanther Street, Ayia Triada, 3035 Limassol, Cyprus 

Company Office
EB 1, Nicolaides Sea View City Block AB, 3-7 Archbishop
Makarios III Avenue, 6017 Larnaca, Cyprus

Director of Investor Relations
Anastasiya Sobotyuk
Email: a.sobotyuk@mhp.com.ua

Website
Shareholders are encouraged to visit our websites:
www.mhp.com.ua and www.mhp.com.cy, to obtain information on the Company
including its history, reports, news and press information.

Auditor
Deloitte Limited
Maximos Plaza, Tower 1, 3rd Floor
213 Archbishop Makarios III Avenue
CY-3030 Limassol
Cyprus

Registrar
Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG
Reuterweg 16
60323 Frankfurt Germany

Annual Report 2019 152

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

AС 
AGM 
AI 
Broiler 
CAPEX 
CEO  
CFO 
CIS 
Company 
COSO 
CO2 
CO2e 
CSR 
EBITDA   

Audit Committee
Annual general meeting
Artificial Intelligence
A young chicken raised for meat
Capital expenditure 
Chief Executive Officer
Chief Financial Officer
Commonwealth of Independent States
MHP SE  
Committee of Sponsoring Organisations
Carbon Dioxide
Carbon Dioxide Equivalent
Corporate Social Responsibility
 Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation  
and amortisation
EBRD 
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development
EGM 
Extraordinary general meeting
EOS 
European Operating Segment  
ESG 
Environmental, Social and Governance
EU 
European Union
Fodder   
Food for livestock
FX 
Foreign Exchange
GCC 
Gulf Cooperation Council
GDP                        Gross Domestic Product
GDR 
GMO                       Genetically Modified Organisms
Greenfield 
GRI 
Group 
Grow-out 
Ha 
HR 
IAS 
IFC 

Relating to previously undeveloped sites 
Global Reporting Initiative 
MHP SE and its subsidiaries
The period during which the broilers are raised
Hectares
Human resources
International Accounting Standards
International Finance Corporation

Global depositary receipt

IFI 
IFRS 
IR 
JV 
Kg 
KPIs 
KSA 
LHS 
LTM 
M&A 
MENA 
MW 
NBU 
NED 
NGO 
NBC 
OECD 

PP 
pps 
R&D 
RHS 
SE 
SKU 
SPOT  
UAE 
UAH 
UK 
UNIC 
US 
US$ /USD 
y/y 
VAT 

International financial institution 
International Financial Reporting Standards
Investor relations
Joint venture 
Kilograms
Key performance indicators
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Left Hand Scale
Last twelve months 
Mergers and acquisitions
Middle East and North Africa region 
Megawatt
National Bank of Ukraine
Non-executive director 
Non-governmental organisation
Nominations and Remuneration Committee
 Organisation for Economic Co-operation  
and Development
Perutnina Ptuj, acquired during 2019
Persentage Points
Research and development
Right Hand Scale
Societas Europaea
Stock keeping unit, or distinct type of item for sale
A contract for immediate settlement on the spot date
United Arab Emirates
Ukrainian Hryvnia
United Kingdom
Ukrainian Network of Integrity and Compliance
United States
United States Dollar
Year-on-year 
Value-added tax

Annual Report 2019 Glossary of Terms